2. 分别论之论母显示巴利原文
2. Vibhaṅgamātikā
现在,在法集论的论母之后,继之而起的是对分别论之论母的义理解说。然而,对此——显示巴利原文
Idāni dhammasaṅgaṇīmātikānantaraṃ vibhaṅgamātikāya atthavaṇṇanā anuppattā. Tassā pana –
由义而言,依法的分类,显示分别之方法;
此外,也有不依巴利文句的方式,而成为注释的方法。
显示巴利原文 Atthato dhammabhedena, vibhaṅganayadassanā; Pāḷimuttanayā cāpi, hoti saṃvaṇṇanānayo.
此论母置于十八种分别的开端,共有十八种,即:蕴分别论母、处分别论母、界分别论母、谛分别论母、根分别论母、缘起分别论母、念处分别论母、正勤分别论母、神足分别论母、觉支分别论母、道支分别论母、禅那分别论母、无量分别论母、学处分别论母、无碍解分别论母、智分别论母、小事分别论母、法心分别论母。显示巴利原文
Sā panesā aṭṭhārasannaṃ vibhaṅgānaṃ ādimhi ṭhapitā aṭṭhārasavidhā hoti – khandhavibhaṅgamātikā-āyatana-dhātu-sacca-indriya-paccayākāra-satipaṭṭhāna-sammappadhāna-iddhipādabojjhaṅga-maggaṅgajhāna-appamaññā-sikkhāpada-paṭisambhidā-ñāṇa-khuddakavatthu-dhammahadayavibhaṅgamāti
蕴分别之论母的义理解说显示巴利原文
Khandhavibhaṅgamātikatthavaṇṇanā
首先,从义理上说明作为开头的蕴分别论母:所谓“五蕴”,此中“五”是数量的限定,由此显示既不在此之下,也不在此之上。“蕴”是指示所限定之法。此处的“蕴”字在聚集、功德、施设、惯用语等多处出现。其中,在“大水蕴”(《相应部》5.1037等)等中,因聚集之义而称为蕴。在“戒蕴、定蕴”(《长部》3.355)等中,因功德之义而称为蕴。在“世尊看见大木蕴”(《相应部》4.241)等中,因施设之义而称为蕴。在“识即是识蕴”(《法集》63)等中,即使是一个心,也因惯用语而称为蕴。而在此处,是取聚集之义,因为“蕴”字具有聚集的意义,也可说具有部分的意义。在世间,人们欠了债被催索时说:“我们将以两蕴偿还,将以三蕴偿还”,因此,蕴即是部分。所谓“色蕴”,其中“色”是因为被破坏,即以冷热等公认的方式被破坏、被撞击、被压迫之义,正如世尊所说:显示巴利原文
Tattha ādibhūtāya khandhavibhaṅgamātikāya atthato tāva – pañcakkhandhāti ettha pañcāti gaṇanaparicchedo, tena na tato heṭṭhā, na uddhanti dasseti. Khandhāti paricchinnadhammanidassanaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ khandha-saddo sambahulesu ṭhānesu nipatati rāsimhi guṇe paṇṇattiyaṃ ruḷhiyanti. Tattha ‘‘mahāudakakkhandho’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 5.1037; a. ni. 4.51; 5.45; 6.37) hi rāsito khandho nāma. ‘‘Sīlakkhandho samādhikkhandho’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.355) guṇato. ‘‘Addasā kho bhagavā mahantaṃ dārukkhandha’’ntiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 4.241) paṇṇattito. ‘‘Viññāṇaṃ viññāṇakkhandho’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 63) ekampi cittaṃ ruḷhito khandho nāma, svāyamidha rāsito adhippeto. Rāsaṭṭho hi khandha-saddo, koṭṭhāsaṭṭhotipi vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Lokasmiṃ hi iṇaṃ gahetvā codiyamānā ‘‘dvīhi khandhehi dassāma , tīhi khandhehi dassāmā’’ti vadanti, tasmā khandhoti koṭṭhāsoti vuttaṃ hoti. Rūpakkhandhoti ettha ruppatīti rūpaṃ, sītuṇhādīhi pasiddhākārena ruppati ghaṭṭīyati, pīḷiyatīti attho. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ bhagavatā –
“诸比丘,因为会被破坏,所以称之为色。被什么所破坏?被寒冷所破坏,被炎热所破坏,被饥饿所破坏,被口渴所破坏”等(《相应部》3.79)。显示巴利原文
‘‘Ruppatīti kho, bhikkhave, tasmā rūpanti vuccati. Kena ruppati? Sītenapi ruppati, uṇhenapi ruppati, jighacchāyapi ruppati, pipāsāyapi ruppatī’’tiādi (saṃ. ni. 3.79).
它既是色,又是蕴,故称为色蕴,意为色的聚集、色的类别。受蕴等之中,也是同样的道理。以上是此处从义理方面的注释方法。显示巴利原文
Rūpañca taṃ khandho cāti rūpakkhandho, rūparāsi rūpakoṭṭhāsoti attho. Vedanākkhandhādīsupi eseva nayoti ayaṃ tāvettha atthato saṃvaṇṇanānayo.
然而,从法的分类来说,下文的善三法中所分别的、以过去等类别而区分的所有色法,称为色蕴。同样地,四地所摄的受与想,称为受蕴、想蕴。除去受与想,其余触等五十心所,称为行蕴。在五蕴中,唯有涅槃不被包含;而在取蕴中,一切出世间法亦不被包含。这便是蕴与取蕴的差别:蕴是无简别而说的,取蕴则是依有漏、可被执取的状态而作简别的。但在此处,因为是依无简别而说,所以除涅槃外,其余一切法悉皆包含。以上是从法的分类方面的注释方法。显示巴利原文
Dhammabhedato panettha heṭṭhā kusalattike vibhattā atītādibhedabhinnā sabbe rūpadhammā rūpakkhandho nāma. Tathā catubhūmakā vedanāsaññāyo vedanākkhandho nāma, saññākkhandho nāma. Vedanāsaññā pana ṭhapetvā sesā phassādayo paññāsa cetasikā saṅkhārakkhandho nāma. Pañcasu khandhesu nibbānameva asaṅgahitaṃ, upādānakkhandhesu pana sabbe lokuttaradhammā. Ayameva hi khandhehi upādānakkhandhānaṃ viseso. Khandhā avisesato vuttā, upādānakkhandhā sāsavopādāniyabhāvena visesetvā. Idha pana avisesena vuttattā nibbānaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesā sabbe dhammā saṅgahaṃ gacchantīti ayaṃ dhammabhedato saṃvaṇṇanānayo.
“显示分别的方法”是指,显示《分别论》巴利原文中所含的义理方法。因为在《分别论》中,蕴分别是以三种方法——经分别、论分别、问难——而作分别的。同样,处分别等也是如此。唯有在根分别和学处分别中,没有经分别;在缘起分别中,没有问难。而在智分别等三种中,则完全没有这三种方法。因为其中,智分别是从一种开始,直到十种而被分别的;小事分别是从一种开始,直到六十二种分类而被分别的;法心分别则是以一切包含等十种方式而被分别的。因此,对于那些方法,在此仅以显示其要点的形式,于各处进行注释。于此,这是蕴分别中三种方法的要点显示。即如下:首先,在经分别中,什么是色蕴——显示巴利原文
Vibhaṅganayadassanāti vibhaṅgapāḷiyā āgataatthanayadassanato. Vibhaṅgapāḷiyaṃ hi suttantabhājanīyaṃ abhidhammabhājanīyaṃ pañhāpucchakanti tīhi nayehi khandhavibhaṅgo vibhatto. Tathā āyatanavibhaṅgādayo. Kevalaṃ hi indriyavibhaṅge, sikkhāpadavibhaṅge ca suttantabhājanīyaṃ natthi. Paccayākāravibhaṅge pañhāpucchakaṃ natthi. Ñāṇavibhaṅgādīsu pana tīsu tayopi nayā na santi. Tesu hi ñāṇavibhaṅgo ekavidhato paṭṭhāya yāva dasavidhā vibhatto, khuddakavatthuvibhaṅgo ekavidhato paṭṭhāya yāva dvāsaṭṭhipabhedā vibhatto, dhammahadayavibhaṅgo pana sabbasaṅgahādīhi dasahi vārehi vibhatto, tasmā tesaṃ tesaṃ nayānaṃ mukhamattadassanavasena tattha tattha saṃvaṇṇanā bhavissanti. Tatridaṃ khandhavibhaṅge tiṇṇaṃ nayānaṃ mukhamattadassanaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ – suttantabhājanīye tāva rūpakkhandho –
“其中,什么是色蕴?任何色,无论是过去的、未来的、现在的,内在的或外在的,粗的或细的,劣的或胜的,远的或近的,将其总集为一、合为一起,这便称为色蕴。”(《分别论》2)——显示巴利原文
‘‘Tattha katamo rūpakkhandho? Yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā, tadekajjhaṃ abhisaññūhitvā abhisaṅkhipitvā ayaṃ vuccati rūpakkhandho’’ti (vibha. 2) –
如此总说之后,再作详细分别。同样,受蕴等也是如此。其中,自己内在的色,称为内;与此不同的、属于其他补特伽罗的,以及无识的色,称为外。受等也是如此。而净色与所缘色,称为粗;其余则称为细。不可爱的色,称为劣;可爱的色,称为胜。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ uddisitvā vitthārato vibhatto, tathā vedanākkhandhādayopi. Tattha niyakajjhattaṃ nāma ajjhattarūpaṃ ajjhattaṃ nāma, tato aññaṃ parapuggalagataṃ, aviññāṇañca bahiddhā nāma, tathā vedanādayopi. Pasādavisayarūpaṃ pana oḷārikaṃ nāma, sesaṃ sukhumaṃ nāma. Aniṭṭharūpaṃ hīnaṃ nāma, iṭṭharūpaṃ paṇītaṃ nāma.
难道可意与不可意没有各自的分法吗?同一事物,对某人可意、适心,对另一人却不可意。因为衣服等物对猪等不可意,对人类等则非如此;而人类等的衣服、装饰等则可意,对猪等则不可意。那么,是否应仅凭喜好来确立可意与不可意?不,可意与不可意是各有判别的:善业所生、作为善异熟所缘的,即是可意;不善业所生、作为不善异熟所缘的,即是不可意。然而,由于想颠倒,有人在速行刹那,对佛像等本当可意的事物,作意为不可意;对地狱火、刀、毒等本当不可意的事物,作意为可意。这种颠倒唯存于速行之中,不存在于异熟之中。因此,应依异熟来决定可意与不可意。显示巴利原文
Nanu iṭṭhāniṭṭhaṃ nāma pāṭekkaṃ paṭivibhattaṃ nāma natthi, ekaṃ ekaccassa iṭṭhaṃ hoti manāpaṃ, tadeva aññassa ca aniṭṭhaṃ hoti. Vatthādīni hi sūkarādīnaṃ nappiyāni honti, na manussādīnaṃ, tesañca vatthābharaṇādīni piyāni, na sūkarādīnanti, tasmā rucivaseneva iṭṭhāniṭṭhatā gahetabbā? Na, iṭṭhāniṭṭhānaṃ pāṭekkaṃ vibhattattā. Kusalakammajaṃ hi kusalavipākavisayova iṭṭhaṃ nāma, akusalakammajaṃ akusalavipākavisayova aniṭṭhaṃ nāma, saññāvipallāsena pana koci iṭṭhameva buddharūpādiṃ javanakkhaṇe aniṭṭhato manasi karoti, aniṭṭhañca nirayaggisatthavisādiṃ iṭṭhato manasi karoti. Javanehi eva vipallāsabhāvo, na vipākehīti vipākavasena iṭṭhāniṭṭhaṃ niyataṃ veditabbaṃ.
而在《破迷》——《分别论》的义注——中:显示巴利原文
Sammohavinodaniyā pana vibhaṅgaṭṭhakathāya –
因为,粪便污泥能带来乐触,在眼门、鼻门是不可意的,在身门却是可意的。对于被转轮王的宝珠击打者,以及被金桩穿刺者而言,宝珠与金桩在眼门是可意的,在身门却是不可意的。显示巴利原文
‘‘Sukhasamphassaṃ hi gūthakalalaṃ cakkhudvāraghānadvāresu aniṭṭhaṃ, kāyadvāre iṭṭhaṃ hoti. Cakkavattino maṇiratanena pothiyamānassa, suvaṇṇasūle uttāsiyamānassa ca maṇiratanasuvaṇṇasūlāni cakkhudvāre iṭṭhāni honti, kāyadvāre aniṭṭhānī’’ti (vibha. aṭṭha. 6) –
如此,依于门而说同一事物既有可意也有不可意。然而,此两者在同一刹那中并不合理,因为同一聚中的大种与所造色是在同一集合中生起的。当依不善之缘而生起不可意的大种时,其依止的所造色等,并不会依善之缘而生起可意的;但在不同刹那中,当以不善为缘而被宝珠等击打时,可意的宝珠等因时节而转成不可意;当以善为缘时,不可意的粪便污泥等则转成可意。这是我们的己见。因此,在辨别可意与不可意时,应当依彼彼色而见劣与胜。微细色称为远色,粗显色称为近色。或者,应当依彼彼色而见色的远近。其余如前所说。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ dvāravasena ekasseva vatthuno iṭṭhatā, aniṭṭhatā ca vuttā. Sā ca ekakkhaṇe na yuttā ekakalāpagatabhūtopādāyarūpānaṃ ekasāmaggiyamuppattito. Na hi bhūtesu akusalavasena aniṭṭhesu uppajjantesu tadupādāyarūpādikusalena iṭṭhāni uppajjanti, bhinnakkhaṇe pana iṭṭhāni maṇiratanādīni tehi pothiyamānassa akusalapaccayena utunā aniṭṭhāni vipariṇamanti, kusalapaccayena aniṭṭhāni gūthakalalādīni iṭṭhānīti, ayaṃ no attanomati. Evaṃ vibhattesu ca iṭṭhāniṭṭhesu taṃ taṃ rūpaṃ upādāyupādāya hīnaṃ, paṇītañca daṭṭhabbaṃ. Sukhumaṃ pana rūpaṃ dūrerūpaṃ nāma, oḷārikaṃ santikerūpaṃ nāma. Taṃ taṃ vā pana rūpaṃ upādāyupādāya rūpaṃ dūre santike daṭṭhabbaṃ. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
于受等中,不善受是粗显的,其余为微细。善与不善受粗显,无记者微细。苦受粗显,其余微细。或说,乐与苦为粗显,其余微细。未得定者的受粗显,得定者的受微细。有漏者粗显,无漏者微细。复次,应依彼彼受而见粗显与微细。不善受与善受、无记受是远的,它们彼此之间亦是远的。如此,依种类、自性、人、地之差别,如所说之理,应见远受。善受与善受是近的,如此,依种类等之共通,应见近受。或者,应依彼彼受而见受之远近。同样,在想蕴等中,也应随其对应而了知粗显、微细等。此处仅述其要,广说则应取自《分别论》及其注释,此是经分别之理。显示巴利原文
Vedanādīsu pana akusalā vedanā oḷārikā, itarā sukhumā. Kusalākusalā oḷārikā, abyākatā sukhumā. Dukkhā vedanā oḷārikā, itarā sukhumā. Sukhadukkhā vā oḷārikā, itarā sukhumā. Asamāpannassa vā vedanā oḷārikā, samāpannassa sukhumā. Sāsavā oḷārikā , anāsavā sukhumā. Taṃ taṃ vā pana vedanaṃ upādāyupādāya oḷārikasukhumatā daṭṭhabbā. Akusalā vedanā kusalābyākatāhi dūre, tā ca tāya dūreti evaṃ jātisabhāvapuggalabhūmibhedato vuttanayena dūrevedanā daṭṭhabbā, kusalā vedanā kusalāya santiketi evaṃ jātiādisāmaññato santikevedanā daṭṭhabbā. Taṃ taṃ vā pana vedanaṃ upādāyupādāya vedanā dūresantike daṭṭhabbā. Evaṃ saññākkhandhādīsupi yathānurūpaṃ oḷārikasukhumatādayo veditabbāti. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana vibhaṅgapāḷiaṭṭhakathāsu (vibha. 8 ādayo; vibha. aṭṭha. 8 ādayo) gahetabboti ayaṃ suttantabhājanīyanayo.
在阿毗达摩分别之理中,色蕴从一种乃至十一种,应依色品中所说之理了知。受蕴则:一种,与触相应;二种,依有因二法;三种,依善三法;四种,依四地;五种,依自性差别;六种,依六门;七种,依七识相应;八种,于此中,将身识相应者依乐与苦分为二种;九种,于此中,将意识相应者依善三法分为三种;十种,于此中,将身识相应者分为二种,意识相应者分为三种。如是,先宣说以有因二法为根本的第一转,继而在善三法之处,将受三法、喜三法、有见三法除外的一切三法与之结合,乃至十种,再宣说其余十八转。而此处以有因二法为根本的一切三法结合,同样,在因相应二法等中,乃至以依止二法为终,各各与一切三法结合,也应依相应二法为根本而了知,此是二法根本的结合之理。再者,如依一一二法结合一切三法而说二法根本之理,同样,依一一三法相应结合一切二法而说三法根本之理,以及依彼二者混合而说双增之理,也应了知。同样,于此处的受蕴,在想蕴等中,也应随其对应而了知二法根本等理,此是阿毗达摩分别之理。显示巴利原文
Abhidhammabhājanīyanaye rūpakkhandhassa tāva ekavidhādito yāva ekādasavidhā rūpakaṇḍe vuttanayena veditabbā. Vedanākkhandho pana ekavidho phassasampayutto, duvidho sahetukadukavasena, tividho kusalattikavasena, catubbidho catubhūmakavasena, pañcavidho sabhāvabhedena, chabbidho chadvārikavasena, sattavidho sattaviññāṇasampayogavasena, aṭṭhavidho tesu kāyaviññāṇasampayuttaṃ sukhadukkhavasena dvidhā bhinditvā, navavidho tesu manoviññāṇasampayuttaṃ kusalattikavasena tidhā bhinditvā, dasavidho tesu kāyaviññāṇasampayuttaṃ duvidhā, manoviññāṇasampayuttañca tidhā bhinditvāti evaṃ sahetukadukamūlaṃ paṭhamavāraṃ vatvā puna kusalattikaṭṭhāne vedanāttikapītittikasanidassanattikavajjite sabbattike yojetvā yāva dasavidhā, aparepi aṭṭhārasa vārā vuttā. Yathā cettha sahetukadukamūlikā sabbattikayojanā, evaṃ hetusampayuttadukādīsu anurūpadukamūlikāpi saraṇadukapariyosānā paccekaṃ sabbattikayojanāpi veditabbāti ayaṃ dukamūlako yojanānayo. Yathā ca ekekadukena sabbattikayojanāvasena dukamūlako nayo vutto, evaṃ ekekattikena yathānurūpaṃ sabbadukayojanāvasena tikamūlako, tadubhayamissakavasena ubhatovaḍḍhanako ca nayo veditabbo. Yathā cettha vedanākkhandhe, evaṃ saññākkhandhādīsupi yathārahaṃ dukamūlakādinayā veditabbāti ayaṃ abhidhammabhājanīyanayo.
于问分之理:五蕴中,几为善,几为不善,几为无记,几与乐受相应……乃至……几是有诤,几是无诤?色蕴是无记;四蕴或是善,或是不善,或是无记。于受三法中,色与受不可说,其余三者三法皆有。色是‘非异熟非异熟法’之法,或是‘已执受执受所依’,或是‘非已执受执受所依’,是‘杂染有杂染所依’;其余四蕴,依此三种三法,三法皆有。色是无寻无伺;三蕴三法皆有;行蕴是三法及不可说。色不可说;受或是喜俱行,或不可说;三蕴是三法及不可说。色非见所断、非修所断,非见所断非修所断之因,非趣向积集、非趣向离散,非有学、非无学,是劣;其余三法皆有。于劣所缘三法中,色非所缘,其余是三法及不可说。色是中,是不定,其余三法皆有。于道所缘三法中,色非所缘,其余或是三法,或不可说。于已生、过去等三法中,五蕴皆是三法。于过去所缘三法中,色非所缘,其余是三法及不可说。于内三法中,五蕴皆是三法。于内所缘三法中,色非所缘,其余是三法及不可说。四蕴是无见无对,色蕴三法皆有。显示巴利原文
Pañhāpucchakanaye pana pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ kati kusalā, kati akusalā, kati abyākatā, kati sukhāya vedanāya sampayuttā…pe… kati saraṇā, kati araṇāti? Rūpakkhandho abyākato, cattāro khandhā siyā kusalā, siyā akusalā, siyā abyākatā, rūpaṃ, vedanā ca vedanāttike na vattabbā, sesā tidhāpi honti, rūpaṃ nevavipākanavipākadhammadhammaṃ, siyā upādinnupādāniyaṃ, siyā anupādinnupādāniyaṃ, asaṃkiliṭṭhasaṃkilesikaṃ, sesā cattāro khandhā tīhi tikehi tidhāpi honti. Rūpaṃ avitakkaavicāraṃ, tayo khandhā tidhāpi honti, saṅkhārakkhandho tidhā ca na vattabbo ca. Rūpaṃ na vattabbaṃ, vedanā siyā pītisahagatā, na vattabbā, tayo tidhā ca na vattabbā ca. Rūpaṃ nevadassanenanabhāvanāyapahātabbaṃ, nadassanenanabhāvanāyapahātabbahetukaṃ, nevācayagāminaapacayagāmi, nevasekhaṃnāsekhaṃ, parittaṃ, sesā tidhāpi honti. Parittārammaṇattike rūpaṃ anārammaṇaṃ, sesā tidhā ca na vattabbā ca. Rūpaṃ majjhimaṃ, aniyataṃ, sesā tidhāpi. Maggārammaṇattike ca rūpaṃ anārammaṇaṃ, sesā tidhāpi vā na vattabbā. Uppannātītattikesu pañcapi tidhā honti. Atītārammaṇattike rūpaṃ anārammaṇaṃ, sesā tidhā ca na vattabbā ca. Ajjhattattike pañcapi tidhā honti. Ajjhattārammaṇattike rūpaṃ anārammaṇaṃ, sesā tidhāpi na vattabbā ca. Cattāro khandhā anidassanaappaṭighā, rūpakkhandho tidhāpi hoti.
四种蕴非因,行蕴或是因,或非因。色是无因、与因不相应;其余三者二种皆有。三种蕴可能是有因且非因,也可能不可说;行蕴是二种皆有且不可说;色唯不可说。无间双论中,也是如此。色是非因无因;三蕴二种皆有;行蕴二种皆有且不可说。五蕴皆是有缘、有为。四蕴不可见、无对碍;色二种皆有。色是色法,其余是非色法。色是世间法,其余二种皆有。五蕴可能被某种识了知,也可能不被了知。四蕴非漏;行蕴二种皆有且不可说。色是有漏、与漏不相应;其余三者二种皆有。色是有漏且非漏;三蕴同样如此且不可说;行蕴二种皆有且不可说。色唯不可说;三蕴可能是有漏相应且非漏,也可能不可说;行蕴二种皆有且不可说。色是与漏不相应且有漏;其余二种皆有且不可说。依此方法,于结缚论等中亦应知配合。唯于执取相应双论中,色是与执取不相应;三蕴二种皆有;行蕴二种皆有,且依见而不可说。此为第三双论中的唯一差别。色非所缘,其余是有所缘。识是心,其余非心。三……显示巴利原文
Cattāro khandhā nahetū, saṅkhārakkhandho siyā hetu, siyā na hetu. Rūpaṃ ahetukaṃ, hetuvippayuttaṃ, sesā dvidhāpi. Tayo khandhā siyā sahetukā ceva na ca hetū, siyā na vattabbā ca, saṅkhārakkhandho dvidhā ca na vattabbo ca, rūpaṃ na vattabbameva. Tathā anantaradukepi. Rūpaṃ nahetuahetukaṃ, tayo dvidhāpi, saṅkhārakkhandho dvidhā ca na vattabbo ca. Pañcapi sappaccayā, saṅkhatā, cattāro anidassanā, appaṭighā, rūpaṃ dvidhāpi. Rūpaṃ rūpī, sesā arūpino. Rūpaṃ lokiyaṃ, sesā dvidhāpi. Pañcapi kenaci viññeyyā, na ca kenaci viññeyyā ca. Cattāro no āsavā, saṅkhārā dvidhāpi, na vattabbā ca. Rūpaṃ sāsavo, āsavavippayutto , sesā dvidhāpi. Rūpaṃ sāsavā ceva no ca āsavā, tayo tathā ca na vattabbā ca. Saṅkhāro dvidhā ca na vattabbo ca. Rūpaṃ na vattabbameva, tayo siyā āsavasampayuttā ceva no ca āsavā, siyā na vattabbā, saṅkhāro dvidhā ca na vattabbo ca. Rūpaṃ āsavavippayuttaṃ sāsavañca, sesā dvidhā ca na vattabbā ca. Iminā nayena saṃyojanagocchakādīsupi yojanā veditabbā. Kevalaṃ hi parāmāsasampayuttaduke rūpaṃ parāmāsavippayuttaṃ, tayo dvidhāpi, saṅkhāro dvidhāpi, diṭṭhivasena na vattabbo ca. Tatiye ettakameva viseso. Rūpaṃ anārammaṇaṃ, sesā sārammaṇā. Viññāṇaṃ cittaṃ, sesā no cittā. Tayo cetasikā, dve acetasikā. Tayo cittasampayuttā, rūpaṃ cittavippayuttaṃ. Viññāṇaṃ na vattabbaṃ. Tathā cittasaṃsaṭṭhadukepi. Tayo cittasamuṭṭhānā, viññāṇaṃ no cittasamuṭṭhānaṃ. Rūpaṃ dvidhāpi. Tathā anantaradukadvayepi. Tayo cittasaṃsaṭṭhasamuṭṭhānā, dve no cittasaṃsaṭṭhasamuṭṭhānā. Tathā anantaradukadvayepi. Viññāṇaṃ ajjhattikaṃ, tayo bāhirā, rūpaṃ dvidhāpi. Cattāro no upādā. Rūpaṃ dvidhāpi. Pañcapi siyā upādinnā, siyā anupādinnā, no upādānā.
烦恼论如前所说。色非见所断、非修所断,其余二种皆有。如此,乃至喜双论,应知配合。显示巴利原文
Kilesagocchako vuttanayova. Rūpaṃ nevadassanenanabhāvanāya pahātabbaṃ, sesā dvidhāpi. Evaṃ yāvapītidukā yojanā veditabbā.
色不是受,不是乐,也不是乐俱行,其余三法于两者皆有可能。同样地,在无间双论中也是如此。色为欲界所系,其余三法于两者皆有可能。如此乃至所依双论,应知配合。这是问论的方式。显示巴利原文
Rūpaṃ na vedanā, na sukhā, na sukhasahagatā, sesā dvidhāpi. Tathā anantaradukepi. Rūpaṃ kāmāvacaraṃ, sesā dvidhāpi. Evaṃ yāva saraṇadukā yojanā veditabbā. Ayaṃ pañhāpucchakanayo.
然而,这些方法应当依据巴利圣典与注释书来详细了知。其义理的抉择,则应依循《法集论》论母义释中所说而了知。自此之后,不再赘述,唯就前所未说者进行解释。这便是从显示分别论的方法而来的注释方法。显示巴利原文
Ime pana nayā vitthārato pāḷiaṭṭhakathāhi ñātabbā. Atthavinicchayo ca nesaṃ dhammasaṅgaṇīmātikatthasaṃvaṇṇanāya vuttānusārena ñātabbo. Ito paraṃ atirekaṃ avatvā apubbameva vaṇṇayissāmāti ayaṃ vibhaṅganayadassanato saṃvaṇṇanānayo.
那么,在此之中:显示巴利原文
Idāni panettha –
由次第、不增不减,及应见的共与别;
欲求蕴善巧者,应了知圣典以外的方法。
显示巴利原文 Kamatonūnādhikato, daṭṭhabbasamabhedato; Pāḷimuttanayo ñeyyo, khandhakosallamicchatā.
此中,关于次第:此处有生起次第、断除次第、行道次第、地次第、说法次第等多种次第,但只有五蕴的说法次第是合适的,其他则不然,因为不可能。世尊出于利乐,为了使在五蕴中执取有我的所化众生从执取有我的执著中解脱,通过显示破除聚集与密集的分别,令各类众生容易领解,首先宣说了以眼等为所缘的粗显色蕴;其次宣说了感受可爱、不可爱所缘的粗显受蕴;接着宣说了执取受蕴等所缘行相的想蕴;以及依想而造作的行蕴;最后宣说了作为受等之所依与增上的识蕴。这就是此处的次第。显示巴利原文
Tattha kamatoti ettha uppattikkamo pahānakkamo paṭipattikkamo bhūmikkamo desanākkamoti bahuvidhesu kamesu khandhānaṃ desanākkamova yujjati, na itare, asambhavā. Abhedena hi pañcasu khandhesu attaggāhapatitaṃ veneyyajanaṃ samūhaghanavinibbhogadassanena attaggāhato mocetukāmo bhagavā hitakāmo tassa tassa janassa sukhaggahaṇatthaṃ cakkhuādīnaṃ visayabhūtaṃ oḷārikaṃ paṭhamaṃ rūpakkhandhaṃ desesi, tato iṭṭhāniṭṭhavisayasaṃvedakaṃ oḷārikaṃ vedanaṃ, yaṃ vedeti, taṃ sañjānātīti evaṃ vedanāvisayassa ākāraggāhikaṃ saññaṃ, saññāvasenābhisaṅkhārake saṅkhāre, tesaṃ vedanādīnaṃ nissayādhipatibhūtaṃ viññāṇanti ayaṃ tāvettha kamo.
关于无减无增:为何世尊只说五蕴,无减无增?因为一切有为法依共相摄为一类,因为执取我、我所的对象以此为最上,也因为其他法皆包含于此。在种种分类的有为法中,依共相摄集时,色依色的共相摄为一类,即成一蕴;受依受的共相摄为一类,即成一蕴;想、行、识也是如此。因此,由于一切有为法依共相摄为一类,故只说五蕴。再者,执取我、我所的对象——色等五者,以此为最上,故由执取我、我所的对象以此为最上,而只说五蕴。此外,其他所说的戒等五法蕴,也因含摄在行蕴中而包含于此;因此,由于其他法也包含于此,故只说五蕴。这便是无减无增的道理。显示巴利原文
Anūnādhikatoti kasmā pana bhagavatā pañceva khandhā vuttā anūnā anadhikāti? Sabbasaṅkhatasabhāgekasaṅgahato, attattaniyaggāhavatthussa etapparamato, aññesañca tadavarodhato. Anekappabhedesu hi saṅkhatadhammesu sabhāgavasena saṅgayhamānesu rūpaṃ rūpasabhāgekasaṅgahavasena eko khandho hoti, vedanā vedanāsabhāgekasaṅgahavasena eko khandho hoti. Esa nayo saññādīsupi, tasmā sabbasaṅkhatasabhāgekasaṅgahato pañceva vuttā. Etaparamañcetaṃ attattaniyaggāhavatthu, yadidaṃ rūpādayo pañca, tasmā attattaniyaggāhavatthussa etaparamatopi pañceva vuttā. Yepi caññe sīlādayo pañca dhammakkhandhā vuttā, tepi saṅkhārakkhandhapariyāpannattā ettheva avarodhaṃ gacchanti, tasmā aññesaṃ tadavarodhatopi pañceva vuttāti ayaṃ anūnādhikato.
关于应见的共相与别相:即依应见的差别与譬喻的差别来说明。其中,先就应见的差别而言:总体上,五取蕴应视为举剑的怨敌、重担、吞噬者,以及名为无常、苦、无我的杀戮者。特别而言,色应当视为如泡沫团,受、想、行、识则依次应视为如水泡、阳焰、芭蕉树干、幻术。如同泡沫团不堪挤压,虽然为了用作盘碟等而取来,却不能实现那样的用途,终归破灭;同样,色也不堪挤压,虽依净相等而执取,却无法那样安住,唯是不净等。显示巴利原文
Daṭṭhabbasamabhedatoti daṭṭhabbabhedato, upamābhedato ca. Tattha daṭṭhabbabhedato tāva pañcupādānakkhandhā sāmaññato ukkhittāsikapaccatthikato, bhārato, khādakato, aniccadukkhaanattasaṅkhātavadhakato ca daṭṭhabbā. Visesato pana pheṇapiṇḍaṃ viya rūpaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, udakabubbuḷamarīcikakadalikkhandhamāyā viya yathākkamaṃ vedanādayo daṭṭhabbā. Yathā hi pheṇapiṇḍo vimaddāsaho, so ca pattathālakādiatthaṃ gahitopi tamatthaṃ na sādheti, bhijjati, evaṃ rūpampi vimaddāsahaṃ, tañca subhādivasena gahitampi na tathā tiṭṭhati, asubhādiyeva hoti.
又如泡沫团由众多孔隙结合而成,是诸多水虫等生物的居所;它起初如枣核大小,逐渐增长,刚生起时便破灭,稍往前流便破灭,一旦到达大海,则必定破灭。同样,色身也是多孔多隙,由众多孔隙结合而成,为八十种虫类聚集;它起初如凝滑,逐渐增长,在凝滑的阶段便有破灭,在胞等阶段也有破灭,待到寿尽之时,则必定破灭。应当如此观见,如同泡沫团。显示巴利原文
Yathā vā pheṇapiṇḍo anekasandhighaṭito bahunnaṃ udakasappādipāṇakānaṃ āvāso, ādito cesa badarapakkamatto hutvā anupubbavaḍḍhanako uṭṭhitamattopi cesa bhijjati, thokaṃ gantvāpi, samuddaṃ patvā pana avassameva bhijjati , evaṃ rūpampi chiddāvachiddaṃ anekasandhighaṭitaṃ asītikimikulavokiṇṇaṃ, ādito cetaṃ kalalamattaṃ hutvā anupubbavaḍḍhanakaṃ, kalalamattepi cetaṃ bhijjati, abbudādibhāvepi āyukkhayaṃ patvā avassameva bhijjati. Evaṃ pheṇapiṇḍasadisaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.
然而,水泡仅能短暂悦意、不可执取、不能久住,感受也是如此。又如水泡依水面、水滴、水垢与取风这四种因缘而生起,感受也依所依处、所缘、烦恼垢与触的撞击这四种因缘而生起,因此应当视感受如水泡。显示巴利原文
Yathā pana bubbuḷo muhuttaramaṇīyo agayhupago na ciraṭṭhitikova, evaṃ vedanāpi. Yathā ca bubbuḷo udakatalaṃ, udakabinduṃ, udakajallakaṃ saṅkaḍḍhitvā puṭaṃ katvā gahaṇavātañcāti cattāri kāraṇāni paṭicca uppajjati, evaṃ vedanāpi vatthuṃ, ārammaṇaṃ, kilesajallaṃ, phassasaṅghaṭṭanañcāti cattāri kāraṇāni paṭicca uppajjatīti sā bubbuḷasadisā daṭṭhabbā.
然而,犹如阳焰以湖泊等幻相欺诳众生,想蕴也以常等相欺诳,故应视想蕴如阳焰。又如芭蕉树干不可执取,由多层聚合而成;行蕴亦不可执取,无恒常等坚实核心,且由触等多种法聚合而成,故应视行蕴如芭蕉树干。又如幻术以非真金银等相令人执取,欺诳大众;识蕴虽以无常等相,却似同一心识相续而来,令人执取为常等,从而欺诳,故应视识蕴如幻术。显示巴利原文
Yathā pana marīcikā jalāsayādibhāvena vippalambhikā, evaṃ saññāpi niccādibhāvenāti marīcisadisā daṭṭhabbā. Yathā pana kadalikkhandho agayhupago bahuvaṭṭisamodhāno, evaṃ saṅkhārakkhandhopi agayhupagoniccādisāravirahito, phassādibahudhammasamodhāno ca hotīti so kadalikkhandhasadiso daṭṭhabbo. Yathā pana māyā asuvaṇṇarajatādirūpānipi tathā gāhāpetvā mahājanaṃ vañceti, evaṃ viññāṇampi aniccādirūpaṃ teneva cittena āgacchantaṃ viya niccādito ca gāhāpetvā vañcetīti taṃ māyāsadisaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Vuttañca –
色如聚沫,受如水泡;
想如阳焰,行如芭蕉;
识如幻术,是日种佛所宣说。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pheṇapiṇḍūpamaṃ rūpaṃ, vedanā bubbuḷūpamā; Marīcikūpamā saññā, saṅkhārā kadalūpamā; Māyūpamañca viññāṇaṃ, desitādiccabandhunā’’ti. (saṃ. ni. 3.95);
这就是此处应见的差别。显示巴利原文
Ayamettha daṭṭhabbabhedo.
又依譬喻差别:色取蕴如病院,受取蕴如疾病,想取蕴如病因,行取蕴如不适之受用,识取蕴如病人。再者,这些也可依次喻为:监狱、业行、罪过、造罪者、罪犯;以及器皿、食物、菜肴、侍者、食者。这便是此处的譬喻差别。显示巴利原文
Upamābhedato ca pana gilānasālūpamo rūpupādānakkhandho, gelaññūpamo vedanupādānakkhandho, gelaññasamuṭṭhānūpamo saññupādānakkhandho, asappāyasevanūpamo saṅkhārupādānakkhandho , gilānūpamo viññāṇupādānakkhandho. Apica cārakakāraṇaaparādhakāraṇakārakaaparādhikūpamā ete bhājanabhojanabyañjanaparivesakabhuñjakūpamā cāti ayamettha upamābhedo. Evaṃ pāḷimuttakavinicchayanayo ñeyyo.
处分别母论义注释显示巴利原文
Āyatanavibhaṅgamātikatthavaṇṇanā
就十二处论母的义理而言,首先,“十二处”中,依于处义、引生义与导引广大义,故称为处。于眼、色等中,种种心、心所法依各自之门与所缘,以各自领受等作用而引生、现起、策励、精勤;而这些处又扩展、广布那些成为引生之法,并确实导引此极为广大的轮回之苦,令其转起,故说为“处”。显示巴利原文
Āyatanavibhaṅgamātikāya pana atthato tāva – dvādasāyatanānīti ettha āyatanato, āyānaṃ tananato, āyatassa ca nayanato āyatanāni. Cakkhurūpādīsu hi taṃtaṃdvārārammaṇā cittacetasikā dhammā sena sena anubhavanādinā kiccena āyatanti upaṭṭhahanti ghaṭenti vāyamanti, te ca pana āyabhūte dhamme etāni tanonti vitthārenti, idañca atīva āyataṃ saṃsāradukkhaṃ nayanteva, pavattayantīti vuttaṃ hoti, tasmā ‘‘āyatanānī’’ti vuccanti.
再者,依于住处义、矿藏义、集会处义、出生地义与因缘义,在教法与世间中皆称为“处”。因为,于眼等中,那些心、心所法依他们而转起,故安住;于彼如矿藏处遍满;依所依与所缘而集会;眼等即是它们的出生地与因缘。因此,依住处等义,应知眼等为处。显示巴利原文
Apica nivāsaṭṭhānaṭṭhena, ākaraṭṭhena, samosaraṇaṭṭhānaṭṭhena, sañjābhidesaṭṭhena, kāraṇaṭṭhena ca sāsane, loke ca ‘‘āyatana’’nti vuccanti. Cakkhuādīsu hi te te cittacetasikā dhammā tadāyattavuttitāya nivasanti, tesu ca ākarabhūtesu ākiṇṇā vatthārammaṇavasena ca samosaranti, cakkhādayova nesaṃ sañjātideso, kāraṇañca, tasmā nivāsaṭṭhānādinā atthena cakkhādīni āyatanānīti veditabbāni.
于“眼处”等中,“眼”即能看,意为品尝色、明了色。“色”即能显色,意为当发生色相变化时,能显示其进入心中之状态。“耳”即能听。“声”即能被听闻,意为被发出。“鼻”即能嗅。“香”即能发香,意为显示自身之所依。“舌”即呼召生命。“味”即众生所品尝,意为被品味。“身”即诸可厌有漏法之来源,是生起之处。“触”即能被触。“意”即能思量。“法”即执持自相。眼依上述之义为处,故为眼处……法依上述之义为处,故为法处。这便是此处所说的词义。显示巴利原文
Cakkhāyatanantiādīsu cakkhatīti cakkhu, rūpaṃ assādeti, vibhāveti cāti attho. Rūpayatīti rūpaṃ. Vaṇṇavikāraṃ āpajjamānaṃ hadayaṅgatabhāvaṃ pakāsetīti attho. Suṇātīti sotaṃ. Sappatīti saddo, udāharīyatīti attho. Ghāyatīti ghānaṃ. Gandhayatīti gandho, attano vatthuṃ sūcayatīti attho. Jīvitaṃ avhāyatīti jivhā. Rasanti taṃ sattāti raso, assādentīti attho. Kucchitānaṃ sāsavadhammānaṃ āyoti kāyo, uppattideso. Phusīyatīti phoṭṭhabbaṃ. Manatīti mano. Attano lakkhaṇaṃ dhārentīti dhammā. Cakkhu ca taṃ yathāvuttenatthena āyatanañcāti cakkhāyatanaṃ…pe… dhammā ca te āyatanañcāti dhammāyatananti ayaṃ tāvettha padattho.
依法的分类而言,此处一切识称为意处。心所、微细色与涅槃称为法处。其余诸处则易于了知。应知于此诸处中,已涵摄了过去等种种分类所差别、以及超越时间的世间与出世间一切名色法,还有诸施设。由“生由二蕴、一处、一界所摄”等语可知,色与非色的生、老、坏灭被摄于行蕴、法处、法界之中,因此,其余施设亦应知依其适当方式而被摄于他们之中。这便是此处所说的法之分类。显示巴利原文
Dhammabhedato panettha sabbampi viññāṇaṃ manāyatanaṃ nāma. Cetasikasukhumarūpanibbānāni dhammāyatanaṃ nāma. Sesāni suviññeyyāni. Imesu ca āyatanesu atītādibhedabhinnā, kālavinimuttā ca lokiyalokuttarā sabbe nāmarūpadhammā, paññattiyo ca saṅgahitāti veditabbā. ‘‘Jāti dvīhi khandhehi ekenāyatanena ekāya dhātuyā saṅgahitā’’tiādivacanato (dhātu. 71) hi rūpārūpalakkhaṇānaṃ jātijarābhaṅgānaṃ saṅkhārakkhandhadhammāyatanadhammadhātūsu saṅgahitattā itarāsampi paññattīnaṃ yathārahaṃ tattha saṅgahitabhāvo veditabboti ayamettha dhammabhedo.
依分别方式而言,此处于经分别中,首先以“眼无常、苦、无我、变坏法。色无常、苦、无我、变坏法……法无常、苦、无我、变坏法”,依能缘处与所缘处而说诸处。这便是经分别的方式。显示巴利原文
Vibhaṅganayato panettha suttantabhājanīye tāva ‘‘cakkhuṃ aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ anattā vipariṇāmadhammaṃ. Rūpā aniccā dukkhā anattā vipariṇāmadhammā…pe… dhammā aniccā dukkhā anattā vipariṇāmadhammā’’ti (vibha. 154) evaṃ visayivisayāyatanavasena āyatanāni vuttānīti ayaṃ suttantabhājanīyanayo.
于阿毗达摩分别中,净色与所缘处先依“此中,什么是眼处?即依四大会聚所生之净色……”等,如色蕴中所说方式而分别。意处则从一种乃至十种,如受蕴中所说方式而分别。法处则开示“此中,什么是法处?即受蕴、想蕴、行蕴,以及不可见、无对、属于法处之色与无为界”后,以“此中,什么是受蕴?”等方式,如受蕴等中所说而分别。微细色与涅槃即如色蕴中所说方式。这就是阿毗达摩分别的方式。显示巴利原文
Abhidhammabhājanīye pana pasādavisayāyatanāni tāva ‘‘tattha katamaṃ cakkhāyatanaṃ? Yaṃ cakkhu catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ upādāya pasādo’’tiādinā (vibha. 156) rūpakaṇḍe (dha. sa. 597) vuttanayena vibhattāni. Manāyatanaṃ pana ekavidhato paṭṭhāya yāvadasavidhā vedanākkhandhe vuttanayena vibhattaṃ. Dhammāyatanaṃ pana ‘‘tattha katamaṃ dhammāyatanaṃ? Vedanākkhandho saññākkhandho saṅkhārakkhandho, yañca rūpaṃ anidassanaappaṭighaṃ dhammāyatanapariyāpannaṃ asaṅkhatā ca dhātū’’ti (vibha. 167) uddisitvā ‘‘tattha katamo vedanākkhandho’’tiādinā (vibha. 167) vedanākkhandhādīsu vuttanayena vibhattaṃ. Sukhumarūpanibbānāni rūpakaṇḍe vuttanayānevāti ayaṃ abhidhammabhājanīyanayo.
关于问答法,此后不再详细展示,而是将其与三分法和二分法的开头、结尾以及能显示特义的三分法和二分法结合起来予以说明;其余的三分法和二分法,其结合方式可依蕴中所说之理了知。如何[问]:十二处中,几处是善……乃至……几处是无诤?十处是无记,二处可能是善、可能是不善、可能是无记。于受三法中,十处不可说[为乐受、苦受或不苦不乐受],意处于三种[受]皆[可说],法处则三种皆不可说……乃至……色处是有见有对,九处是无见有对,意处与法处是无见无对。十一处非因,法处可能是因、可能非因……乃至……十一处是有缘,法处可能是有缘、可能是无缘……乃至……十处是色,意处是非色,法处则二种[皆可说]……乃至……十处是有漏,二处可能是有漏、可能是无漏。这就是问答法。显示巴利原文
Pañhāpucchakanayaṃ pana ito paraṃ vitthārato adassetvā tikadukānaṃ ādiantehi ceva visesatthadīpakehi ca tikadukehi yojetvā dassayissāma, sesehipi tikadukehi yojanānayo khandhe vuttanayena sakkā ñātunti. Kathaṃ dvādasannaṃ āyatanānaṃ kati kusalā…pe… kati araṇāti? Dasāyatanā abyākatā, dvāyatanā siyā kusalā, siyā akusalā, siyā abyākatā. Vedanāttike dasāyatanāni na vattabbāni, manāyatanaṃ tidhāpi, dhammāyatanaṃ tidhā na vattabbañca…pe… rūpāyatanaṃ sanidassanasappaṭighaṃ, navāyatanāni anidassanasappaṭighāni, manāyatanadhammāyatanāni anidassanaappaṭighāni, ekādasāyatanāni na hetū, dhammāyatanaṃ siyā hetu, siyā na hetu…pe… ekādasāyatanāni sappaccayāni, dhammāyatanaṃ siyā sappaccayaṃ, siyā appaccayaṃ…pe… dasāyatanāni rūpaṃ, manāyatanaṃ arūpaṃ, dhammāyatanaṃ dvidhāpi…pe… dasāyatanāni araṇāni, dvāyatanāni siyā saraṇāni, siyā araṇānīti ayaṃ pañhāpucchakanayo.
现今,进一步——显示巴利原文
Idāni pana –
关于它的次第,以及应见其差别;
于此,应依圣典之外的理趣,了知抉择。
显示巴利原文 Kamato tāvattato ca, tesaṃ daṭṭhabbabhedato; Pāḷimuttanayenettha, viññātabbo vinicchayo.
此中,“次第”,此处也正适合说法次第。因为在诸内处中,眼处是有见有对之境,最为明显,故最先宣说;其次是无见有对之境,如耳处等。或者,由于是成就见无上、闻无上的原因,有大饶益,所以最先宣说眼处与耳处;其次为鼻处等三处;此五处皆是所依境,故最后宣说意处;又因为这些是眼处等的所缘,所以色处等紧随其后。再者,依识生起之因的确定,也应了知这些的次第。如经说:“缘眼与色,眼识生起……乃至……缘意与法,意识生起”,这便是此处的次第。显示巴利原文
Tattha kamatoti idhāpi desanākkamova yujjati. Ajjhattikesu hi āyatanesu sanidassanasappaṭighavisayattā cakkhāyatanaṃ pākaṭanti paṭhamaṃ desitaṃ, tato anidassanasappaṭighavisayāni sotāyatanādīni. Atha vā dassanānuttariyasavanānuttariyahetubhāvato bahūpakārattā cakkhusotāyatanāni paṭhamaṃ desitāni, tato ghānāyatanādīni tīṇi, pañcannampi pana gocaravisayattā ante manāyatanaṃ, cakkhāyatanādīnaṃ gocarattā tesaṃ anantaraṃ rūpāyatanādīni. Apica viññāṇuppattikāraṇavavatthānatopi ayametesaṃ kamo veditabbo. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ ‘‘cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇaṃ…pe… manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇa’’nti (ma. ni. 3.421; saṃ. ni. 4.60, 113; mahāni. 107) ayaṃ tāvettha kamo.
所谓“其次”,即依其次第之义。这是说:眼等诸法本身也是法,既然如此,为何不单说法处,而说十二处呢?因为六识身的生起,是依门与所缘的确定而显出差别,所以才说十二处。具体而言,属于眼识心路的识聚,唯以眼处为生起之门,唯以色处为所缘;其余五识聚也各自对应其门与所缘。第六识聚,唯以称为有分心的意处之一分作为生起之门,以法处为不共的所缘。因此,依六识身生起的门与所缘之确定,而说十二处,这就是此处所说“其次”的含义。显示巴利原文
Tāvattatoti tāvabhāvato. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – cakkhādayopi hi dhammā eva, evaṃ sati dhammāyatanamicceva avatvā kasmā dvādasāyatanāni vuttānīti ce? Chaviññāṇakāyuppattiyā dvārārammaṇavavatthānato ayametesaṃ bhedo hotīti dvādasa vuttāni. Cakkhuviññāṇavīthipariyāpannassa hi viññāṇakāyassa cakkhāyatanameva uppattidvāraṃ, rūpāyatanamevārammaṇaṃ. Tathā itarāni itaresaṃ. Chaṭṭhassa pana bhavaṅgamanasaṅkhāto manāyatanekadesova uppattidvāraṃ, asādhāraṇañca dhammāyatanaṃ ārammaṇanti. Iti channaṃ viññāṇakāyānaṃ uppattidvārārammaṇavavatthānato dvādasa vuttānīti ayamettha tāvattatā.
所谓“应见其差别”,是说对于这一切处,都应见到它们无来、无去。这些处并非从过去际来到某处,也并非在将来际去往某处,而是于过去际未生起之前,尚未获得自性;于未来际灭去之后,自性已经破坏;在过去与未来之间,唯依于缘而转起,故无立足之处。因此,应见它们无来、无去。同样,应见它们无作者、无功用力。眼等诸处并非有“愿我们和合而生起识”这样的欲求,它们也不会为了生起识,而以门、依处或所缘的性质去努力,只是由法的决定性,当眼等和合时便生起眼识等,因此应见它们无作者、无功用力。再者,内处应观如空村,因为无常、不净、无乐、无我;外处应观如村中盗贼。同样,内处应观如六条鱼,外处应观如它们的游动之处。这就是此处所应见的差别。如是,于此应依经典之理了知决断。显示巴利原文
Daṭṭhabbabhedatoti ettha pana sabbāni cetāni āyatanāni anāgamanato, aniggamanato ca daṭṭhabbāni. Na hi tāni pubbe udayā kutoci āgacchanti, napi uddhaṃ vayā kuhiñci gacchanti , atha kho pubbe udayā appaṭiladdhasabhāvāni uddhaṃ vayā paribhinnasabhāvāni, pubbantāparantavemajjhe paccayāyattavuttitāya avasāni pavattanti, tasmā anāgamanato, aniggamanato ca daṭṭhabbāni. Tathā nirīhato, abyāpārato ca. Na hi cakkhurūpādīnaṃ evaṃ hoti ‘‘aho vata amhākaṃ sāmaggiyaṃ viññāṇaṃ nāma uppajjeyyā’’ti, na ca tāni viññāṇuppādanatthaṃ dvārabhāvena, vatthubhāvena, ārammaṇabhāvena vā byāpāramāpajjanti, atha kho dhammatāvesā yaṃ cakkhurūpādisāmaggiyaṃ cakkhuviññāṇādīni sambhavanti, tasmā nirīhato, abyāpārato ca daṭṭhabbāni. Apica ajjhattikāni suñño gāmo viya daṭṭhabbāni dhuvasubhasukhattabhāvavirahitattā, bāhirāni gāmaghātakacorā viya. Tathā ajjhattikāni chapāṇakā viya daṭṭhabbāni, bāhirāni tesaṃ gocarā viyāti ayamettha daṭṭhabbabhedo. Evaṃ pāḷimuttanayenettha viññātabbo vinicchayo.
界分别母论义注释显示巴利原文
Dhātuvibhaṅgamātikatthavaṇṇanā
《界分别本母》之义,首先:“十八界”者:于此,“界”有安立、持受、安立处、被安立,或于此处被思量等义,故名为界。世间诸界以因的性质而得以确立。它们安立并产生种种轮回之苦,又被众生持受、负载;它们仅是苦的安立,并以这些界为因,令轮回之苦随顺地安立于众生,如同所安立的苦唯于众生中被持受、被确立。依此诸义,故称为“界”。显示巴利原文
Dhātuvibhaṅgamātikāya pana atthato tāva – aṭṭhārasa dhātuyoti ettha vidahati, dhīyate, vidhānaṃ, vidhīyate etāya, ettha vā dhīyatīti dhātu. Lokiyā hi dhātuyo kāraṇabhāvena vavatthitā. Anekappakāraṃ saṃsāradukkhaṃ vidahanti nipphādenti, sattehi ca dhīyante dhārīyanti, dukkhavidhānamattameva cetā, etāhi ca kāraṇabhūtāhi saṃsāradukkhaṃ sattehi anuvidhīyati, yathāvihitañca dukkhaṃ etāsveva dhīyati ṭhapīyatīti etehi atthehi yathāsambhavaṃ ‘‘dhātuyo’’ti vuccanti.
如同对于名为‘身’的聚合,在其组成部分如体液、血液等中,以其彼此相异的特相而安立‘界’的名称;同样地,对于名为‘五蕴’的自体,于眼等中亦应了知‘界’的名称。然而,就世间与出世间共通的意义而言,由于能持自性,故称为‘界’。这便是无命物的名称。因此,依前所述之义,‘眼’与‘界’合为‘眼界’;其余亦然,这便是此处的字义。显示巴利原文
Yathā vā sarīrasaṅkhātassa samudāyassa avayavabhūtesu rasasoṇitādīsu aññamaññaṃ visabhāgalakkhaṇaparicchinnesu dhātusamaññā, evametesupi pañcakkhandhasaṅkhātassa attabhāvassa cakkhādīsu dhātusamaññā veditabbā. Lokiyalokuttarasādhāraṇatthavasena pana attano sabhāvaṃ dhārentīti dhātuyo. Nijjīvamattānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ, tasmā yathāvuttenatthena cakkhu ca taṃ dhātu cāti cakkhudhātu. Evaṃ sesesupīti ayaṃ tāvettha padattho.
于此,依法之差别,当依处中所说之理而知。再者,五门转向与二领受心,名为意界。除五识与意界之外,其余一切识,名为意识界。其余极为了知。显示巴利原文
Dhammabhedato panettha āyatanesu vuttanayena veditabbo. Apica pañcadvārāvajjanasampaṭicchanadvayaviññāṇaṃ manodhātu nāma. Pañcaviññāṇamanodhātuvajjitaṃ pana sabbampi viññāṇaṃ manoviññāṇadhātu nāma. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
从分析的方法而言,于此经分别中:首先,列出‘地界、水界、火界、风界、空界、识界’六界后,前五界依内外作分别,最后一界依六识作分别;又列出‘乐界、苦界、喜界、忧界、舍界、无明界’六界后,依各自方式分别;再列出‘欲界、嗔恚界、害界、出离界、无嗔恚界、无害界’六界后,如此,以三组六界,各各依自性、相、资粮、所依、所缘、作用、不离等,宣说了十八界。当知此为经分别的方法。显示巴利原文
Vibhaṅganayato panettha suttantabhājanīye tāva – ‘‘pathavīdhātu āpo tejo vāyo ākāsaviññāṇadhātū’’ti cha dhātuyo uddisitvā ādito pañca ajjhattikabāhiravasena, pacchimā ca cha viññāṇavasena vibhattā, aparāpi ‘‘sukhadhātu dukkhasomanassadomanassupekkhāavijjādhātū’’ti cha dhātuyo uddisitvā tathā tathā vibhattā, puna aparāpi ‘‘kāmadhātu byāpādavihiṃsānekkhammaabyāpādaavihiṃsādhātū’’ti cha dhātuyo uddisitvā, evaṃ tīhi chakkehi paccekaṃ tebhūmakā aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo sarūpato, lakkhaṇāhārato, nissayavisayapayogavinābhāvādito ca vuttāti veditabbāti ayaṃ suttantabhājanīyanayo.
在《阿毗达摩分别》中,纯粹依自性列出十八界之后,又依处门中所说的方法,分别了净色界与所缘界;而七识界则——显示巴利原文
Abhidhammabhājanīye pana sarūpeneva aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo uddisitvā pasādavisayadhātuyo āyatane vuttanayena vibhattā, satta viññāṇadhātuyo pana –
其中,何等为眼识界?依眼与色而生起心……乃至……眼识界。此即称为眼识界……乃至……身识界。显示巴利原文
‘‘Tattha katamā cakkhuviññāṇadhātu? Cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cittaṃ…pe… cakkhuviññāṇadhātu. Ayaṃ vuccati cakkhuviññāṇadhātu…pe… kāyaviññāṇadhātu.
其中,何等为意界?眼识界……乃至……身识界……灭去后无间而生起之心……乃至……又或者,于一切法中最初转向而生起之心……乃至……此即称为意界。显示巴利原文
‘‘Tattha katamā manodhātu? Cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā…pe… kāyaviññāṇadhātuyā…pe… niruddhasamanantarā uppajjati cittaṃ…pe… sabbadhammesu vā pana paṭhamasamannāhāro uppajjati cittaṃ…pe… ayaṃ vuccati manodhātu.
其中,什么是法界?受蕴、想蕴、行蕴,以及不可见、无对、属于法处的色,与无为界……乃至……这称为法界。显示巴利原文
‘‘Tattha katamā dhammadhātu? Vedanākkhandho saññākkhandho saṅkhārakkhandho, yañca rūpaṃ anidassanaṃ appaṭighaṃ dhammāyatanapariyāpannaṃ, asaṅkhatā ca dhātu…pe… ayaṃ vuccati dhammadhātu.
其中,什么是意识界?……意界生起后灭去,无间而生起的心……乃至……依于意与法而生起的心……乃至……这称为意识界。显示巴利原文
‘‘Tattha katamā manoviññāṇadhātu…pe… manodhātuyāpi uppajjitvā niruddhasamanantarā uppajjati cittaṃ…pe… manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati cittaṃ…pe… ayaṃ vuccati manoviññāṇadhātū’’ti (vibha. 184) –
如此分别。其中,“或于一切法中初次转向”这一句,应理解为:在五识所缘的一切法中。而“意界生起后灭去无间”中的“pi”字是合集义,因此应理解为:意界以及推度、确定等意识界也是如此。在“依意与法”等句中,意思是:依于意门中的有分意与四地法所缘,生起伴随转向的速行。这是阿毗达摩的分别方法。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vibhattā. Tattha sabbadhammesu vā pana paṭhamasamannāhāroti ettha pañcaviññāṇavisayesu sabbadhammesūti evaṃ attho gahetabbo. Manodhātuyāpi uppajjitvā niruddhasamanantarāti ettha pana pi-kāro sampiṇḍanattho, tasmā manodhātuyāpi santīraṇavoṭṭhabbanādimanoviññāṇadhātuyāpīti evamattho gahetabbo. Manañca paṭiccātiādīsu manodvāre bhavaṅgamanañceva catubhūmakadhammārammaṇañca paṭicca sahāvajjanakajavanaṃ nibbattatīti attho. Ayaṃ abhidhammabhājanīyanayo.
在问分法中,则说:十八界中,哪些是善?……哪些是无诤?十六界是无记,二界通三性。……十界非异熟非异熟法,五界是异熟,意界或是异熟,或非异熟非异熟法,二界通三性。十界是执受所执,声界是非执受所执,五界或是执受所执,或非执受所执,二界通三性。……十界或是已生,或是将生;声界或是已生,或是未生,或是不可说为‘将生’;六界通三性。法界唯通三性。……色界是有见有对,九界是无见有对,八界是无见无对。十七界非因,法界通二性。……十六界是无诤,二界通二性。此为问分法。显示巴利原文
Pañhāpucchakanaye pana aṭṭhārasannaṃ dhātūnaṃ kati kusalā…pe… kati araṇāti? Soḷasa dhātuyo abyākatā, dve dhātuyo tidhāpi honti…pe… dasa dhātuyo nevavipākanavipākadhammadhammā, pañca dhātuyo vipākā, manodhātu siyā vipākā, siyā nevavipākanavipākadhammadhammā, dve dhātuyo tidhāpi honti. Dasa dhātuyo upādinnupādāniyā, saddadhātuyo anupādinnupādāniyā, pañca dhātuyo siyā upādinnupādāniyā, siyā anupādinnupādāniyā, dve dhātuyo tidhāpi…pe… dasa dhātuyo siyā uppannā, siyā uppādino, saddadhātu siyā uppannā, siyā anuppannā, siyā na vattabbā uppādinoti, cha dhātuyo tidhāpi. Dhammadhātu tidhāva…pe… rūpadhātu sanidassanasappaṭighā, nava dhātuyo anidassanasappaṭighā, aṭṭha dhātuyo anidassanaappaṭighā. Sattarasa dhātuyo na hetū, dhammadhātu dvidhāva…pe… soḷasa dhātuyo araṇā, dve dhātuyo dvidhāpīti ayaṃ pañhāpucchakanayo.
现在,对于这些——显示巴利原文
Idāni panetāsaṃ –
应从次第与范围,从缘的分别而观察;
在此,应了知诸界的抉择,此抉择出于圣典之外。
显示巴利原文 Kamatāvattato daṭṭhabbā, paccayānaṃ vibhāgato; Dhātūnamidha viññeyyo, pāḷimuttavinicchayo.
其中,先就次第而言:此处亦唯以说法之次第为适宜。而此说法之次第,是依因果次第的安立而说。眼界与色界,此二者为因;眼识界,此为果。于一切处亦然。这便是此处的次第。显示巴利原文
Tattha kamato tāva idhāpi desanākkamova yujjati. So ca panāyaṃ hetuphalānupubbavavatthānavasena vutto. Cakkhudhātu rūpadhātūti idaṃ hi dvayaṃ hetu, cakkhuviññāṇadhātūti idaṃ phalaṃ. Evaṃ sabbattha. Ayaṃ tāvettha kamo.
就范围而言:除了此经分别中以三组六界所说的界,以及诸经与阿毗达摩论典中所出现的‘光界……乃至……多界种种界世间’等外,尚可见众多其余界。为何不依于那些界而作区分,却只说十八界?因为那些界也已含摄于其中。显示巴利原文
Tāvattato pana yā idha suttantabhājanīye tīhi chakkehi vuttā dhātuyo ceva, tesu tesu suttābhidhammapadesesu ‘‘ābhādhātu…pe… anekadhātunānādhātuloko’’tiādinā āgatā cāti aññāpi bahudhātuyo dissanti, tāsampi vasena paricchedaṃ avatvā kasmā aṭṭhāraseva vuttāti? Tāsampi tadantogadhattā.
再者,为令那些于具了知自性之识执有命想者,了知此识依眼识等差别而有多样,且依眼、色等缘转起故为无常,并破除其长夜随眠的命想,故只说十八界。更有甚者——亦随所化众生之意乐。所化众生有三种:迷于无色者、迷于色者、迷于二者。对此三种众生,依次以不太略、不太广之方式,分别无色差别之蕴教、分别色差别之处教、分别彼二者差别之界教,方为适宜。是故,依所化众生之意乐,只说十八界。如所说——显示巴利原文
Apica vijānanasabhāve viññāṇe jīvasaññīnaṃ tassā cakkhuviññāṇādibhedena anekataṃ, cakkhurūpādipaccayāyattavuttitāya aniccatañca pakāsetvā tasmiṃ dīgharattānusayitajīvasaññāsamūhananatthañca aṭṭhāraseva vuttā. Kiñca bhiyyo – veneyyajjhāsayavasena ca. Veneyyā hi arūpamūḷho rūpamūḷho ubhayamūḷhoti tividhā honti. Tesaṃ tiṇṇampi yathākkamaṃ nātisaṅkhepavitthārato arūpabhedavibhāvinī khandhadesanā, rūpabhedavibhāvinī āyatanadesanā, tadubhayabhedavibhāvinī dhātudesanā sappāyāti veneyyajjhāsayavasena aṭṭhāraseva vuttāti. Vuttañca –
以略说与广说之理,如是以种种方式,
随其所应,阐明正法;
正法之光击破黑暗,须臾间消散,
黑暗即从所化众生之心中离去。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Saṅkhepavitthāranayena tathā tathā hi, Dhammaṃ pakāsayati esa yathā yathāssa; Saddhammatejavihataṃ vilayaṃ khaṇena, Veneyyasattahadayesu tamo payātī’’ti. (vibha. aṭṭha. 183);
于此,以上所明即此要义。显示巴利原文
Ayamettha tāvattatā.
若依应观之理,诸有为之界,皆应观为远离前际与后际,空无恒常、美妙、快乐、自我之性,依诸缘而生起。此处,特应观眼界如鼓面,色界如鼓槌,眼识界如声音;耳等诸界亦同此理。意界则应随其所宜,观为在眼识界等之前行或后行。于法界中,受应观如箭刺,想如空拳,诸行如毒树,微细色如刀轮,无为界如安稳之地;意识界应观如猿猴、如劣马、如抛向空中任其落下的木棍、如舞台上的演员。这便是此处的‘应被看待性’。显示巴利原文
Daṭṭhabbato panetā sabbāpi saṅkhatā dhātuyo pubbantāparantavivittato, dhuvasubhasukhattabhāvasuññato, paccayāyattavuttito ca daṭṭhabbā. Visesato panettha bheritalaṃ viya cakkhudhātu daṭṭhabbā, daṇḍo viya rūpadhātu, saddo viya cakkhuviññāṇadhātu. Tathā tissopi cetā yathākkamaṃ ādāsatalamukhamukhanimittāni viya. Tathā tilayantacakkatelāni viya, adharāraṇīuttarāraṇīaggī viya ca daṭṭhabbā. Esa nayo sotadhātuādīsupi. Manodhātu pana yathāsambhavato cakkhuviññāṇadhātuādīnaṃ purecarānucarā viya daṭṭhabbā. Dhammadhātuyaṃ pana vedanā sallasūlamiva , saññā rittamuṭṭhi viya, saṅkhārā visarukkhamiva, sukhumarūpaṃ khuracakkaṃ viya, asaṅkhatā dhātu khemantabhūmi viya ca daṭṭhabbā, manoviññāṇadhātu pana makkaṭo viya, assakhaḷuṅko viya, yatthakāmanipātito vehāsakkhittadaṇḍo viya, raṅganaṭo viya ca daṭṭhabbā. Ayamettha daṭṭhabbatā.
若依诸缘之分别:于此,眼识界中,眼为依止缘,色为所缘缘,唯作意界为无间缘,三名非色蕴为俱生缘;耳识界等也是如此。对于意识界,意界为无间缘,法界为所缘缘,相应、依止、俱生等皆为其缘。此即缘之分别。应如是了知这超越经文的决断。显示巴利原文
Paccayānaṃvibhāgato panettha cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā cakkhu nissayapaccayo, rūpaṃ ārammaṇapaccayo, kiriyāmanodhātu anantarapaccayo, tayo arūpino khandhā sahajātapaccayo. Evaṃ sotaviññāṇādīsupi. Manoviññāṇadhātuyā pana manodhātu anantarapaccayo, dhammadhātu ārammaṇapaccayo, sampayuttanissayasahajātādipaccayoti ayaṃ paccayavibhāgo. Evaṃ viññeyyo pāḷimuttavinicchayo.
谛分别论母义释显示巴利原文
Saccavibhaṅgamātikatthavaṇṇanā
《谛分别》的母义释中,先就义理而言:‘四圣谛’中,此‘谛’字有多种含义。即如‘应说真实语,不应愤怒’等中,为语谛;‘住立于谛的沙门婆罗门’等中,为离谛;‘为何诸谛各各言说不同,诸论师善说’等中,为见谛;‘谛唯一,无第二’等中,为胜义谛,即涅槃与道;‘四圣谛中,有多少是善’等中,为圣谛。此处此字亦用为圣谛。以何义为谛?以真实义。何为真实义?即当以慧眼观察时,不如幻般颠倒,不如阳焰般欺诳,不如外道所执之我般具不可得之自性,而是以逼迫、生起、寂静、出离为本质,以真实、不颠倒、如实之状态成为圣智之境。当知此真实义即是谛义。并有言:显示巴利原文
Saccavibhaṅgamātikāya pana atthato tāva – cattāri ariyasaccānīti etthāyaṃ sacca-saddo anekesu atthesu dissati. Seyyathidaṃ – ‘‘saccaṃ bhaṇe na kujjheyyā’’tiādīsu (dha. pa. 224) vācāsacce. ‘‘Sacce ṭhitā samaṇabrāhmaṇā’’tiādīsu (jā. 2.21.433) viratisacce. ‘‘Kasmā nu saccāni vadanti nānā, pavādiyāse kusalāvadānā’’tiādīsu (su. ni. 891) diṭṭhisacce. ‘‘Ekaṃ hi saccaṃ, na dutiyamatthī’’tiādīsu (su. ni. 890) paramatthasacce, nibbāne ceva magge ca. ‘‘Catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ kati kusalā’’tiādīsu (vibha. 216) ariyasacce. Svāyamidhāpi ariyasacce vattati. Kenaṭṭhena saccāni? Tathaṭṭhena. Koyaṃ tathaṭṭho nāma? Yo paññācakkhunā upaparikkhamānānaṃ māyāva viparīto, marīcīva visaṃvādako, titthiyānaṃ atthā viya anupalabbhamānasabhāvo ca na hoti, atha kho bādhanappabhavasantiniyyānabhūtena tacchāviparītabhūtabhāvena ariyañāṇassa gocaro hoti. Ayaṃ tathaṭṭho saccaṭṭhoti veditabbo. Vuttañca –
如此,于四者之中,依真实不颠倒的如实状态;
诸智者宣说,于苦等中,以殊胜的方式,即是谛义。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Iti tacchāvipallāsabhūtabhāvaṃ catūsupi; Dukkhādīsvavisesena, saccaṭṭhaṃ āhu paṇḍitā’’ti (vibha. aṭṭha. 189; sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.14).
这些既是圣,亦是谛,故称圣谛。‘圣’意为至高、无欺。圣谛是由佛陀等圣者所应证悟之谛,或是正自觉者所属之谛——因由他生起、开显之故;又或是能成就圣位之谛,因证悟它们而成就圣位之故,是为圣谛。于‘苦圣谛’等中,‘du’字表‘可厌’之义,正如可厌之子被称为‘恶子’。‘kha’字表‘空’之义,正如虚空被称为‘空’。而这第一谛是可厌的,因为是众多灾祸的所依处;是空的,因为远离了凡夫所执取的常、乐、我、净之性。因此,由可厌与空,故称为‘苦’。‘saṃ’字在‘集合、俱’等义中,表示结合。‘u’字在‘已生、已起’等义中,表示生起。‘aya’字则表示原因。而这第二谛,当其余诸缘和合时,是苦的生起之因,故称‘苦集’。显示巴利原文
Ariyāni ca tāni saccāni cāti ariyasaccāni. Ariyānīti uttamāni, avisaṃvādakānīti attho. Ariyehi buddhādīhi paṭivijjhitabbāni saccāni, ariyassa vā sammāsambuddhassa santakāni saccāni tena uppāditattā, pakāsitattā ca, ariyabhāvakarāni vā saccāni tesaṃ abhisambuddhattā ariyabhāvasiddhitoti ariyasaccāni. ‘‘Dukkhaṃ ariyasacca’’ntiādīsu pana du-iti ayaṃ saddo kucchite dissati. Kucchitaṃ hi puttaṃ ‘‘duputto’’ti vadanti. Khaṃ-saddo pana tucche. Tucchaṃ hi ākāsaṃ ‘‘kha’’nti vuccati. Idañca paṭhamasaccaṃ kucchitaṃ anekopaddavādhiṭṭhānato, tucchaṃ bālajanaparikappitadhuvasubhasukhattabhāvavirahitato, tasmā kucchitattā, tucchattā ca ‘‘dukkha’’nti vuccati. Saṃ-iti ca ayaṃ saddo ‘‘samāgamo, sameta’’ntiādīsu saṃyogaṃ dīpeti. U-iti ayaṃ saddo ‘‘uppannaṃ udita’’ntiādīsu uppattiṃ. Aya-saddo pana kāraṇaṃ dīpeti. Idañca dutiyasaccaṃ avasesapaccayasamāyoge sati dukkhassuppattikāraṇanti ‘‘dukkhasamudayo’’ti vuccati.
至于第三谛,因‘ni’字表无,‘rodha’字表牢狱,故于此中无彼(苦),又或证得此谛时,名为轮回牢狱的苦灭即于一切趣中空无,且为彼苦的对立面,故称‘苦灭’;或因其为苦的不生起与灭尽之缘。至于第四谛,因此道前往苦灭,或令有情前往彼处,以所缘之力面向于彼,且是证达苦灭的行道,故称‘导向苦灭之道’。显示巴利原文
Tatiyasaccaṃ pana yasmā ni-saddo abhāvaṃ, rodha-saddo cārakaṃ dīpeti, tasmā abhāvo ettha, etasmiṃ vā adhigate saṃsāracārakasaṅkhātassa dukkhanirodhassa sabbagatisuññattā, tappaṭipakkhattā cāti ‘‘dukkhanirodha’’nti vuccati, dukkhassa vā anuppādanirodhapaccayattā. Catutthaṃ pana yasmā etaṃ dukkhanirodhaṃ gacchati, sattaṃ vā taṃ gamayati ārammaṇavasena tadabhimukhattā, paṭipadā ca hoti dukkhanirodhappattiyā, tasmā ‘‘dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti vuccati.
再者,对于苦等,各有四种义被分别,这些义是真实、不离真实、无有变异,是那些证知苦等的人所应证知的。如所说:显示巴利原文
Apica dukkhādīnaṃ cattāro cattāro atthā vibhattā tathā avitathā anaññathā, ye dukkhādīni abhisamentehi abhisametabbā. Yathāha –
‘苦的逼迫义、有为义、热恼义、变易义,此四种苦的苦义,是真实、不离真实、无有变异的。集的累积义、因源义、结缚义、障碍义……灭的出离义、远离义、无为义、不死义……道的出离义、因义、见义、增上义……是无有变异的。’显示巴利原文
‘‘Dukkhassa pīḷanaṭṭho saṅkhataṭṭho santāpaṭṭho vipariṇāmaṭṭho, ime cattāro dukkhassa dukkhaṭṭhā tathā avitathā anaññathā. Samudayassa āyūhanaṭṭho nidānaṭṭho saṃyogaṭṭho palibodhaṭṭho …pe… nirodhassa nissaraṇaṭṭho vivekaṭṭho asaṅkhataṭṭho amataṭṭho…pe… maggassa niyyānaṭṭho hetvaṭṭho dassanaṭṭho ādhipateyyaṭṭho…pe… anaññathā’’ti (paṭi. ma. 2.8).
苦等诸义,应依如是所析之四类四义而了知。此为此处词义。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vibhattānaṃ catunnaṃ catunnaṃ atthānaṃ vasena dukkhādīni veditabbāni. Ayaṃ tāvettha padattho.
然,若依法之分类,除渴爱外之一切世间法,或除有漏法外者,名为苦谛;而渴爱,即一切不善法或世间善法,名为集谛;涅槃名为灭谛;与出世间善心相应之八支正道,则名为导至苦灭之道圣谛。然应知,与此道支相应之诸心心所及沙门果,于此并未摄入。因依“凡无常者,即是苦”之教说,他们亦摄于行苦之中。由于他们并非以遍知而为于佛陀处修梵行之真实所缘,故不称苦圣谛。应如此观:除这些之外,一切世间与出世间法皆被含摄其中。此为法之分类。显示巴利原文
Dhammabhedato pana taṇhāvajjitā sabbalokiyadhammā, saṃkilesikavajjitā vā dukkhasaccaṃ nāma, taṇhā pana sabbā akusalā vā lokiyakusalā vā dhammā samudayasaccaṃ nāma, nibbānaṃ nirodhasaccaṃ nāma, lokuttarakusalacittasampayuttāni aṭṭhamaggaṅgāni dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ nāma. Imehi pana maggaṅgehi sampayuttā cittacetasikā dhammā ceva sāmaññaphalāni cettha asaṅgahitānīti veditabbāni. Tāni hi ‘‘yadaniccaṃ taṃ dukkha’’nti (saṃ. ni. 3.15) vacanato saṅkhāradukkhasaṅgahitānipi. Yāya pariññāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussati tathattena na honti, dukkhaṃ ariyasaccanti na vuccanti, tāni ṭhapetvā sabbe lokiyalokuttaradhammā saṅgahitāti daṭṭhabbā. Ayaṃ dhammabhedo.
然,若就分析之法而言,于此经分别中,首言苦谛——显示巴利原文
Vibhaṅganayato panettha suttantabhājanīye dukkhasaccaṃ tāva –
其中,何谓苦圣谛?生是苦,老是苦,死是苦,愁、悲、苦、忧、恼是苦,怨憎会苦,爱别离苦,求不得苦;简言之,五取蕴是苦。(《分别论》190)显示巴利原文
‘‘Tattha katamaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ? Jātipi dukkhā, jarāpi dukkhā, maraṇampi dukkhaṃ, sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsāpi dukkhā, appiyehi sampayogo dukkho, piyehi vippayogo dukkho, yampicchaṃ na labhati, tampi dukkhaṃ, saṃkhittena pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā’’ti (vibha. 190) –
如此列出后加以分析。其中,苦有三种:苦苦、变易苦、行苦。苦苦又分两种:间接的苦与直接的苦。身心之苦受与忧受,名为直接的苦;而其余作为苦苦所依的五取蕴,名为间接的苦。乐受与喜受,名为变易苦。一切五取蕴,或者说一切有为法,则名为行苦。依此三种苦,当知于三有中,生等如何相应地具有苦苦性。因为在欲有中,生本身并非直接是苦,但在恶趣、人趣等处,以地狱火焚等为缘、以入胎等为缘、以饥渴等为缘的苦,由于成为所有那些身心苦的所依,而间接地称为苦。老、死等也是如此。当知:老,由于是身体衰弱之源、以及被子女等轻视之苦的所依;死,由于是临死苦受之源、以及见地狱等趣相之苦的所依;愁等,由于既是愁等所生身心苦的所依,其本身也是苦,故称为苦。而它们的变易苦性与行苦性,众所周知。如此,当知在欲有中,生等依三种苦而具有苦性。然而,在色有与无色有中,因为没有愁、悲、苦、忧、恼,所以当知那里的生等,唯依变易苦与行苦而具有苦性,并非依于苦苦。这是苦谛中的观察方法。显示巴利原文
Uddisitvā vibhattaṃ. Tattha dukkhaṃ tividhaṃ hoti dukkhadukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadukkhaṃ saṅkhāradukkhanti. Tattha dukkhadukkhaṃ duvidhaṃ pariyāyadukkhaṃ nippariyāyadukkhanti. Tattha kāyikacetasikadukkhadomanassavedanā nippariyāyadukkhaṃ nāma, tadavasesā pana dukkhadukkhassa vatthubhūtā pañcupādānakkhandhā pariyāyadukkhaṃ nāma. Sukhasomanassavedanā vipariṇāmadukkhaṃ nāma. Sabbe pana pañcupādānakkhandhā, sabbasaṅkhatā vā saṅkhāradukkhaṃ nāma. Imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ dukkhānaṃ vasena yathāyogaṃ tīsu bhavesu jātiādīnaṃ dukkhadukkhatā veditabbā. Kāmabhavasmiṃ hi jāti tāva sayaṃ na dukkhā, apāyagatimanussagatiādīsu pana nirayaggisantāpādimūlakaṃ, gabbhokkantikādimūlakaṃ, jighacchāpipāsādimūlakañca dukkhaṃ tassa sabbassa kāyikacetasikadukkhassa vatthubhāvena pariyāyato dukkhanti. Tathā jarāmaraṇādayopi. Kevalaṃ jarā kāyadubbalatāmūlassa, puttadārādiparibhavamūlassa ca, maraṇaṃ pana māraṇantikavedanābhūtassa, nirayādigatinimittadassanamūlassa ca dukkhassa vatthubhāvato, sokādayo sokādimūlassa kāyikacetasikadukkhassa vatthubhāvattā ceva sayaṃ dukkhattā ca dukkhāti veditabbā. Vipariṇāmadukkhasaṅkhāradukkhatā cesaṃ pasiddhāyeva. Evaṃ kāmabhave jātiādīnaṃ tīhipi dukkhehi dukkhatā veditabbā. Rūpārūpabhavesu pana yasmā sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā na santi, tasmā tattha jātiādīnaṃ vipariṇāmadukkhasaṅkhāradukkhavasena ca dukkhatā veditabbā, na dukkhadukkhavasenāti ayaṃ dukkhasacce nayo.
而集谛,则仅举出“欲爱、有爱、无有爱”(《分别论》203)之后,问道:“此爱于何处生起时便生起?”(《分别论》203)随后,依作为所缘的六根、六境、六识、六触、六受、六想、六思、六爱、六寻、六伺,阐明爱的生起:“此爱即于此处生起时便生起。”如此开示生起后,再作详细分析。显示巴利原文
Samudayasaccaṃ pana ‘‘kāmataṇhā bhavataṇhā vibhavataṇhā’’ti (vibha. 203) tattakameva uddisitvā ‘‘sā kho panesā taṇhā kattha uppajjamānā uppajjatī’’ti (vibha. 203) pucchitvā channaṃ channaṃ indriyavisayaviññāṇaphassavedanāsaññācetanātaṇhāvitakkavicārānaṃ visayabhūtānaṃ vasena taṇhāya ‘‘etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjatī’’ti evaṃ uppattiṃ pakāsetvā vitthārato vibhattaṃ.
而灭谛,则先说道:“即是此爱的无余离、灭、舍、遣、解脱、无执著”(《分别论》204),接着又问:“然而,此爱于何处灭时便灭?”(《分别论》204),然后依集谛中所说的根等,以逆序方式阐明爱的灭尽,并作了详细的分别。其中,“无余离、灭”等词是涅槃的同义词。因为依于涅槃,爱便无余地离染、灭尽、被舍断、被遣除、被解脱、不执著,故说为“无余离、灭、舍、遣、解脱、无执著”。涅槃本身是同一的,但其名称因与一切有为法的名称相对,故有多种。显示巴利原文
Nirodhasaccaṃ pana ‘‘tassā eva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodho cāgo paṭinissaggo mutti anālayo’’ti (vibha. 204) vatvā puna ‘‘sā kho panesā taṇhā kattha nirujjhamānā nirujjhatī’’ti (vibha. 204) pucchitvā samudayasacce vuttaindriyādīnaṃ vasena paṭilomato taṇhāya nirodhaṃ pakāsetvā vitthārato vibhattaṃ. Tattha asesavirāganirodhotiādīni padāni nibbānavevacanāni. Nibbānaṃ hi āgamma taṇhā asesā virajjati, nirujjhati, cajīyati, paṭinissajjīyati, muccati, na allīyati, tasmā ‘‘asesavirāganirodho cāgo paṭinissaggo mutti anālayo’’ti vuccati. Ekameva hi nibbānaṃ, nāmāni panassa sabbasaṅkhatānaṃ nāmapaṭipakkhavasena anekāni honti.
难道不是:并不存在所谓各别的涅槃,涅槃仅仅是烦恼的灭尽,正因如此,在那些经与论藏的教导中才说“贪的灭尽、嗔的灭尽……”等吗?并非如此,因为阿罗汉果与涅槃会变成同一回事。阿罗汉果也因在贪等完全灭尽之际生起,而借由近因说被称为贪灭等,同样,涅槃也因是贪等灭尽之因,而被说为贪灭等,应如此理解。否则,涅槃就会变成多个,因为贪等有多种,其灭尽也有多种。若一切烦恼的灭尽是同一的,则在初道断除见等时,一切烦恼的灭尽就会发生,而且它(涅槃)会变成粗显的,因为畜生等也有生起的贪灭尽,从而明显证得涅槃;在种姓心刹那也会有贪等的灭尽,因为种姓心以涅槃为所缘;然而,道以涅槃为所缘就不成道理。因为道并非缘于自己所断的烦恼灭尽而生起;而且它(涅槃)会变成非存在,因为作为贪等灭尽之实体的非存在,依其一方而言是空无的;若它(涅槃)也是存在的,则非存在本身就不存在,那么远离之相就不成立,而且它还会变成有为的。因为任何时候都可得的事物,不可能成为无为,否则一切都会变成无因;若它是有为的,则因具足生、老、坏灭之相而成为苦,也就不是涅槃;如此一来,非存在的非存在也不成立,而且已灭尽的贪等还会再生起,因为那些特定的非存在,其非存在本身已坏灭。显示巴利原文
Nanu pāṭekkaṃ nibbānaṃ nāma natthi, kilesakkhayamattameva nibbānaṃ, teneva ca tāsu tāsu suttābhidhammadesanāsu ‘‘rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo’’tiādinā (saṃ. ni. 4.314) vuttanti ce? Na, arahattanibbānānaṃ ekatāpajjanato. Arahattampi hi ‘‘yo kho, āvuso, rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo, idaṃ vuccati arahatta’’nti (saṃ. ni. 4.314) rāgādīnaṃ parikkhayante uppannattā upacārena arahattaṃ rāgakkhayādibhāvena vuccati, tathā rāgādīnaṃ khayahetuttā nibbānampi rāgakkhayādibhāvena vuttanti gahetabbaṃ. Itarathā nibbānassa bahuttaṃ āpajjati rāgādīnaṃ bahunnaṃ khayassāpi bahuttā. Sabbakilesānampi khayassa ekattena paṭhamamaggena diṭṭhiādīnaṃ khaye sabbakilesakkhayo āpajjati, oḷārikattañcassa siyā tiracchānānampi uppannarāgakkhayassa pākaṭattena nibbānappattito, gotrabhūkkhaṇepi ca rāgādikkhayo hoti gotrabhuno nibbānavisayattā, maggassa pana nibbānārammaṇatāappasaṅgo. Na hi attanā khepiyamānakilesakkhayamārabbha maggo uppajjati, abhāvo cassa āpajjati rāgādikkhayabhūtassa pana abhāvassa pakkhavasena tuccharūpattā, tassāpi bhāvattābhāvāva vivekalakkhaṇaṃ na siyā, saṅkhatatā cassa siyā. Na hi kadāci upalabbhamānaṃ asaṅkhataṃ bhavitumarahati sabbesampi ahetukattāpattito, saṅkhatattepi cassa na nibbānattaṃ uppattijarābhaṅgasamaṅgitāya dukkhattā, tathā ca abhāvassāpi abhāvo, anavaṭṭhānañca khīṇānampi rāgādīnaṃ puna uppajjanaṃ yesaṃ tesameva abhāvo abhāvassa vinaṭṭhattā.
再者,若依某种其他原因而存在生起,贪等便不会有任何减损,因为某一事物生起时,另一事物并不会消失。如果说:非存在是存在的对立面,当对立面共处时,另一者便消失。那么,这种消失究竟是什么呢?如果它也是实体性的,就会有同样的过失,且会无穷后退,也无法达成目的。如果它是空无性的,那么,既然它一开始就已归于空无,又何须远道而趋近呢?这便已成立:作为贪等灭尽之实体的涅槃,其空无性即是非存在,但非存在本身并非涅槃。过去、未来烦恼的非存在,不能证得涅槃,因为那是非存在;而现在烦恼的非存在,才名为非存在。所谓非存在,并非仅仅是烦恼的离去,而是以不再生起的方式。如果说:毕竟离是通过涅槃而成就的?并非如此,因为涅槃是它的因。如果说:观智是因?并非如此,因为没有对生起我执等分别的有为法的观见,就不会生起作为无我等分别之体的观智。如果它会生起,那么一切众生都应早已解脱,但事实并非如此,因为任何时候都不会没有对相违法观见的疑问。因为没有观见,分别就不会生起;而观见生起我执分别的色等,恰恰就是生起与之相违的分别之因。如果说:通过诸佛的辗转教导,对色等的观智分别才得以生起?并非如此,因为诸佛若无对相违法的观见,观智分别也不会生起。因为某一因缘和合能生起某一果,并不等于同样的因缘和合就能生起与之相违的果,否则就有无因的过失。而且,由于没有对相违法的观见,一个人便没有生起观智分别的能力,因此通过这类人的辗转传承,也不可能产生那种能力及其教导。然而,由于三法印的教导是诸佛亲证涅槃的直接近因,因此,正是通过它,烦恼的毕竟断除与观智教导的能力才得以成立。所以,应知涅槃本身才是那两者的因,而非其他。显示巴利原文
Apica kāraṇantarena vā bhāve uppanne rāgādīnaṃ na kāci hāni hoti. Na hi aññassuppattiyaṃ aññaṃ vigacchati. Abhāvo bhāvassa virodhi, virodhisannidhāne ca itaraṃ vigacchatīti ce? Kimidaṃ vigamanaṃ nāma. Yadi tampi bhāvarūpaṃ, samānadosatā cassa siyā anavaṭṭhānañca, na ca atthasiddhi. Yadi tuccharūpaṃ, kiṃ paṭhamamevassa tuccharūpatāya upagatāya dūrampi gantvā upagantabbāti siddhā, rāgādikkhayabhūtassa nibbānassa tuccharūpatāya abhāvo, na ca abhāvo eva nibbānaṃ. Atītānāgatadosānamabhāve nibbānappattiyā abhāvato vattamānānañca abhāvo nāma. Abhāvo nāma na kilesavigamamatto, api tu anuppattibhāvena. Accantavigamo nibbānenāpi sampādīyatīti ce? Na, tassa kāraṇabhāvā. Vipassanā kāraṇamiti ce? Na, attādivikappajanakasaṅkhatadhammadassanena vinā anattādivikappabhūtāya vipassanāya anuppattito. Yadi hi uppajjeyya, tāya sabbepi sattā vimuttā eva siyuṃ, no ca kadāci na puccheyya viruddhadhammadassanābhāvā. Na hi dassanaṃ vinā vikappo sambhavati, na ca attāti vikappajanakarūpādidassanameva tabbiruddhavikappajanakaṃ hoti. Buddhānañca paramparopadesena rūpādīsu vipassanāvikappo uppajjatīti ce? Na, tesampi viruddhadassanābhāvena vipassanāvikappānuppattito. Na hi yādisāya kāraṇasāmaggiyā yādisaṃ kāriyaṃ uppajjati, tādisāya eva tabbiruddhaṃ uppajjati ahetukattappasaṅgato. Na ca viruddhadassanābhāvena ekassa vipassanāvikappajanakasāmatthiyābhāvato tādisānaṃ paramparāyapi tabbhāvo, tadupadeso ca sambhavati. Tilakkhaṇūpadesanānantarikatāya pana buddhānaṃ nibbānasacchikiriyā siddhi, tenevassa kilesānamaccantappahānassa, vipassanopadesasāmatthiyassa ca siddhīti nibbānameva tadubhayakāraṇaṃ, nāññanti gahetabbaṃ.
然而,为何见涅槃便能毕竟断除贪等烦恼,并能成就对诸行三相的智见呢?难道不是见其他事物而断除其他烦恼、并获得三相的智见,才合理吗?并非如此。因为通过见无为法,有为法的过患便得以显明。正如已见彼岸的船夫,对船只不再生起乐想与喜乐;同样,已见毕竟安乐的涅槃者,对轮回中的乐、其所依及所缘等的乐想,以及对轮回的喜乐便会断除。再者,执著于有为法的贪等,无法在无为法上安住,犹如苍蝇无法安住于大火堆,水中的动物无法安住于陆地。以见涅槃而断除过患的心,能如实观见他们有为法中的三相,犹如以药膏消除了白内障等过患的眼,能清楚地观见瓶等色相。应当了知:于已见过患的诸行中,贪等不再生起,如同已知粪坑为不净之处。显示巴利原文
Kasmā pana nibbānadassanena rāgādīnaṃ accantappahānaṃ, tilakkhaṇañca hoti. Na hi aññassa dassanena itararāgappahānaṃ, tilakkhaṇañāṇañca yuttanti? Na, asaṅkhatadassanena saṅkhatassa vā dosassa vā pākaṭattā. Diṭṭhaaccantasukhānaṃ hi vaṭṭasukhe, tannissayārammaṇādīsu ca sukhābhimāno, vaṭṭābhirati ca pahīyati diṭṭhaparatīrassa nāvikassa nāvāyekadese sukhābhimānābhiratiyo viya. Apica saṅkhatadhammesu allinā rāgādayo asaṅkhatadhamme saṇṭhātuṃ na sakkonti aggikkhandhe viya makkhikā, thale viya ca jalacarā, nibbānadassanena pahīnadosassa cittassa yāthāvato tesu saṅkhatesu tilakkhaṇadassanaṃ sambhavati bhesajjālepena vihatakācatimirādidosassa cakkhuno ghaṭādirūpadassanaṃ viya, diṭṭhadosesu cassa saṅkhāresu na puna rāgādīnamuppatti ñātā sucibhāve viya vaccakūpeti veditabbaṃ.
那么,为何只有部分众生能证得涅槃,而非一切众生呢?因为证得涅槃须依赖无始以来诸佛辗转的教导;而这些教导者并非于一切处、一切时都出现;听闻者要具足刹那的机缘,也极为难得;且世界轮围无穷无尽。因此,只有在佛陀出世之时,某些众生因获得三相的教导而证得涅槃,并非一切众生都能证得。应如此理解。显示巴利原文
Kasmā pana kesañci sattānaṃ eva nibbānasacchikiriyāsambhavo, na sabbesanti? Anādibuddhaparamparopadesasāpekkhattā, tesañca upadesakānaṃ sabbattha sabbadā abhāvato, sotūnañca khaṇasampattiyā accantadullabhattā, cakkavāḷānañca anantattā, tasmā keci eva buddhuppādakāle tilakkhaṇopadesalābhena nibbānaṃ sacchikaronti, na sabbeti gahetabbaṃ.
那么,如何通过涅槃成就贪等烦恼的究竟断除呢?并非因为那些过去、未来的烦恼现在不存在,也并非因为过去它们曾存在,而是依现在烦恼的自性灭尽而成就。若问:像涅槃这样空无自性的法,作为原因时,怎会没有上述过失呢?并非如此,因为涅槃具有真实存在的自性。实际上,以前分道的修行为基,以涅槃为所缘,依随眠现起的方式而现起的圣道,才是烦恼的不生灭;由于那些未来应生的烦恼不再生起,就像靠近火的稻秆,虽生起却不发芽,具有无种的性质。因为从胜义上说,并不存在任何名为‘无’的实在事物,可由原因所产生;所谓‘产生’,仅是生起与它相违的刹那,如同通过产生多个刹那而令蕴聚的‘不存在’得以产生。因此,由于圣道是烦恼的不生灭,而涅槃是它的亲依止缘,所以依亲依止的方便说,涅槃被称为‘无余离贪灭’等。若问:为何不依自性而说呢?因为涅槃极其微细,且往昔未曾证得;其微细性,依世尊所说的‘少事少业’之语,以及依圣眼所见,应当了知。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ panettha rāgādīnaṃ accantavigamo nibbānena sādhīyatīti? Na tāva so, atītānāgatānaṃ tesamidāni abhāvā, pubbe ca tassa vijjamānattā, vattamānānaṃ sarasanirodhato. Kathañcassa tuccharūpassa nibbānassa hetutte yathāvuttadosānamavasaroti ce? Na, tassa bhāvarūpattā. Pubbabhāgapaṭipattiyā hi nibbānamārabbha anusayājananabhāvena uppannamaggā eva kilesānamanuppādanirodho taduppattiyā āyatiṃ uppajjanārahānaṃ anuppattito aggisannidhāne aṅkurājanakabhāvena uppannasālikkhandhassa bījatābhāvarūpatā viya. Na hi abhāvo nāma koci paramatthato atthi, yo kāraṇena janīyati tabbiruddhakkhaṇuppādanabhāvovuppādanaṃ anekakkhaṇuppādanena khandhakārābhāvuppādanaṃ viya, tasmā kilesānaṃ anuppattinirodhasaṅkhātassa ariyamaggassa upanissayattā upanissayopacārena nibbānaṃ ‘‘asesavirāganirodho’’tiādinā vuttaṃ. Sarūpeneva kasmā na vuttanti ce? Abhisukhumattā, anupaladdhapubbattā ca, sukhumatā cassa bhagavato appossukkatāvacanato, ariyena cakkhunā passitabbato ca veditabbā.
在此,外道说:“涅槃根本不存在,因为不可被觉知。”然而涅槃并非不可觉知,因为它已得证成。实际上,圣者们通过与其相应的修行而觉知涅槃。再者,不能说“涅槃不存在”,否则,若一切众生皆具相违之性,便会招致无有解脱的过失。此说不成立,正如热等的对立法——冷必然存在,有为之对立法——涅槃也必然存在。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Ettha pana paravādī āha – ‘‘nattheva nibbānaṃ anupalabbhanīyato’’ti. Na anupalabbhanīyaṃ tassa siddhattā. Upalabbhati hi taṃ tadanurūpapaṭipattiyā ariyehi. Apica nibbānaṃ natthīti na vattabbaṃ sabbasattānaṃ viruddhadhammānaṃ bhāvena apavaggābhāvappasaṅgato. Na ca taṃ yuttaṃ uṇhādipaṭipakkhassa sītādino viya bhavapaṭipakkhassa nibbānassapi avassaṃbhāvā. Vuttañca –
正如炎热存在之时,另有清凉存在;
同样地,当三种火存在时,涅槃应当被希求。”(《佛种姓经》2.11)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathāpi uṇhe vijjante, aparaṃ vijjati sītalaṃ; Evaṃ tividhaggi vijjante, nibbānaṃ icchitabbaka’’nti. (bu. vaṃ. 2.11) –
由于教导了以究竟灭为因的观照,故涅槃必定存在,若离涅槃,此观照即不可能。此涅槃因无前际故无生,由此无老死,且是常。若问:那么极微等也应是常,因为涅槃是常?不然,所依有别,因相不成立。若说极微等也是无为?不然,无为性尚未成立,且多个无为亦不合理。若有无为,应唯有一个,因为处所、时间、自性的差别是由因的差别所造成;若自性相异而又无因,则成过度推论。显示巴利原文
Ādi. Accantanirodhahetuno vipassanopadesassa dassanato ca attheva nibbānaṃ taṃ vinā tassāsambhavatoti vuttovāyamattho. Tadetaṃ purimāya koṭiyā abhāvato appabhavaṃ, tatova ajarāmaraṇaṃ, niccañca hotīti aṇuādīnampi niccabhāvapatti nibbānasseva niccattāti ce? Na, bhinnādhikaraṇattena hetulakkhaṇassānupapattito. Aṇuādīnampi asaṅkhatatā iti ce? Na, asaṅkhatatāsiddhito asaṅkhatānañcānekattānupapattito. Yadi hi asaṅkhataṃ nāma bhaveyya, ekeneva bhavitabbaṃ desakālasabhāvabhedassa kāraṇabhedakattā, bhinnasabhāvānampi ahetukatte atippasaṅgato.
若问:与有为法自性不同的涅槃,如何是无因的呢?因为以无为自性而不同于有为自性者,不待因缘。在同为无为的情况下,存在的自性差别会暗示因的差别,因此唯应有一常。而依前所述之理及世尊之言,胜义上存在的正是涅槃。世尊曾这样说:‘诸比丘,有未生、未有、未作、无为。’(《如是语》43)这是苦灭圣谛的方法。显示巴利原文
Saṅkhatehi sabhāvabhinnassa nibbānassa kathaṃ ahetukatāti ce? Asaṅkhatasabhāvena saṅkhatasabhāvehi bhinnassa kāraṇānapekkhattā. Asaṅkhatatte hi samāne bhavasabhāvabhedo kāraṇabhedaṃ sūcayati , tasmā ekameva niccaṃ bhavitumarahati, tañca yathāvuttayuttito, sabbaññuvacanato ca paramatthato vijjamānaṃ nibbānameva. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ bhagavatā ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, ajātaṃ abhūtaṃ akataṃ asaṅkhata’’nti (itivu. 43). Ayaṃ dukkhanirodhasacce nayo.
又,在列出‘正见……乃至……正定’之后,已作详细分别。此处的抉择将在《道支分别》中阐明。这是经分别的方法。显示巴利原文
Itaraṃ pana ‘‘sammādiṭṭhi…pe… sammāsamādhī’’ti uddisitvā vitthārato vibhattaṃ. Vinicchayo panettha maggaṅgavibhaṅge āvi bhavissatīti ayaṃ suttantabhājanīyanayo.
而在阿毗达摩分别中——显示巴利原文
Abhidhammabhājanīye pana –
“四谛:苦、苦集、苦灭、苦灭道。其中,渴爱是苦集;其余有漏法……是苦;渴爱的断除是苦灭;八正道是苦灭道。”(《分别》206)——显示巴利原文
‘‘Cattāri saccāni dukkhaṃ dukkhasamudayo dukkhanirodho dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā. Tattha taṇhā dukkhasamudayo. Avasesā sāsavadhammā…pe… dukkhaṃ. Taṇhāya pahānaṃ dukkhanirodho. Aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti (vibha. 206) –
如此说已,详说八道支后,又说“其余诸法与苦灭道相应”(《分别》206等)。如是,于第一种方式中分别了四谛。其后,又以这些方式分别:“渴爱与其余烦恼为集”,同样,“渴爱、其余烦恼及余不善法为集”;同样,“渴爱、其余烦恼、余不善法、三善根及有漏法为集”;同样,“渴爱、其余烦恼、余不善法、三善根、有漏法及余有漏善法为集。其余有漏法是苦,彼彼之集的断除是灭,八正道是道。”在此,不说“圣谛”而说“谛”,是为了无遗地开示称为缘的集。因为在圣谛中,唯以渴爱为集,余者非集。然而,并非仅有渴爱集起苦,其余善、不善法亦作为缘而集起,因此为了表明它们亦是集,而只说“谛”。此后,由于并非只有八正道是道,与之相应的触等一切法也都是道,为明此义,便在总摄品中亦分别一切。此处唯取圣财。其余相同。此即阿毗达摩分别之法。显示巴利原文
Vatvā aṭṭha maggaṅgāni vitthārato niddisitvā ‘‘avasesā dhammā dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya sampayuttā’’ti (vibha. 206 ādayo) evaṃ paṭhamavāre cattāri saccāni vibhattāni. Tāni puna aparehipi ‘‘taṇhā, avasesā ca kilesā samudayo, tathā taṇhā, avasesā ca kilesā, avasesā ca akusalā samudayo, tathā taṇhā, avasesā ca kilesā, avasesā ca akusalā, tīṇi ca kusalamūlāni, sāsavāni samudayo, tathā taṇhā, avasesā ca kilesā, avasesā ca akusalā, tīṇi ca kusalamūlāni, sāsavāni, avasesā ca sāsavakusaladhammā samudayo. Avasesā sāsavadhammā dukkhaṃ, tassa tassa samudayassa pahānaṃ nirodho, aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo paṭipadā’’ti imehi vārehi vibhattāni. Tattha ‘‘ariyasaccānī’’ti avatvā nippadesato paccayasaṅkhātaṃ samudayaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘saccānī’’ti vuttaṃ. Ariyasaccesu hi taṇhāva samudayo, na itare. Na ca kevalaṃ taṇhāva dukkhaṃ samudāneti, avasesā kusalākusalāpi paccayaṃ samudānentiyevāti tepi samudayato dassetuṃ ‘‘saccāni’’tveva vuttaṃ. Tato paraṃ yasmā aṭṭhaṅgiko maggova paṭipadāti. Sampayuttā pana phassādayo sabbepi dhammā paṭipadā eva, tasmā taṃ nayaṃ dassetuṃ sabbasaṅgāhikavārepi sabbāni vibhattāni . Ettha hi ariyadhanāneva saṅgahitāni. Sesaṃ sadisamevāti ayaṃ abhidhammabhājanīyanayo.
依问难品之法:于四圣谛中,几许为善……几许无诤?集谛是不善,灭谛是无记,苦谛通于三种。集谛是有寻有伺,灭谛是无寻无伺,道谛通于三种,苦谛亦通三种及不可说。三谛无见无对,苦谛通于三种。集谛是因,灭谛非因,其余二者皆通。二谛属世间,道与灭是出世间。集谛是所依,二谛非所依,苦谛通于二类。此为问难品之法。显示巴利原文
Pañhāpucchakanaye pana catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ kati kusalā…pe… kati araṇā? Samudayasaccaṃ akusalaṃ, nirodhasaccaṃ abyākataṃ, dukkhasaccaṃ tidhāpi. Samudayo savitakkasavicāro, nirodho avitakkaavicāro, maggo tidhāpi, dukkhaṃ tidhāpi, na vattabbaṃ ca. Tīṇi saccāni anidassanaappaṭighāni, dukkhaṃ tidhāpi. Samudayo hetu, nirodho na hetu, sesā dvidhāpi. Dve saccāni lokiyāni, magganirodhā lokuttarā. Samudayasaccaṃ saraṇaṃ, dve saccāni araṇāni, dukkhaṃ duvidhāpi. Ayaṃ pañhāpucchakanayo. Idāni panettha –
以次第、增减、相等、特相、空等;
应知智的作用与譬喻,及超越经文的抉择。
显示巴利原文 Kamatonūnādhikato, lakkhaṇādīhi suññato; Ñāṇakiccopamā ñeyyo, pāḷimuttavinicchayo.
在此,首先就次第而言,此处同样以说法的次第为恰当。由于苦谛粗显,且为一切众生所共通,易于了知,故先说苦谛;其次,为显示苦因,故说集谛;再次,为令人了知‘因灭则生灭’,故说灭谛;最后,为显示证得灭谛的方法,故说道谛。或者也可以这样理解:为使耽著于有之乐味者心生悚惧,先说苦谛;为使人生起‘有并非无因、亦非由自在天等所创造而生,而是由此因而生’的了知,次说集谛;为令那些因具因之苦而受逼迫、心生悚惧者,通过显示出离而获得安慰,接着说灭谛;最后则宣说能证得灭谛的道谛。这便是此处的次第。显示巴利原文
Tattha kamato tāva idhāpi desanākkamova yujjati. Ettha oḷārikattā, sabbasattasādhāraṇattā ca suviññeyyanti dukkhasaccaṃ paṭhamaṃ vuttaṃ, tato tasseva hetudassanatthaṃ samudayasaccaṃ, tato ‘‘hetunirodhā bhavanirodho’’ti ñāpanatthaṃ nirodhasaccaṃ, tadadhigamupāyadassanatthaṃ ante maggasaccaṃ. Bhavasukhassādagadhitānaṃ saṃvegajananatthaṃ paṭhamaṃ dukkhamāha, tato ‘‘bhavaṃ neva ahetukaṃ āgacchati, na issaranimmānādinā hoti, ito pana hotī’’ti ñāpanatthaṃ samudayasaccaṃ, tato sahetukena dukkhena abhibhūtattā saṃviggamānasānaṃ tannissaraṇadassanena assāsajananatthaṃ nirodhaṃ, tato nirodhasampāpakaṃ magganti ayamettha kamo.
然而,为何不多不少恰恰是四圣谛呢?因为除此四谛之外,别无他谛可立,且其中任何一谛皆不可减除。再者,世尊在开示流转时,是连同其因一起开示的;在开示还灭时,也是连同其方法一起开示的。如此,流转、还灭及其二者的因,至此已达至极点,故唯说四谛。这便是此处的不多不少。显示巴利原文
Anūnādhikato pana kasmā cattāri eva saccānīti ce? Tato aññassa asambhavato, aññatarassa ca anapaneyyato. Apica pavattimācikkhanto bhagavā sahetukaṃ ācikkhati, nivattiñca saupāyaṃ. Iti pavattinivattitadubhayahetūnaṃ etaparamato cattāri eva vuttānīti ayametthānūnādhikato.
其次,在此就特相等加以说明:就特相而言,苦谛以逼迫为特相,以热恼为味,以流转为现起。集谛以生起为特相,以不断造成(苦)为味,以障碍为现起。灭谛以寂静为特相,以不死为味,以无相为现起。道谛以出离为特相,以断除烦恼为味,以从烦恼中出起为现起。再者,依于次第,它们又有流转、令流转、还灭、令还灭的特相;同样,也有有为、渴爱、无为、见(道)的特相。这些便是此处的特相。显示巴利原文
Lakkhaṇādīhi panettha lakkhaṇato bādhanalakkhaṇaṃ dukkhasaccaṃ, santāpanarasaṃ, pavattipaccupaṭṭhānaṃ. Pabhavalakkhaṇaṃ samudayasaccaṃ, anupacchedakaraṇarasaṃ, palibodhapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ. Santilakkhaṇaṃ nirodhasaccaṃ, accutirasaṃ, animittapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ. Niyyānalakkhaṇaṃ maggasaccaṃ, kilesapahānakaraṇarasaṃ, vuṭṭhānapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ. Apica pavattipavattakanivattinivattakalakkhaṇāni paṭipāṭiyā, tathā saṅkhatataṇhāasaṅkhatadassanalakkhaṇāni cāti imānettha lakkhaṇāni.
其次,从空性而言,这些谛依次为空,因为其中没有感受者、造作者、寂灭者与行者。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Suññato panetāni yathākkamaṃ vedakakārakanibbutagamakābhāvato suññāni. Vuttañca –
“唯有苦,而无任何受苦者;
无有造作者,唯有造作存在;
涅槃存在,却没有入涅槃的人,
有道存在,却没有行道者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dukkhameva hi, na koci dukkhito, Kārako na, kiriyāva vijjati; Atthi nibbuti, na nibbuto pumā, Maggamatthi, gamako na vijjatī’’ti. (vibha. aṭṭha. 189);
苦谛与集谛二者,于常、乐、我、净为空;
不死之境(涅槃)唯空于我;
道则远离常、乐、净、我,
因此,于此诸谛中,道是空。
显示巴利原文 Dhuvasubhasukhattasuññaṃ, Purimadvayamattasuññamamatapadaṃ; Dhuvasubhasukhaattavirahito, Maggo iti suññato tesu. (vibha. aṭṭha. 189);
或者,前三谛空于灭,灭谛则空于其余三谛。在此,因亦空于果:于集谛与道谛中,无苦与灭的存在,如同自然论者的自然一般。果亦空于因:苦与集、灭与道之间并无结合,并非因与果相合,如同主张因与果相结合者所说的二微尘等。此即此处所说的空。显示巴利原文
Nirodhasuññāni vā tīṇi. Nirodho ca sesattayasuñño. Phalasuñño vā hettha hetu samudayamaggesu dukkhanirodhānaṃ abhāvā pakativādīnaṃ pakati viya. Hetusuññañca phalaṃ dukkhasamudayānaṃ, nirodhamaggānañca asamavāyā, na hetusamavetaṃ hetuphalaṃ. Hetuphalasamavāyavādīnaṃ dviaṇukādīni viyāti ayamettha suññatā.
就智的作用而言:谛智有两种,即随觉智与通达智。其中,随觉智是世间智,依传闻等,于灭谛与道谛中生起。通达智是出世间智,以灭为所缘,断除与谛现观相反的烦恼,从作用上证得四谛。而那世间智中,苦智以镇伏的方式生起,能遮遣有身见;集智能遮遣断见;灭智能遮遣常见;道智能遮遣无作业见。或者,苦智遮遣于无常、苦、无我、不净的诸蕴中,执著常、乐、我、净之想的果上颠倒;集智遮遣于无因中执著有因,即‘世界由自在天、首要因、时间、自性等生起’的因上颠倒;灭智遮遣于无色界等中执为解脱的灭上颠倒;道智遮遣于欲乐行与自苦行等不净道中执为净道的方便上颠倒。这便是此处智的作用。显示巴利原文
Ñāṇakiccatoti ettha duvidhaṃ saccañāṇaṃ anubodhañāṇaṃ, paṭivedhañāṇañca. Tattha anubodhañāṇaṃ lokiyaṃ, taṃ anussavādivasena nirodhe, magge ca pavattati. Paṭivedhañāṇaṃ lokuttaraṃ, taṃ saccāvabodhapaṭipakkhakilese khepentaṃ nirodhamārammaṇaṃ katvā kiccato cattāripi saccāni paṭivijjhati. Yaṃ panetaṃ lokiyaṃ, tattha dukkhañāṇaṃ pariyuṭṭhānābhibhavanavasena pavattamānaṃ sakkāyadiṭṭhiṃ nivatteti, samudayañāṇaṃ ucchedadiṭṭhiṃ, nirodhañāṇaṃ sassatadiṭṭhiṃ, maggañāṇaṃ akiriyadiṭṭhiṃ. Dukkhañāṇaṃ vā tesu dhuvasubhasukhattabhāvarahitesu khandhesu dhuvasubhasukhattabhāvasaññāsaṅkhātaṃ phale vippaṭipattiṃ, samudayañāṇaṃ ‘‘issarapadhānakālasabhāvādīhi loko pavattatī’’ti akāraṇe kāraṇābhimānappavattaṃ hetumhi vippaṭipattiṃ, nirodhañāṇaṃ arūpalokādīsu apavaggaggāhabhūtaṃ nirodhe vippaṭipattiṃ, maggañāṇaṃ kāmasukhallikaattakilamathānuyogappabhede avisuddhimagge visuddhimaggaggāhavasena pavattaṃ upāye vippaṭipattiṃ nivatteti. Idamettha ñāṇakiccaṃ.
其次,就譬喻而言:在这里,苦谛应视为重担,集谛如挑起担子,灭谛如放下担子,道谛如放下担子的方法。再者,如疾病、疾病之因、疾病的痊愈与药物,如此岸、大洪水、彼岸以及能到达彼岸的方法等,亦应依次第配而了知这些譬喻。这便是此处的譬喻。如此,当知此中更含有超出字面之外的抉择义。显示巴利原文
Upamāto panettha bhāro viya hi dukkhasaccaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, bhārādānamiva samudayasaccaṃ, bhāranikkhepanamiva nirodhasaccaṃ, bhāranikkhepanupāyo viya maggasaccaṃ. Apica rogatannidānatadupasamabhesajjehi, orimatīramahoghapārimatīrataṃsampāpakopāyehi cāti evamādīhi yathākkamaṃ yojetvāpi etāni upamāto veditabbāni. Ayamettha upamā. Evaṃ ñeyyo pāḷimuttavinicchayo.
根分别论母义释显示巴利原文
Indriyavibhaṅgamātikatthavaṇṇanā
就根分别论的总纲,先依义理解说:二十二根——在此,由于具备了根的意义,故称为根。那么,什么是这‘根的意义’呢?即:根的表征义、根所教导义、根所见义、根所认可义、根所习用义。这一切意义在此处均可随宜适用。善与不善业称为‘根’(有主宰义),因为在诸业中并不存在某个实有的主宰者。因此,由业所生的诸根,首先能表征出生起它们的业,且被业所认可,所以依根的表征义和所认可义而称为根。再者,正等正觉者由于拥有最高的主宰性,故名为‘根’(主宰)。由此,这一切根都是世尊如实开示、完全亲证的,故依根所教导义和根所见义而称为根。也正因如此,有些根是世尊通过行境的亲近而修习的,有些是通过修习的亲近而修习的,所以也依根所习用义而称为根。此外,还依增上义,即主导的意义,而被称为根。显示巴利原文
Indriyavibhaṅgamātikāya pana atthato tāva – dvāvīsati indriyānīti ettha indriyaṭṭhasambhavato indriyāni. Ko panesa indriyaṭṭho nāmāti? Indaliṅgaṭṭho, indadesitaṭṭho, indadiṭṭhaṭṭho, indasiṭṭhaṭṭho, indajuṭṭhaṭṭho ca, so sabbopi idha yathāyogaṃ yujjati. Kusalākusalaṃ kammaṃ indo nāma kammesu kassaci issariyābhāvato, tenevettha kammasañjanitāni tāva indriyāni attano janakakammaṃ ulliṅgenti, tena ca siṭṭhānīti indaliṅgaṭṭhena, indasiṭṭhaṭṭhena ca indriyāni. Sammāsambuddho pana paramissariyabhāvato indo, tato sabbānipetāni indriyāni bhagavatā yathābhūtato pakāsitāni, abhisambuddhāni cāti indadesitaṭṭhena, indadiṭṭhaṭṭhena ca indriyāni. Teneva bhagavatā kānici gocarāsevanāya, kānici bhāvanāsevanāya sevitānīti indajuṭṭhaṭṭhenapi indriyāni. Apica ādhipaccasaṅkhātena issariyaṭṭhenāpi etāni indriyāni.
在‘眼根’等词中,眼等的具体含义已在下文阐明。而在最后三根的前分,有‘我将证知未知的不死境界,也就是四圣谛法’,如此修行而生起,并因根义而生起,故为‘未知当知根’。由证知故,此知本身即是根,故为‘已知根’。于四圣谛中已圆满智的作用、诸漏已尽者的根,则为‘具知根’。其中,在信等净根之后,于眼识等心路过程中,令色等所缘得以安立,并随其本身利钝而转的主导义,当如此了知。意根等的主导义,则在了知各自的自相等。其余意义容易理解。这便是此处的词义。显示巴利原文
Cakkhundriyantiādīsu cakkhādīnaṃ padattho heṭṭhā pakāsito. Pacchimesu pana tīsu pubbabhāge anaññātaṃ amataṃ padaṃ, catusaccadhammaṃ vā jānissāmīti evaṃ paṭipannassa uppajjanato , indriyaṭṭhasambhavato ca anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ. Ājānanato aññā eva indriyanti aññindriyaṃ. Aññātāvino catūsu saccesu niṭṭhitañāṇakiccassa khīṇāsavassa indriyanti aññātāvindriyaṃ. Tattha ca pasādindriyānantaraṃ cakkhuviññāṇādivīthicittappavattiyaṃ rūpādīnaṃ niyatabhāvassa, attano tikkhamandatānuvidhānassa ca āpādanato ādhipaccaṃ veditabbaṃ. Manindriyādīnaṃ pana attano attano vijānanādilakkhaṇe ādhipaccaṃ veditabbaṃ. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva. Ayaṃ tāvettha padattho.
从法的分判来说,命根依色与非色而分为二种。乐根等五者,因属受法,故为一法;同样地,慧根等四者,因属无痴法,故为一法。其余诸根则各是一法。因此,从胜义而言,只有十六法被开示为二十二根。其余未摄在此的,是心所、色与涅槃。这就是法的分判。显示巴利原文
Dhammabhedato panettha jīvitindriyaṃ rūpārūpavasena dvidhā. Sukhindriyādīni pañca vedanābhāvato ekadhammo, tathā paññindriyādīni cattāri amohabhāvato. Sesāni pana indriyāni ekekadhammā evāti evaṃ paramatthato soḷasa dhammāva dvāvīsatindriyabhāvena desitāni. Sesāni panettha cetasikarūpanibbānāni asaṅgahitānīti ayaṃ dhammabhedo.
从《分别论》的方法来看,此处并未采用经的分别。为什么?因为在经中,并没有这样的二十二根次第。经中某处说二根,某处说三根,某处说五根,然而像这样次第不间断地说二十二根的情况,是没有的。在阿毗达摩的分别中,也没有差别。显示巴利原文
Vibhaṅganayato panettha suttantabhājanīyaṃ nāma na gahitaṃ. Kasmā? Suttante imāya paṭipāṭiyā dvāvīsatiyā indriyānaṃ anāgatattā. Suttantasmiṃ hi katthaci dve indriyāni kathitāni, katthaci tīṇi, katthaci pañca, evaṃ pana nirantaraṃ dvāvīsati āgatāni nāma natthi. Abhidhammabhājanīyepi viseso natthi.
于问分中,二十二根中,几是善……几是无诤?未知当知根是善,忧根是不善,信、念、慧、已知根四者是善与无记,意、命、喜、舍、精进、定根六者通三性,其余十根是无记。六根可与乐受相应,或与不苦不乐受相应,三根通三受,命根通三受及不可说,十二根唯不可说。三根是果报,二根是果报法法,七色根是非果报非果报法法,已知根或是果报,或是果报法法,九根通三。九根是已取的当取,忧根是不已取的当取,三根是不已取的不当取,九根通三。忧根是有寻有伺,舍根同样如此,以及无寻无伺,九根是无寻无伺,十一根通三。七色根及乐根、苦根、忧根共十种是有限的,最后三根是无量的,其余九根通二。其中,喜根仅依色界而为广大,其余依无色界也是广大的,应当这样了知。五根是无见有对,十七根是无见无对。显示巴利原文
Pañhāpucchakanaye pana dvāvīsatiyā indriyānaṃ kati kusalā…pe… kati araṇāti? Anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ kusalaṃ, domanassindriyaṃ akusalaṃ, saddhāsatipaññāaññindriyāni cattāri kusalābyākatāni, manajīvitasomanassaupekkhāvīriyasamādhindriyāni cha tidhāpi, sesāni dasa abyākatāni. Cha indriyāni siyā sukhāya vedanāya sampayuttā, siyā adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya sampayuttāti, tīṇi tidhāpi, jīvitaṃ tidhā ca na vattabbañca, dvādasindriyāni na vattabbāni eva. Tīṇi vipākāni, dve vipākadhammadhammāni, rūpindriyāni satta nevavipākanavipākadhammadhammāni, aññindriyaṃ siyā vipākaṃ, siyā vipākadhammadhammaṃ, navindriyāni tidhāpi. Navindriyāni upādinnupādāniyāni, domanassindriyaṃ anupādinnupādāniyaṃ, tīṇi anupādinnaanupādāniyāni, nava tidhāpi. Domanassindriyaṃ savitakkasavicāraṃ, upekkhindriyaṃ tathā ca avitakkaavicārañca, nava avitakkaavicārāni, ekādasa tidhāpi. Satta rūpindriyāni ceva sukhadukkhadomanassindriyāni cāti dasa parittāni, pacchimāni tīṇi appamāṇāni, sesāni nava tidhāva. Tattha ca somanassindriyaṃ rūpāvacaravaseneva mahaggataṃ, tadavasesāni arūpāvacaravasenāpīti veditabbaṃ. Pañcindriyāni anidassanasappaṭighāni, sattarasa anidassanaappaṭighāneva.
慧根等四根是因,其余非因……忧根是有漏;意根、命根、喜根、舍根、精进根、定根通于二类(有漏与无漏),其余十五根是无漏。此为问分。显示巴利原文
Paññindriyādīni cattāri hetū, sesā na hetū…pe… domanassindriyaṃ saraṇaṃ, manajīvitasomanassaupekkhāvīriyasamādhindriyāni dvidhāpi, sesāni pannarasa araṇānevāti ayaṃ pañhāpucchakanayo.
于诸根中,作此超越经典次第的抉择:
现在,应当了知其(诸根)次第;于此,希求善巧者应知:
显示巴利原文 Indriyesu panetesu, pāḷimuttavinicchayo; Kamato dāni viññeyyo, tattha kosallamicchatā.
所谓“次第”,这也是教说的次第。其中,遍知内在诸法而后获得圣位,因此首先教导属于自身相续的眼根等。这本为人的自体,依什么法而得“女”或“男”的称谓?为指明“此即是彼”,接着教导女根与男根。此二者都依命根而存活,为了解这一点,随后教导命根。它们存活多久?只要诸受不退转,便持续如是之久。为了了知凡所受全是苦,接着教导乐根等。为了令他们的法得以灭尽,应当修习这些法;为显示所行的道,接着教导信等。 “依此行持,此法最先于自身内显现”——为显示行道不空,接着教导未知当知根。因为它是那行的果,且紧随其后应当修习,接着教导已知根。此后,为了令知“修习此道而得证,证已更无应作”,最后开示究竟安稳的具知根。当知,这便是依于次第,从巴利论典的抉择之理中所明了的。显示巴利原文
Kamatoti ayampi desanākkamova. Tattha ajjhattadhamme pariññāya ariyabhūmipaṭilābho hotīti attabhāvapariyāpannāni cakkhundriyādīni paṭhamaṃ desitāni. So manussattabhāvo yaṃ dhammaṃ upādāya ‘‘itthī’’ti vā ‘‘puriso’’ti vā saṅkhaṃ gacchati, ‘‘ayaṃ so’’ti nidassanatthaṃ tato itthindriyaṃ, purisindriyañca. So duvidhopi jīvitindriyapaṭibaddhavuttīti ñāpanatthaṃ tato jīvitindriyaṃ. Yāva tassa pavatti, tāva etesaṃ vedayitānaṃ anivatti. Yañca kiñci vedayitaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ sukhaṃ dukkhanti ñāpanatthaṃ tato sukhindriyādīni. Tannirodhatthaṃ pana ete dhammā bhāvetabbāti paṭipattidassanatthaṃ tato saddhādīni. ‘‘Imāya paṭipattiyā esa dhammo paṭhamaṃ attani pātubhavatī’’ti paṭipattiyā amoghabhāvadassanatthaṃ tato anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ. Tasseva phalattā, tato anantaraṃ bhāvetabbattā ca tato aññindriyaṃ. Ito paraṃ bhāvanāya imassa adhigamo, adhigate ca pana imasmiṃ natthi kiñci uttari karaṇīyanti ñāpanatthaṃ ante paramassāsabhūtaṃ aññātāvindriyaṃ desitanti evaṃ kamato pāḷimuttavinicchayanayo viññeyyo.
缘行相分别论母义释显示巴利原文
Paccayākāravibhaṅgamātikatthavaṇṇanā
在缘相分别论母中,先释其义:于“无明缘”等处,它对于不应知的身恶行等法,却去认知;或者对于应知的身善行等法,却不去认知;或者令诸法的如实自性不被觉知;或者令有情在无边轮回中奔驰;或者于不存在的对象奔驰,于存在的对象却不奔驰。因此,称为无明。所谓“缘”,是指因它而获得果,即对诸法的生起与安住作资助的法。无明是缘,故为无明缘;以此而为“无明缘”。造作诸行的,是行。显示巴利原文
Paccayākāravibhaṅgamātikāya pana atthato tāva – avijjāpaccayātiādīsu avindiyaṃ kāyaduccaritādiṃ vindati paṭilabhati, vindiyaṃ vā kāyasucaritādiṃ na vindati, dhammānaṃ vā yathāsabhāvaṃ aviditaṃ karoti, antavirahite vā saṃsāre satte javāpeti, avijjamānesu vā javati, vijjamānesu vā na javatīti avijjā. Paṭicca phalameti etasmāti paccayo, dhammānaṃ uppattiyā, ṭhitiyā ca upakārako dhammo. Avijjā ca sā paccayo cāti avijjāpaccayo, tasmā avijjāpaccayā. Saṅkhatamabhisaṅkharontīti saṅkhārā.
从此以后,“行缘识”等句,应依已说之理而了知。在未释之处:能了知故,为“识”。有倾向故,为“名”;变坏故,为“色”;名与色合为“名色”,应依部分省略之理知其为“名色”。能延展范围,且延展后能引生者,为“处”;第六处与六处合为“六处”,应依省略之理而了知。触对故,为“触”。领受故,为“受”。渴爱故,为“爱”。执取故,为“取”。存在、令存在故,为“有”。出生为“生”。老朽为“老”。因此而死,故为“死”。忧愁为“忧”。悲泣为“悲”。令痛苦,或者以生起与安住的方式分成两种而破坏,故亦为“苦”。心意不快之状态为“忧”。极度疲惫为“恼”。生起即产生。而且,不仅与忧等相连,“生起”一词也应与“无明缘行”等一切语句相连。如此便完成了缘与缘生法的确定。显示巴利原文
Ito paraṃ saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇantiādīsu vuttaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Avuttesu pana vijānātīti viññāṇaṃ. Namatīti nāmaṃ, ruppatīti rūpaṃ, nāmañca rūpañca nāmarūpañca nāmarūpanti ekadesasarūpekasesanayena veditabbaṃ. Āye tanoti, āyatañca nayatīti āyatanaṃ, chaṭṭhāyatanañca saḷāyatanañca saḷāyatananti ekasesanayena veditabbaṃ. Phusatīti phasso. Vedayatīti vedanā. Paritassatīti taṇhā. Upādiyatīti upādānaṃ. Bhavati, bhāvayati cāti bhavo. Jananaṃ jāti. Jīraṇaṃ jarā. Maranti etenāti maraṇaṃ. Socanaṃ soko. Paridevanaṃ paridevo. Dukkhayati, uppādaṭṭhitivasena dvidhā khaṇatītipi dukkhaṃ. Dummanassa bhāvo domanassaṃ. Bhuso āyāso upāyāso. Sambhavantīti nibbattanti. Na kevalañca sokādīheva, atha kho avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā sambhavantītiādinā sabbapadehipi sambhavanti-saddassa yojanā kātabbā. Evaṃ hi paccayapaccayuppannavavatthānaṃ kataṃ hoti.
“如是”是指示已说明的方法,由此显示唯以无明等为因,而非以大自在天所造等为因。“此”即如前所述。“纯”指不混杂的,或全部的。“苦蕴”指苦的聚集,而非众生,亦非乐、净等。“集”即生起,“有”即产生。以上为此处的词义。显示巴利原文
Evanti niddiṭṭhanayanidassanaṃ, tena avijjādīheva kāraṇehi, na issaranimmānādīhīti dasseti. Etassāti yathāvuttassa. Kevalassāti asammissassa, sakalassa vā, dukkhakkhandhassāti dukkhasamūhassa, na sattassa, na sukhasubhādīnaṃ. Samudayoti nibbatti, hotīti sambhavati. Ayaṃ tāvettha padattho.
然而,于此,依法之分类而说:无明——依经教,是对苦等四种事中的不知;依论教,是对包括过去、未来、现在、内、外、粗、细、劣、胜、远、近等在内的八种事中的不知。行则分为福行、非福行、不动行三种,以及身行、语行、心行三种,共计六种。其中,八种欲界善思心所与五种色界善思心所,此十三种思摄于福行;十二种不善思摄于非福行;四种无色界善思摄于不动行。为了显示这三类行依门而转起,故说此行有三法集。显示巴利原文
Dhammabhedato panettha avijjāti suttantapariyāyena dukkhādīsu catūsu, abhidhammapariyāyena pubbantādīhi saddhiṃ aṭṭhasu vā ṭhānesu aññāṇaṃ. Saṅkhārā pana puññāpuññāneñjābhisaṅkhārā tayo, kāyavacīcittasaṅkhārā tayo cāti chabbidhā. Tattha aṭṭha kāmāvacarakusalacetanā, pañca rūpāvacarakusalacetanā ceti terasa cetanā puññābhisaṅkhāro nāma. Dvādasa akusalacetanā apuññābhisaṅkhāro nāma. Catasso arūpāvacarakusalacetanā āneñjābhisaṅkhāro nāma. Imesaṃ pana tiṇṇaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ eva dvārato pavattidassanatthaṃ ayaṃ saṅkhārādittiko vutto.
八种欲界善思与十二种不善思,在身门转起时,称为身行;在语门转起时,称为语行;这些思以及唯于意门转起的色界、无色界善思,在意门转起时,称为心行。然而,此处的神通思与掉举思,在作为结生识之缘的方面虽应被排除,但由于它们也是从无明缘而生起,故在此处亦被采纳。因此,这三类实际上已包含于前述的三类之中。从义理上,应知唯有世间善与不善思即是‘无明缘行’。这是依经分别的方式。若依论教分别的方式,由于在每一心识刹那中都摄取了世间与出世间的十二支缘起,故应知一切思皆为行。同理,对于识、名色等法的分类,也应依与一切心相应的情况来理解。然而,此处我们将仅依经分别的方式来显示。显示巴利原文
Aṭṭha kāmāvacarakusalacetanā ceva dvādasākusalacetanā ca kāyadvāre pavattiyaṃ kāyasaṅkhāro, vacīdvāre pavattiyaṃ vacīsaṅkhāro, etā ceva manodvāre pavattiyaṃ, manodvāre eva pavattanakā rūpārūpakusalacetanā ca cittasaṅkhāroti vuccanti. Abhiññācetanā, panettha uddhaccacetanā ca parato paṭisandhiviññāṇapaccayabhāve apanetabbāpi avijjāpaccayā sambhavato idha gahetabbāvāti ayaṃ tiko purimattikameva pavisatīti atthato lokiyakusalākusalacetanāva avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti veditabbaṃ. Idañca suttantabhājanīyanayena, abhidhammabhājanīyanayena pana lokiyalokuttare ekekacittakkhaṇe dvādasaṅgassa paṭiccasamuppādassa gahaṇato sabbāpi cetanā saṅkhārāti veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ viññāṇanāmarūpādīsupi sabbacittasampayuttavasena ca dhammabhedo veditabbo. Suttantabhājanīyanayeneva pana dassayissāma.
行缘识:即眼识等六种、三十二种世间异熟识;出世间识因与轮转之说(有轮)不相应,故不取。识缘名色:名,即与一切世间识相应的三种无色蕴;色,即一切四大种与所造色。六处,即包括意处的六根。触,即眼触等六种异熟触;受,亦即眼触所生受等六种异熟受。爱,即依色爱、声爱等所分的六种贪爱。取,即依欲取、见取等所分的四种,仅为贪与见。有则有两种:业有与生有。其中,业有即三界善与不善思,以及与之相应的贪欲等;生有即由业所生的五蕴。依分类而说,则有欲有、色有、无色有三者,想有、无想有、非想非非想有三者,一蕴有、四蕴有、五蕴有等三者,共九种。生等如前已说。其中,若取了生,则亦取识、名色、六处、触、受,以这些与生不相离故;同样,若取了老死,亦取这些,以这些为老死之果报差别故。而忧等,则与第十二支老死合说,并非作为独立的支。为何如此?为显示有轮不断。因为为老死所逼的愚者生起忧等,由此无明成立——以不离无明故,以及由无明生起故;又由无明缘行,如是因果相续,有轮不断,无始、无边、无尽。显示巴利原文
Saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇañca cakkhuviññāṇādichabbidhaṃ bāttiṃsalokiyavipākaviññāṇameva hoti, lokuttarāni pana vaṭṭakathāya na yujjantīti na gahitāni. Viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ pana sabbalokiyaviññāṇasampayuttā tayo arūpino khandhā. Rūpaṃ sabbāni bhūtupādāyarūpāni. Saḷāyatanaṃ manacchaṭṭhāni indriyāni. Phasso cakkhusamphassādiko chavipākaphasso, tathā vedanāpi. Taṇhā rūpataṇhādibhedato chabbidho lobho. Upādānaṃ kāmupādānādito catubbidhā lobhadiṭṭhiyova. Bhavo pana duvidho kammabhavo, upapattibhavoti. Tattha kammabhavo tebhūmakakusalākusalacetanā ca taṃsampayuttā abhijjhādayo ca. Upapattibhavo pana kammābhinibbattā pañcapi khandhā. So pabhedato kāmarūpārūpabhavā tayo, saññā asaññā nevasaññānāsaññā bhavā tayo, ekacatupañcavokārabhavā tayoti navavidho niddiṭṭho. Jātiādīni pubbe vuttāni. Tesu jātiggahaṇena viññāṇanāmarūpasaḷāyatanaphassavedanāva gahitā tadavinābhāvato. Tathā jarāmaraṇaggahaṇenāpi tesaññeva pākabhedattā. Sokādayo pana jarāmaraṇena dvādasamena aṅgena ekasaṅkhepaṃ katvā vuttā, na visuṃ aṅgabhāvena. Kimatthanti ce? Bhavacakkassa avicchedadassanatthaṃ. Sokādito hi avijjā siddhā hoti avijjāvippayogato , avijjāsamuppattito ca. Jarāmaraṇabbhāhatassa hi bālasseva te sambhavanti, tehi ca avijjāya siddhāya puna avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti evaṃ hetuphalaparamparāya bhavacakkaṃ avicchinnaṃ, anādikaṃ, apariyantaṃ, apariyosānañca hoti.
若如此,为何无明说在最初?为显其首要性。因为无明是三有轮的首要之因:以无明存在,故它们存在;以无明灭尽,故它们灭尽。如是,应知依经分别的方式,唯以无明等十二支,说一切世间法为缘与缘所生法。而依论教的方式,出世间法亦被包含。此即此处之法的分类。显示巴利原文
Yadi evaṃ, kasmā avijjā ādito vuttāti? Padhānadassanatthaṃ pana ādito vuttā. Tiṇṇaṃ hi vaṭṭānaṃ avijjā padhāno hetu tassā bhāve bhāvato, nirodhena ca nirujjhanato. Evaṃ avijjādīhi dvādasahi aṅgehi suttantabhājanīyanayena sabbe lokiyadhammāva paccayapaccayuppannabhāvena vuttāti veditabbā. Abhidhammapariyāyena pana lokuttarāpīti ayamettha dhammabhedo.
然而,在此依分别论的方法,并无问难之方式;应知即便依经分别之方式,法的分类亦已如前所述,详加分别。而在论分别中——显示巴利原文
Vibhaṅganayato panettha pañhāpucchakanayo natthi, suttantabhājanīyanayāpi dhammabhede vuttanayeneva vitthārato vibhattāti veditabbo. Abhidhammabhājanīye pana –
无明缘行,行缘识,识缘名,名缘第六处,第六处缘触,触缘受,受缘爱,爱缘取,取缘有,有缘生,生缘老死。如是,此纯苦蕴之集起。显示巴利原文
‘‘Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhāro, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmaṃ, nāmapaccayā chaṭṭhāyatanaṃ, chaṭṭhāyatanapaccayā phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā, vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ, evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti.
无明缘行……乃至……识缘名,名缘触……乃至……集起。显示巴利原文
‘‘Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhāro…pe… viññāṇapaccayā nāmaṃ, nāmapaccayā phasso…pe… samudayo hoti.
以无明为缘……乃至……以识为缘有名色,以名色为缘有六处,以六处为缘有触……乃至……集起。显示巴利原文
‘‘Avijjāpaccayā…pe… viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpapaccayā chaṭṭhāyatanaṃ, chaṭṭhāyatanapaccayā phasso…pe… samudayo hoti.
“以无明为缘……以识为缘,而有名色;以名色为缘,而有六处;以六处为缘,而有触……而有集起。”(《分别论》243)显示巴利原文
‘‘Avijjāpaccayā …pe… viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ, chaṭṭhāyatanapaccayā phasso…pe… samudayo hotī’’ti (vibha. 243) –
如此,在缘的四组之后,又依“以无明为缘,行以无明为因”等(《分别论》244)所说的方法,开示因的四组;又依“以无明为缘,行与无明相应”等(《分别论》245),开示相应的四组;又依“以无明为缘而有行,以行为缘亦有无明”等(《分别论》246),开示相互缘的四组。如是,宣说了以无明为根本的四组四法。同样,依“以行为缘,有无明”等,于行等为根本,乃至取为根本的八个处所,一一各有四组四法,总计三十二组四法列出为论母之后,再于不善心、善心、异熟心、唯作心,以及世间心、出世间心中,就每一心,依所安立的三十六或三十二论母四法,详尽地随宜分别了缘相。而且,此缘相不仅存在于种种不同的心中,也存在于单一心中;不仅存于轮转心中,由于无渴爱的缘故,也存在于离转心中。因此,为了毫无遗漏地显示那一心刹那的缘相,而作此说。正因如此,这里不说“以无明为缘,有诸行”,而说“以无明为缘,有行”——使用单数,因为在一心刹那中,不存在多个思。其中,第一四组中的第一转起,于名色之处取其“名”,于六处之处取其“第六处”,依通于色界、无色界等一切有的共相,以及依摄属一心刹那之理。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ paccayacatukkaṃ, puna ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhāro avijjāhetuko’’tiādinā (vibha. 244) vuttanayeneva hetucatukkaṃ, puna ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhāro avijjāsampayutto’’tiādinā (vibha. 245) sampayuttacatukkaṃ, puna ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhāro, saṅkhārapaccayāpi avijjā’’tiādinā (vibha. 246) aññamaññapaccayacatukkanti evaṃ avijjāmūlakāni cattāri catukkāni vuttāni. Evaṃ ‘‘saṅkhārapaccayā avijjā’’tiādinā saṅkhārādimūlakādiupādānamūlakapariyosānāni aṭṭhasu padesu cattāri cattāri catukkānīti bāttiṃsa catukkāni mātikaṃ katvā nikkhipitvā puna akusalakusalavipākakiriyacittesu lokiyalokuttaresu ekekasmiṃ citte yathānikkhittehi chattiṃsabāttiṃsamātikācatukkehi vitthārato yathānurūpaṃ paccayākāro vibhatto. Idañca yasmā na kevalaṃ ayaṃ paccayākāro nānācittesu eva hoti, ekacittepi hotiyeva. Nāpi vaṭṭacitte eva hoti, taṇhābhāvato vivaṭṭacittepi, tasmā taṃ nippadesato ekacittakkhaṇikaṃ paccayākāraṃ dassetuṃ vuttaṃ. Teneva hettha ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’ti avatvā ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhāro’’ti ekavacanena vuttaṃ ekacittakkhaṇe bahucetanābhāvā. Tattha yadetaṃ paṭhamacatukkaṃ, tattha paṭhamavāro nāmarūpaṭṭhāne nāmaṃ, saḷāyatanaṭṭhāne chaṭṭhāyatanañca gahetvā rūpārūpādisabbabhavasādhāraṇavasena, ekacittakkhaṇapariyāpannadhammaggahaṇavasena ca rūpaṃ chaḍḍetvā vutto rūpassa sabbabhavāsādhāraṇattā, bahucittakkhaṇikattā ca. Dutiyo nāmarūpaṭṭhāne nāmaṃ, ‘‘nāmapaccayā phasso’’ti saḷāyatanaṭṭhāne phassameva gahetvā phassassa saḷāyatanaṃ vināpi paccayavisesasambhavadassanavasena ceva mahānidānasuttanayadassanavasena (dī. ni. 2.95 ādayo) ca vutto. Tatiyo saḷāyatanaṭṭhāne chaṭṭhāyatanameva gahetvā gabbhaseyyakānaṃ aparipuṇṇāyatanānaṃ, rūpabhavikādīnañca vasena vutto. Catuttho ‘‘nāmapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ, saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso’’ti evaṃ itarāyatanehipi saḷāyatanassa visesato phassapaccayataṃva dassetvā opapātikānaṃ, paripuṇṇāyatanānaṃ kāmabhavikānañca vasena vutto. Evaṃ dutiyacatukkādīsupi.
而且,于一切处,由于愁等一切法不能在一心刹那中生起,并且非于一切心、一切有中转起,故此处不取。然而,此处的生与老死,仅是诸非色法的特相;它们虽也并非仅属一心刹那,但因被包含于心刹那之中,故以譬喻的方式作为缘所生法而取其义,以圆满支分。此处所谓的“有”,是指离开取等缘的四种非色蕴;而在“以渴爱为缘,而有取”中,则应舍除欲取,唯取其余三取。由于同一刹那中,不可能有两个同特相的法,故在离贪根而依瞋根、痴根的心,以及善心、无记心中,依“以受为缘,而有瞋恚、疑、掉举”,如是于渴爱之处,随宜而有瞋恚等三法。于这些心中,在除疑及与见不相应的心内,于取之处取其“胜解”。然而,由于胜解与疑不能共存,故亦取“以疑为缘,而有有”。于取之处亦取“胜解”。在这里,世间的善及无记法,是依亲依止缘而说以无明为缘。至于出世间法,因为未断无明者为断除无明、为寂止无明而修习出世间法,所以是依超越的方式说以无明为缘,而非依俱生缘。正因如此,在它们的解说转起中,不分别“彼处,什么是无明?”,而分别“彼处,什么是无明缘行?”(《分别论》240)。至于唯作法,则无论如何都不以无明为根。显示巴利原文
Sabbatthāpi cettha yasmā sokādayo sabbe ekacittakkhaṇe na sambhavanti, sabbasmiñca citte, bhave ca nappavattanti, tasmā na gahitā. Jātijarāmaraṇāni panettha arūpadhammānaṃ lakkhaṇamattāni, tāni ca acittakkhaṇamattānipi samānāni cittakkhaṇe antogadhattā pariyāyato paccayuppanne katvā aṅgaparipūraṇatthaṃ gahitāni. Bhavoti cettha upādānādipaccayavirahitā cattāro arūpino khandhā, taṇhāpaccayā upādānanti ettha kāmupādānaṃ vajjetvā tīṇi upādānāni eva gahetabbāni . Dvinnampi ekalakkhaṇānaṃ dhammānaṃ ekakkhaṇe asambhavā lobhamūlavirahitesu dosamohamūlesu ceva kusalābyākatesu ca cittesu vedanāpaccayā paṭighaṃ vicikicchā uddhaccanti evaṃ taṇhāṭhāne yathāyogaṃ paṭighādayo tayo. Tesu vicikicchāvajjitesu ceva diṭṭhivippayuttesu ca upādānaṭṭhāne adhimokkho gahito. Vicikicchāya pana saddhiṃ adhimokkhassāpi asambhavā vicikicchāpaccayā bhavoti ca gahito. Upādānaṭṭhāne ca adhimokkho ca gahito. Lokiyānañcettha kusalābyākatānaṃ upanissayavasena avijjāpaccayatā vuttā. Lokuttarānaṃ pana yasmā appahīnāvijjo avijjāya pahānatthaṃ, paṭippassambhanatthañca lokuttaraṃ bhāveti, tasmā samatikkamanavasena avijjāpaccayatā vuttā, na sahajātavasena. Teneva tesaṃ niddesavāresu ‘‘tattha katamā avijjā’’ti avibhajitvā ‘‘tattha katamo avijjāpaccayā saṅkhāro’’ti (vibha. 240) vibhattaṃ. Kiriyadhammānaṃ pana kenaci pariyāyena avijjāmūlakattaṃ natthīti ‘‘saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇa’’ntiādinā saṅkhāramūlakādiko nayo vutto, na avijjāmūlako. Apica lokiyakusalādīsu tesaṃ dhammānaṃ dukkhasaccapariyāpannattā ‘‘evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hotī’’ti (vibha. 225) evaṃ appanā katā, lokuttarakusalādīsu ‘‘evametesaṃ dhammāna’’nti. Ayaṃ lokiyato lokuttarānaṃ desanāya visesoti ayaṃ abhidhammabhājanīye nayo.
今说缘之理趣,空于作者等;
依根本、支、连结、略说、行相、轮转之分别。
于此,依遮止之譬喻,依甚深理趣之差别;
应如理了知,此为超越圣典之决断。
显示巴利原文 Idāni paccayanayā, kārakādīhi suññato; Mūladdhasandhisaṅkhepākāravaṭṭavibhāgato. Vāraṇopamatopettha, gambhīranayabhedato; Yathārahaṃ vijānīyo, pāḷimuttavinicchayo.
其中,缘的方式有两种:通说与别说。通说的缘之方式,阐明诸法仅依彼缘而存在的道理。别说的缘之方式,则是根据《发趣论》中所说的因缘等二十四缘,如其所应地阐明诸法仅由特定缘之差别而生起的状态。而这二十四缘的分类,在对《发趣论》论母义理的注释中便会明了。其中,就通说而言,首先应知:行等仅是作为无明等之缘的状态而存在。因为,若有人于四圣谛、于前际等中未断无明,那么于苦中,他以对前际等的无知,不知由三有中的生、老、病、死等无量过患所杂染的、称为福果的行变异苦实为苦,反而以乐想而加希求,依身、语、意三门发起福行与非福行。于集中,他以无知,虽面对苦因的渴爱与资具,却不见生于地狱等苦因的苦,以及虽为苦因的淫欲受用等中的过患,因视之为乐因并被烦恼所制伏,而发起三种行。于灭与道中,他以无知,将非灭的诸趣差别视为灭,或将非灭之道的祭祀、苦行等视为灭与道,而发起三种行。于缘起、依缘而生的诸法中,他以无知而虚妄分别:‘众生无因无缘而生,死后即不存在’,或‘自我知或不知,它造作诸行,它于结生中生起,它的微细主宰等以羯罗蓝等状态形成身体、显示巴利原文
Tattha paccayanayo sāmaññato, visesato cāti duvidho hoti. Tattha tabbhāvabhāvimattatāpakāsako sāmaññato paccayanayo. Visesato pana paṭṭhāne āgatesu hetupaccayādicatuvīsatiyā paccayesu yathānurūpaṃ paccayavisesuppannamattatāpakāsako. Sā ca nesaṃ catuvīsatiyā paccayānaṃ vibhāgatā paṭṭhānamātikatthasaṃvaṇṇanāya āvi bhavissati. Tattha sāmaññato saṅkhārādayo avijjādipaccayabhāve eva bhāvinoti veditabbā. Yassa hi catūsu saccesu, pubbantādīsu ca avijjā appahīnā hoti, so dukkhe tāva pubbantādīsu ca aññāṇena tīsu bhavesu jātijarārogamaraṇādianekādīnavavokiṇṇaṃ puññaphalasaṅkhātaṃ saṅkhāravipariṇāmadukkhaṃ dukkhato ajānanto sukhasaññāya patthetvā tīhi dvārehi puññāneñjābhisaṅkhāre ārabhati. Samudaye aññāṇena dukkhahetubhūtesupi taṇhāparikkhāresu dukkhahetukaṃ āpāyikādidukkhaṃ, dukkhahetubhūtesu kāmūpasevanādīsu ca ādīnavaṃ apassanto sukhahetusaññāya ceva kilesābhibhūtatāya ca tividhepi saṅkhāre ārabhati. Nirodhe, pana magge ca aññāṇena anirodhabhūte gativisese nirodhasaññī, nirodhassa ca vā amaggabhūtesupi yaññāmaratapādīsupi nirodhamaggasaññī hutvā tividhepi saṅkhāre ārabhati. Idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppannesu dhammesu aññāṇena ‘‘ahetū appaccayā sattā uppajjanti, na honti paraṃ maraṇā’’ti vā ‘‘attāva jānāti vā na jānāti vā, sova saṅkhāre saṅkharoti, sova paṭisandhiyaṃ uppajjati, tassa aṇuissarādayo kalalādibhāvena sarīraṃ saṇṭhāpentā indriyāni sampādenti, sova indriyasampanno phusati, vedayati, taṇhiyati, upādānādīni ca karotī’’ti vā ‘‘sabbe sattā niyatisaṅgatibhavapariṇatā’’ti vā vikappeti. So evaṃ avijjāya andhīkato –
正如一位天生的盲人,没有向导;
时而行于正道,时而行于邪道。
愚者流转于轮回之中,无有引导者;
他有时行福,有时行非福。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathāpi nāma jaccandho, naro apariṇāyako; Ekadā yāti maggena, ummaggenāpi ekadā. ‘‘Saṃsāre saṃsaraṃ bālo, tathā apariṇāyako; Karoti ekadā puññaṃ, apuññamapi ekadā’’ti. (vibha. aṭṭha. 226 saṅgārapadaniddesa) –
依上述方式,造作三种行。然而,在此唯有无明是诸行的缘吗?难道不是从一因生一果,而非一因生多果,或非多因生一果,而是多因生多果吗?诚然如此,但此处从众多因中单举无明为缘,是为了彰显其为主因、其相明显、其性不共,犹如说“触缘受”、“由痰所起的病”等(《增支部》10.60;《大义释》5;《小义释·犀角经释》128)。因为无明是诸行的主因,对诸行而言最为明显,并且是其不共之缘。即便有渴爱等其他因存在,若无明灭尽,虽有所依、所缘等缘,诸行亦不复存在。由此可知,流转中的诸行,唯依无明的存在而存在。同样,识亦因已造的业而存在,若无其业,识亦不生;若非如此,则有过失——一切处一切异熟识将一时生起。故应了知,识唯依行的存在而存在。依此所述之理,于上文中,名色等亦应各自相应,以识等的存在而存在,这便是通论所说的缘起方式。显示巴利原文
Vuttanayena tividhe saṅkhāre abhisaṅkharotīti. Kiṃ panettha ekāva avijjā saṅkhārānaṃ paccayo hoti, nanu ekasmā kāraṇā ekaṃva kāriyaṃ uppajjati, anekaṃ kāriyaṃ na uppajjati, anekasmā vā ekanti, anekasmā kāraṇā anekaṃ kāriyaṃ uppajjatīti? Saccaṃ, padhānattapākaṭattaasādhāraṇattadīpanatthaṃ panettha anekesu kāraṇesupi ekā avijjā eva paccayabhāvena niddiṭṭhā ‘‘phassapaccayā vedanā (udā. 3), semhasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 10.60; mahāni. 5; cūḷani. khaggavisāṇasuttaniddesa 128) viya. Avijjā hi padhāno hetu, saṅkhārānaṃ pākaṭo, asādhāraṇo ca taṇhādihetūnampi hetuttā, na vatthārammaṇādīni khīṇāsavassa tesaṃ sambhavepi saṅkhārānaṃ abhāvāti. Evaṃ tāvettha vaṭṭasaṅkhārānaṃ avijjāya eva bhāve bhāvo veditabbo. Tathā viññāṇassāpi upacitakammābhāve abhāvato, sabbattha sabbesañca sabbavipākaviññāṇuppattippasaṅgato ca saṅkhārānaṃ eva bhāve bhāvo veditabbo. Yathā cettha, evaṃ uparipi nāmarūpādīnaṃ viññāṇādibhāve bhāvo yathānurūpaṃ anubhavayuttīhi ñātabboti ayaṃ sāmaññato paccayanayo.
别论的方式:无明对福行,首先以所缘缘与亲依止缘两种为缘。即:以无明为所缘,依思惟等方式而生起时,对欲界福行;以及在以神通心了知有痴心时,对色界福行,首先以所缘缘为缘。而为了超越无明,却因无明所迷,希求欲界、色界之成就而造作欲界、色界福行者,则以亲依止缘为缘。对非福行:当缘取无明为所缘而生起贪等时,此无明对其以所缘等缘为缘;因无明所迷而造作杀生等时,以依止缘为缘;对第二速行心等,以无间缘、亲依止缘、习行缘、无有缘、离去缘为缘;对于造作的任何一种不善,以因缘、俱生缘、相互缘、依止缘、相应缘、有缘、不离缘为缘,如此以多种方式为缘。对不动行,则唯以一种亲依止缘为缘。显示巴利原文
Visesato pana avijjā puññābhisaṅkhārānaṃ tāva ārammaṇapaccayena, upanissayapaccayena cāti dvidhā paccayo hoti. Sā hi avijjaṃ ārabbha sammasanādivasena uppattiyaṃ kāmāvacarānaṃ, abhiññācittena samohacittassa jānanakāle rūpāvacarānañca puññābhisaṅkhārānaṃ tāva ārammaṇapaccayena paccayo hoti, avijjāsamatikkamanatthāya pana avijjāsammūḷhatāya kāmarūpabhavasampattiyo patthetvāva kāmarūpāvacarapuññāni karontassa upanissayapaccayena paccayo hoti. Apuññābhisaṅkhārānaṃ panesā avijjaṃ ārabbha rāgādīnaṃ uppajjanakāle ārammaṇādipaccayena avijjāsammūḷhatāya pāṇātipātādīni karontassa nissayapaccayena, dutiyajavanādīnaṃ anantarūpanissayāsevananatthivigatapaccayehi yaṃ kiñci akusalaṃ karontassa hetusahajātaaññamaññanissayasampayuttaatthiavigatapaccayehīti evaṃ anekadhā paccayo hoti, āneñjābhisaṅkhārānaṃ pana ekena upanissayapaccayeneva paccayo hoti.
在‘行缘识’一句中,三种行对识,于三有中的结生与转起,随宜以业缘与亲依止缘二种为缘。依阿毗达摩分别论的方法,对俱生识,以俱生、相互、依止、相应、业、有、不离等缘为缘。显示巴利原文
Saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇapade pana tayopi saṅkhārā viññāṇassa yathārahaṃ tīsu bhavesu paṭisandhipavattīsu kammapaccayena ceva upanissayapaccayena cāti dvidhā paccayā honti. Abhidhammabhājanīyanayena sahajātassa viññāṇassa sahajātaaññamaññanissayasampayuttakammatthiavigatādipaccayehi paccayā honti.
在“以识为缘而有名色”的章句中,识分为异熟与非异熟两种。对于纯粹的名,或与色相杂的名色,在结生与转起时,随其所应,以俱生、相互、依止、相应、异熟、食、根、有、不离去缘,成九种或八种缘。结生时,异熟识为依处色之缘,含俱生、相互、依止、异熟、食、根、不相应、有、不离去缘九种。而于依处色之外的其余色,则以同样方式除去相互缘,成八种缘。行作识在一蕴有与五蕴有中,依经教之说,以亲依止缘力为业生色之缘。转起时,一切识各为其相应名色作缘,随其所应。于此,当知:无色有中,识唯以名为缘;无想有中,唯以色为缘;五蕴有中,则以名色为缘。正因如此,方有“名与色,以及名色”之语源解说。显示巴利原文
Viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpapade pana viññāṇaṃ vipākabhūtaṃ, avipākabhūtañca nāmassa kevalassa vā rūpamissakassa vā paṭisandhipavattīsu sahajātaaññamaññanissayasampayuttavipākaāhāraindriyaatthiavigatapaccayehi yathārahaṃ navadhā, aṭṭhadhā vā paccayo hoti. Paṭisandhiyaṃ vipākaviññāṇaṃ vatthurūpassa sahajātaaññamaññanissayavipākaāhāraindriyavippayuttaatthi avigatapaccayehi navadhā paccayo hoti. Ṭhapetvā pana vatthurūpaṃ sesarūpassa teheva aññamaññapaccayarahitehi aṭṭhahi paccayo hoti. Abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇaṃ pana ekavokārapañcavokārabhavesu kammajarūpassa suttantikapariyāyena upanissayavasena paccayo hoti. Pavattiyaṃ pana sabbampi viññāṇaṃ tassa tassa nāmarūpassa yathārahaṃ paccayo hoti. Tattha arūpabhave viññāṇaṃ nāmasseva, asaññibhave rūpasseva, pañcavokārabhave nāmarūpassa paccayo hotīti veditabbaṃ. Teneva nāmañca rūpañca nāmarūpañca nāmarūpanti nibbacanaṃ katanti.
在“以名色为缘而有六处”的章句中,名有异熟与非异熟二者。于无色有,最低限度以俱生、相互、依止、相应、异熟、有、不离去缘,为第六处作七种缘。对于其余眼处等五处,五蕴有结生时,名为四大种之助伴,以俱生、依止、异熟、不相应、有、不离去缘,成六种缘。其中,有些以因缘,有些以食缘,当知由此而有最高与最低之差别。转起时,对于眼等五处,异熟与非异熟之名,依无间后生、不相应、有、不离去缘,成四种缘。如是,当知最初唯名作六处之缘。显示巴利原文
Nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanapade pana nāmaṃ vipākabhūtaṃ, avipākabhūtañca arūpabhave chaṭṭhāyatanassa avakaṃsato sahajātaaññamaññanissayasampayuttavipākaatthiavigatavasena yathārahaṃ sattadhā paccayo hoti. Itaresaṃ panetaṃ pañcannaṃ cakkhāyatanādīnaṃ pañcavokārabhave paṭisandhiyaṃ catumahābhūtasahāyaṃ hutvā sahajātanissayavipākavippayuttaatthiavigatavasena chadhā paccayo hoti. Kiñci panettha hetupaccayena, kiñci āhārapaccayena cāti tesaṃ vasena sabbavāresu ukkaṃsāvakaṃso veditabbo. Pavatte pana cakkhādīnaṃ pañcannaṃ vipākamavipākampi nāmaṃ pacchājātavippayuttaatthiavigatavasena catudhā paccayo hotīti. Evaṃ tāva nāmameva saḷāyatanassa paccayo hotīti veditabbaṃ.
然而,色为依处者,于结生时为第六处之缘,含俱生、相互、依止、不相应、有、不离去缘六种。四大种色于结生及转起时,为眼等五处之缘,含俱生、依止、有、不离去缘四种。色命根则以根、有、不离去缘,成三种缘。食亦以食、有、不离去缘成缘,然唯于转起时食素及命根如此,结生时则否。眼等处五处,于转起时——非结生时——为称为五识之第六意处作缘,含依止、前生、根、不相应、有、不离去缘六种。同样,于无五识之意处,依处色作缘,含依止、前生、不相应、有、不离去缘五种。如是,当知唯以色为第六处及六处之缘。然而,所称三蕴及依处色之名色,于结生时,随其所应,以俱生、相互、依止、相应、不相应、异熟、有、不离去等缘,为第六处作缘。如是,当知名与色,以及名色,随其所应,为第六处及六处之缘。显示巴利原文
Rūpaṃ pana vatthubhūtaṃ paṭisandhiyaṃ chaṭṭhāyatanassa sahajātaaññamaññanissayavippayuttaatthiavigatavasena chadhā paccayo hoti. Catumahābhūtarūpaṃ cakkhādīnaṃ pañcannaṃ paṭisandhiyaṃ, pavatte ca sahajātanissayaatthiavigatapaccayehi catudhā paccayo hoti. Rūpajīvitindriyaṃ pana indriyaatthiavigatavasena tividhā. Tathā āhāro āhāratthiavigatavasena. So ca āhārūpajīvīnaṃ pavatteyeva, no paṭisandhiyaṃ. Tāni pana pañca cakkhāyatanādīni pañcaviññāṇasaṅkhātassa chaṭṭhassa manāyatanassa nissayapurejātaindriyavippayuttaatthiavigatavasena chadhā paccayā honti pavatteyeva, no paṭisandhiyaṃ. Tathā pañcaviññāṇavirahitamanāyatanassa vatthurūpaṃ nissayapurejātavippayuttaatthiavigatavasena pañcadhā paccayo hotīti. Evaṃ rūpameva chaṭṭhāyatanassa, saḷāyatanassa ca paccayo hotīti veditabbaṃ. Khandhattayavatthurūpasaṅkhātaṃ pana nāmarūpaṃ chaṭṭhāyatanassa paṭisandhiyaṃ sahajātaaññamaññanissayasampayuttavippayuttavipākaatthiavigatādivasena yathārahaṃ paccayo hotīti. Evaṃ nāmañca rūpañca nāmarūpañca yathārahaṃ chaṭṭhāyatanassa, saḷāyatanassa ca paccayo hotīti veditabbaṃ.
于“以六处为缘而有触”的段落中,第六处有异熟与非异熟之别,于一切处对相应的触,以俱生等方式,以九种或八种方式为缘。眼处等五处,在转起时,依次对眼触等五种触,以依止、前生、根、不相应、有、不离去缘,以六种方式为缘;色处等五处,对他们则以所缘、前生、有、不离去缘,以三种方式为缘。而意触,则他们与法所缘同以所缘、增上等方式,以多种方式为缘。如是,当知第六处与六处,对六种触亦成为缘。显示巴利原文
Saḷāyatanapaccayā phassapade pana chaṭṭhāyatanaṃ vipākaṃ, avipākañca sabbattha sampayuttaphassassa sahajātādivasena navadhā, aṭṭhadhā vā paccayo hoti. Cakkhāyatanādīni pañca yathākkamaṃ pavatte cakkhusamphassādīnaṃ pañcannaṃ nissayapurejātaindriyavippayuttaatthiavigatavasena chadhā, rūpāyatanādīni pañca tesaṃ ārammaṇapurejātaatthiavigatavasena tidhā. Manosamphassassa pana tāni, dhammārammaṇañca tathā ca ārammaṇādhipatimattena cāti bahudhā paccayā honti. Evaṃ chaṭṭhāyatanañca saḷāyatanañca chabbidhassāpi phassassa paccayo hotīti veditabbaṃ.
于“以触为缘而有受”的段落中,一切触对俱生之受,以俱生、相互、依止、异熟、食、相应、有、不离去缘,以八种或七种方式为缘;对非俱生之受,则唯以亲依止缘的方式为缘。显示巴利原文
Phassapaccayā vedanāpade sabbopi phasso sahajātānaṃ vedanānaṃ sahajātaaññamaññanissayavipākaāhārasampayuttaatthiavigatavasena aṭṭhadhā, sattadhā vā paccayo hoti, asahajātānaṃ upanissayavasenevāti.
于“以受为缘而有渴爱”的段落中,异熟受对随眠所系之渴爱,以亲依止缘及俱生等方式为缘。然而,因为:显示巴利原文
Vedanāpaccayā taṇhāpade vipākavedanā anusayapatitāya taṇhāya upanissayavasena, sahajātādivasena ca paccayo hoti. Yasmā pana –
Dukkhī sukhaṃ patthayati, sukhī bhiyyopi icchati; Upekkhā pana santattā, sukhamicceva bhāsitā; Taṇhāya paccayā tasmā, honti tissopi vedanāti. (visuddhi. 2.644);
在“以渴爱为缘而有取”一节中,非俱生的渴爱对四种取,以亲依止缘及无间等缘的方式成为缘;俱生的渴爱对除欲取之外的三种取,则依因缘、俱生缘、相互缘、依止缘、相应缘、有缘、不离去缘,以七种方式成为缘。显示巴利原文
Taṇhāpaccayā upādānapade taṇhā asahajātā catunnampi upādānānaṃ upanissayavasena ceva anantarādivasena ca, sahajātā pana kāmupādānavajjitānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ hetusahajāta aññamaññanissayasampayuttaatthiavigatavasena sattadhā paccayo hoti.
在“以取为缘而有有”一节中,四种取对非俱生的一切业有与生有,唯以亲依止缘的方式成为缘;对俱生的业有,则以因缘、俱生缘等方式成为缘。显示巴利原文
Upādānapaccayā bhavapade catubbidhampi upādānaṃ asahajātassa sabbakammabhavassa ceva upapattibhavassa ca upanissayavaseneva paccayo hoti, sahajātassa pana kammabhavassa hetusahajātādivasena paccayo hoti.
在“以有为缘而有生”一节中,这里所说的“有”即指业有;业有对生,依业缘与亲依止缘,以两种方式成为缘。显示巴利原文
Bhavapaccayā jātipade bhavoti kammabhavova adhippeto, so ca jātiyā kammapaccayaupanissayapaccayavasena dvidhā paccayo hoti.
在“以生为缘而有老死等”的语句中,生对于老死以及愁等,仅仅是依其存在而存在,按照经教的方式,仅以亲依止缘的程度而成为缘——这便是此处缘的方式。显示巴利原文
Jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇādipade jāti pana jarāmaraṇānaṃ, sokādīnañca tabbhāvabhāvībhāvamattato suttantikanayena upanissayakoṭiyāva paccayo hotīti ayaṃ tāvettha paccayanayo.
然而,这些无明等十二法,正因为如此以缘与缘生的关系彼此相连,不依其他而独立地无间断、无始地流转,所以它们远离了其他所施设的作者——诸如梵天等作者,或自性、极微、时节等因,或以作者、受者形相被他人所计执的自我。这些法不是自我,不居于自我中,不拥有自我;它们空于自我,或空于我所,或空于恒常性,或空于美妙性,或空于乐性——这便是空于作者等。显示巴利原文
Kārakādīhi suññato panete avijjādayo dvādasa dhammā yasmā evaṃ paccayapaccayuppannabhāvena aññamaññaṃ paṭibaddhā aññanirapekkhā hutvā avicchinnā anādikā pavattanti, tasmā tato aññena brahmādinā kārakena, pakatiaṇukālādihetunā vā kārakavedakarūpena paraparikappitena attanā vā rahitā. Na cete attā, na attani, na attavanto, suññā ete attena vā attaniyena vā dhuvabhāvena vā subhabhāvena vā sukhabhāvena vāti ayaṃ kārakādīhi suññatā.
关于根、时、连结、略说、行相、轮转的分别:于此,首先应知无明与渴爱二法为根。于时,应知无明与行二支为过去时,识等至有之间的八支为现在时,生与老死二支为未来时,如此为三时。于连结,应知行与结生识之间是一因果连结,受与渴爱之间是一果因连结,有与生之间是一因果连结,如此应知三连结。于略说,依连结的首尾所确定而有四略说,即:无明与行为一略说,识、名色、六处、触、受为第二略说,渴爱、取、有為第三略说,生、老死为第四略说,如此应知四略说。显示巴利原文
Mūladdhasandhisaṅkhepākāravaṭṭavibhāgatoti ettha mūlato tāva avijjā, taṇhā cāti dve dhammā mūlanti veditabbā. Addhato panettha avijjā, saṅkhārāti dve aṅgāni atīto addhā, viññāṇādīni bhavāvasānāni aṭṭha paccuppanno addhā, jāti ceva jarāmaraṇañcāti dve anāgato addhāti tayo addhā veditabbā. Sandhito pana saṅkhārānaṃ, paṭisandhiviññāṇassa ca antarā eko hetuphalasandhi, vedanāya ca taṇhāya ca antarā eko phalahetusandhi, bhavassa ca jātiyā ca antarā eko hetuphalasandhi cāti tayo sandhī veditabbā. Saṅkhepato pana sandhīnaṃ ādipariyosānavavatthitā cattāro saṅkhepā honti. Seyyathidaṃ – avijjāsaṅkhārā eko saṅkhepo, viññāṇanāmarūpasaḷāyatanaphassavedanā dutiyo, taṇhupādānabhavā tatiyo, jātijarāmaraṇāni catutthoti evaṃ cattāro saṅkhepā veditabbā.
就行相而言,此中:显示巴利原文
Ākārato panettha –
Atīte hetuyo pañca, idāni phalapañcakaṃ; Idāni hetuyo pañca, āyatiṃ phalapañcakanti. –
如是,则有二十行相。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vīsati ākārā honti.
此中,以自性而说的无明与行,由于摄取了它们,与其不相离的渴爱、取、有也被摄取,这五法称为过去因;以自性而说的识等五法,称为现在果五法;以自性而说的渴爱、取、有,由于摄取了它们,与其不相离的无明与行也被摄取,这五法称为现在因;以生等名称而说的识等五法,称为未来果五法。应当如是了知二十行相。在轮转中,这里的行与有属于业轮转,无明、渴爱、取属于烦恼轮转,其余属于果报轮转,如此有三轮转。只要那些烦恼轮转尚未被圣道所断除,此有轮便会持续流转。这便是此处对根、时、连结、略说、行相及轮转的分别。显示巴利原文
Ettha hi sarūpato vuttā avijjāsaṅkhārā, tesaṃ gahaṇena tadavinābhāvato gahitā taṇhupādānabhavāti ime pañca dhammā atīte hetuyo nāma, sarūpato vuttā viññāṇādayo pañca dhammā idāni phalapañcakaṃ nāma, sarūpato pana vuttā taṇhupādānabhavā, tesaṃ gahaṇena tadavinābhāvato gahitā avijjāsaṅkhārāti ime pañca idāni hetuyo nāma. Jātiādiapadesena vuttā viññāṇādayo pañca dhammā āyatiṃ phalapañcakaṃ nāmāti evaṃ vīsati ākārā veditabbā. Vaṭṭato panettha saṅkhārabhavā kammavaṭṭaṃ, avijjātaṇhupādānā kilesavaṭṭaṃ, sesāni vipākavaṭṭanti tīṇi vaṭṭāni honti. Yāva ca tesu kilesavaṭṭaṃ ariyamaggena na upacchijjati, tāva idaṃ bhavacakkaṃ anupacchinnaṃ pavattatīti ayamettha mūladdhasandhisaṅkhepākāravaṭṭavibhāgo.
就遮止与譬喻来说:此中,先就遮止而言——“以无明为缘而有行”是遮止无因见与不平等因见;“以行为缘而有识”是遮止断灭见与自我转移见;“以识为缘而有名色”是遮止对计执为自我的事物的分别见,由此遮止密集想;而“以名色为缘而有六处”等,则是遮止如是之见:“自我见……乃至……自我识知、触、受、渴爱、取、有、生、老、死”。这便是此处对邪见的遮止。显示巴利原文
Vāraṇopamatoti ettha vāraṇato tāva – ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’ti idamahetukavisamahetukadassananivāraṇaṃ, ‘‘saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇa’’nti ucchedaattasaṅkantidassananivāraṇaṃ, ‘‘viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpa’’nti attāti parikappitavatthubhedadassanato ghanasaññānivāraṇaṃ, ‘‘nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatana’’ntiādi attā passati…pe… vijānāti phusati, vedayati, taṇhiyati, upādiyati, bhavati, jāyati, jīyati, mīyatīti evamādidassananivāraṇanti idamettha micchādassananivāraṇaṃ.
在此譬喻中:无明犹如盲人,行如其踉跄,识如其跌倒,名色如由此而生起的肿物,六处如肿物破裂所形成的疮口,触如疮口受到碰触,受如由此引生的痛苦,渴爱如对消除痛苦的渴望,取如执取不适宜之物,有如涂抹不适宜之物,生如由此引发的肿物变异显现,老死如该变异彻底破裂。或者,从遮蔽如实见等角度而言,这些无明等法亦应了知为如眼翳等譬喻。这便是此处的譬喻。显示巴利原文
Upamāto panettha andho viya avijjā, tassa upakkhalanaṃ viya saṅkhārā, patanaṃ viya viññāṇaṃ, tena gaṇḍapātubhāvo viya nāmarūpaṃ, tassa gaṇḍabhedapīḷakā viya saḷāyatanaṃ, tassa saṅghaṭṭanaṃ viya phasso, tajjanitadukkhaṃ viya vedanā, dukkhassa paṭikārābhilāso viya taṇhā, asappāyaggahaṇaṃ viya upādānaṃ, asappāyālepanaṃ viya bhavo, tena gaṇḍavikārapātubhāvo viya jāti, tabbikārabhedo viya jarāmaraṇaṃ. Yathāsabhāvadassananivāraṇādito vā ete avijjādayo akkhipaṭalādi upamāhipi veditabbāti ayamettha upamā.
关于甚深与理趣的分别:此处,首先应知这些无明等法各自具足法甚深、义甚深、教说甚深与通达甚深。这些无明等法,以何种行相、何种状态而成为行等果的缘,其缘义因难以通达而甚深,这便是此处的‘法甚深’。所谓‘法’即是因,如说:‘于因的智是法无碍解’。老死等果,由生等缘而生起、集起之义,因难以通达而甚深,这便是‘义甚深’。所谓‘义’即是果,如说:‘于因果的智是义无碍解’。那些因与果,以种种行相无颠倒地加以教说,唯是一切知智的境域,故为甚深,这便是‘教说甚深’。这些无明、行等的无见、造作等自性,因劣慧者难以通达而甚深,这便是‘通达甚深’。以上是此处的甚深分别。显示巴利原文
Gambhīranayabhedatoti ettha gambhīrabhedo tāva imesaṃ avijjādīnaṃ paccekaṃ dhammatthadesanāpaṭivedhagambhīratā veditabbā. Ime hi avijjādayo dhammā yenākārena yadavatthā ca saṅkhārādīnaṃ phalānaṃ paccayā honti, so nesaṃ paccayaṭṭho duravabodhato gambhīroti ayamettha dhammagambhīratā. Dhammoti hetu ‘‘hetumhi ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā’’ti (vibha. 720) vacanato. Jarāmaraṇādīnaṃ phalānaṃ jātiādīhi paccayehi sambhūtasamudāgataṭṭho duravabodhato gambhīroti ayaṃ atthagambhīratā. Atthoti phalaṃ ‘‘hetuphale ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā’’ti (vibha. 720) vacanato. Tesaṃ pana hetūnaṃ, phalānañca tena tenākārena aviparītato desanāpi sabbaññutaññāṇasseva gocarato gambhīrāti ayaṃ desanāgambhīratā. Yo panesaṃ avijjāsaṅkhārādīnaṃ adassanāyūhanādisabhāvo, so mandapaññehi duppariyogāhattā gambhīroti ayaṃ paṭivedhagambhīratāti ayamettha gambhīrabhedo.
于理趣分别,此处应知:依一性理趣、差异性理趣、无作用理趣、法如性理趣此四种义理趣而了知。其中,‘以无明为缘而有行,以行为缘而有识’,如此犹如种子经由芽等阶段而成就树木一般,相续不断,此即名为‘一性理趣’。正见者由因果关联而了知相续不断,故能断除断见;邪见者则对依因果关联而转起的相续不断执取为一性,故执取常见。显示巴利原文
Nayabhedo panettha ekattanayo nānattanayo abyāpāranayo evaṃdhammatānayoti imesaṃ catunnaṃ atthanayānaṃ vasena veditabbo. Tattha hi ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇa’’nti evaṃ bījassa aṅkurādibhāvena rukkhabhāvappatti viya santānānupacchedo ekattanayo nāma. Yaṃ sammā passanto hetuphalasambandhena santānānupacchedāvabodhato ucchedadiṭṭhiṃ pajahati, micchā passanto hetuphalasambandhena pavattamānassa santānānupacchedassa ekattaggahaṇato sassatadiṭṭhiṃ upādiyati.
然而,对无明等诸法各自特征的确定,称为差异性理趣。正见者由观见新生起而断除常见;邪见者对于同一相续中已生起者,执取其差异性如同相续已断灭一般,故执取断见。显示巴利原文
Avijjādīnaṃ pana yathāsakaṃ lakkhaṇavavatthānaṃ nānattanayo nāma. Yaṃ sammā passanto navanavānaṃ uppādadassanato sassatadiṭṭhiṃ pajahati, micchā passanto ekasantānapatitassa bhinnasantānasseva nānattaggahaṇato ucchedadiṭṭhiṃ upādiyati.
于无明中,并无“诸行应由我生起”或“诸行之识属于我们”等所施设的作用,这称为无作用理。正确地观察此理者,由于了知没有作者而断除我见;错误地观察者,由于不执取无明等虽无作用、其因性却依自性法则而成立的事实,便执取无作用见。显示巴利原文
Avijjāya pana ‘‘saṅkhārā mayā uppādetabbā, saṅkhārānaṃ vā viññāṇaṃ amhehī’’ti evamādibyāpārābhāvo abyāpāranayo nāma. Yaṃ sammā passantokārakassa abhāvāvabodhato attadiṭṭhiṃ pajahati, micchā passanto yo asatipi byāpāre avijjādīnaṃ sabhāvaniyamasiddho hetubhāvo, tassa aggahaṇato akiriyadiṭṭhiṃ upādiyati.
由无明等因,唯诸行等生起,如由乳等生酪等,而非其他,这称为法性理。正确地观察此理者,由依缘相应而了知果报,断除无因见及无作用见;错误地观察者,不执取依缘相应的果报生起,却执取无论何处、何种法都无有生起,从而执取无因见及决定论。这是此处的理趣分别。应如此了知此离文抉择。显示巴利原文
Avijjādīhi pana kāraṇehi saṅkhārādīnaṃyeva sambhavo khīrādīhi dadhiādīnaṃ viya, na aññesanti ayaṃ evaṃdhammatānayo nāma. Yaṃ sammā passanto paccayānurūpato phalāvabodhato ahetukadiṭṭhiṃ, akiriyadiṭṭhiñca pajahati, micchā passanto paccayānurūpaṃ phalappavattiṃ aggahetvā yato kutoci yassa kassaci asambhavaggahaṇato ahetukadiṭṭhiṃ ceva niyatavādañca upādiyatīti ayamettha nayabhedoti evaṃ vijānīyo pāḷimuttavinicchayo.
念处分别论母义释显示巴利原文
Satipaṭṭhānavibhaṅgamātikatthavaṇṇanā
就《念处分别》的论母义释而言,先明义理:“四”是数目限定,由此显示不少于此数,也不多于此数。“念处”一词在此有二义:念的所缘境与念本身。在“诸比丘,我将宣说四念处的集起与灭没”等经文中,念的所缘境被称为“念处”:依此而安立,故名为处;安立者为何?是念。念的处所,即是念处。或者,努力之处为处,念的处所即念处。而在“四念处修习多作,能圆满七觉支”等经文中,则指念本身:安立故为处,即现起、进入、跃入而转起之义。念本身以处之义而为念处。或者,念以忆念为义,它以现起为义而成为处,故是念处,此是此处所取之义。既然如此,为何用复数“念处”?因为念有多种。由于所缘的差别,那些念是众多的。显示巴利原文
Satipaṭṭhānavibhaṅgamātikāya pana atthato tāva – cattāroti gaṇanaparicchedo, tena na tato heṭṭhā, na uddhanti dīpeti. Satipaṭṭhānāti ettha dve satipaṭṭhānā satigocaropi satipi. ‘‘Catunnaṃ, bhikkhave, satipaṭṭhānānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca desessāmī’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 5.408) hi satigocaro ‘‘satipaṭṭhāna’’nti vuccati, tassattho patiṭṭhāti tasminti paṭṭhānaṃ, kā patiṭṭhāti? Sati. Satiyā paṭṭhānaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ. Padhānaṃ ṭhānanti vā paṭṭhānaṃ, satiyā paṭṭhānaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvitā bahulīkatā satta bojjhaṅge paripūrentī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.147) pana sati. Tassattho patiṭṭhātīti paṭṭhānaṃ, upaṭṭhāti okkantitvā pakkhanditvā pavattatīti attho. Satiyeva paṭṭhānatthena satipaṭṭhānaṃ. Atha vā saraṇaṭṭhena sati, sā ca upaṭṭhānaṭṭhena paṭṭhānanti satipaṭṭhānaṃ, idamidha adhippetaṃ. Yadi evaṃ, kasmā satipaṭṭhānāti bahuvacanaṃ kataṃ? Satiyā bahuttā. Ārammaṇabhedena hi bahukā tā satiyo.
“于此”指在此教法中,以此表明:能依内等种种行相而生起四十二种念处的补特伽罗,其所依止正是此教法,而非其他教法。正如经中所说:“诸比丘,唯于此有沙门……其他外道沙门之中,则空无沙门。”显示巴利原文
Idhāti imasmiṃ sāsane, tena ajjhattādivasena sabbappakāracatucattālīsavidhasatipaṭṭhānanibbattakassa puggalassa nissayabhūtaṃ sāsanameva, nāññaṃ sāsananti dīpeti. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ ‘‘idheva, bhikkhave, samaṇo…pe… suññā parappavādā samaṇehi aññehī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.214; ma. ni. 1.139; a. ni. 4.241).
“比丘”,意为观见轮回中怖畏者。由此显示:虽然世尊在天界安坐宣说念处时,除了天众之外并无一位比丘在场,但无论是天、是人、在家人或出家人,只要能正观轮回中的怖畏,依所教导而修行,即可名为比丘,而非其他。正如所说:“即使身着庄严……”显示巴利原文
Bhikkhūti saṃsāre bhayaṃ ikkhanako. Tena kiñcāpi bhagavato devaloke nisīditvā satipaṭṭhānaṃ desentassa santike devagaṇaṃ muñcitvā ekabhikkhupi nisinno nāma natthi, tathāpi devo vā hotu manusso vā gahaṭṭho vā pabbajito vā, saṃsāre bhayanti sammā ikkhamāno yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjamānova bhikkhu nāma hoti, nāññoti dasseti. Yathāha ‘‘alaṅkato cepī’’ti (dha. pa. 142).
“内”是指自身之内。“身”:此处有可厌者(毛发等)来集,故称为“来处”,所以可厌者来集之处名为身。又或,依肢体与毛发等的集合义,也名为身,即指色身,也就是自己的身体。“随观身者”指具有随观身习性的人。在说“于身”之后,再说“随观身者”,这第二次提及“身”,是为了显示:“如此,并不是在身中随观脱离肢体的单一法,也不是随观脱离毛发等的男女,也不是随观脱离四大与所造色的单一法,而是如同随观车的部件、城的部分、剖析芭蕉树干的人那样,依次随观肢体、毛发等四大与所造色的集合。”的确,此处除了所说的法集合之外,并不见有男女等或其他任何法。然而,愚者对于所说的法集合本身,以种种方式执取为净等邪执;而这位瑜伽行者却于其中唯是随观身者,也就是随观无常、苦、无我、不净。或者,在大念处中所说的入出息等十四种身,全部都是在此身中随观的,因此“于身随观身”等含义,也应如此理解。显示巴利原文
Ajjhattanti niyakajjhattaṃ. Kāyeti ettha āyanti tatoti āyo. Ke āyanti? Kucchitā kesādayo, iti kucchitānaṃ āyoti kāyo. Atha vā aṅgapaccaṅgānaṃ, kesādīnañca samūhaṭṭhenapi kāyo, rūpakāyo, tasmiṃ attano kāyeti attho. Kāyānupassīti kāyaṃ anupassanasīlo. ‘‘Kāye’’ti ca vatvā puna ‘‘kāyānupassī’’ti dutiyakāya-ggahaṇaṃ ‘‘evaṃ na kāye aṅgapaccaṅgavinimuttaekadhammānupassī, nāpi kesalomādivinimuttaitthipurisānupassī, na ca bhūtupādāyavinimuttaekadhammānupassī, atha kho rathasambhāranagarāvayavakadalikkhandhavibhāgānupassako viya yathākkamaṃ aṅgapaccaṅgakesādibhūtupādāyasamūhānupassī evā’’ti dassanatthaṃ kataṃ. Tathā hettha yathāvuttadhammasamūhavinimutto itthipurisādiko, añño vā koci dhammo na dissati, yathāvuttadhammasamūhamatteyeva pana bālā tathā tathā subhādito ca micchābhinivesaṃ karonti, ayaṃ pana yogī tattha kāyānupassī eva aniccadukkhaanattāsubhānupassī evāti vuttaṃ hoti. Atha vā yvāyaṃ mahāsatipaṭṭhāne assāsapassāsādiko cuddasavidho kāyo vutto, tassa sabbassa imasmiṃyeva kāye anupassanato ‘‘kāye kāyānupassī’’ti evamādināpi attho daṭṭhabbo.
“住”是指活动,意思是:在四种威仪中,用一种威仪截断由另一种威仪所带来的身体疲劳,维持自身不令堕失,使其持续转起。“于外身”是指在他人的身上。“于内外身”是指有时在自身,有时在他身。诚然,于内外身,在同一个刹那也可以生起身随观,但此处是就熟练业处者于前后转起之时而说。“炽然”是指具备摄持身心的精进。精进能烧尽烦恼,故称为“炽然”,而具有此精进者便名为“炽然”。“正知”指具备摄持身的正知。“具念”指具备摄持身的念。然而,由于他以念执持所缘后,以慧随观,并以精进不使中间停顿,因此为了显示那些以其威力成就此念处的法,而说“炽然、正知、具念”,应如此了知。显示巴利原文
Viharatīti iriyati, catūsu iriyāpathesu ekenāgataṃ sarīrabādhanaṃ aññena iriyāpathena vicchinditvā apatamānaṃ attabhāvaṃ harati, pavattetīti attho. Bahiddhā kāyeti parassa kāye. Ajjhattabahiddhā kāyeti kālena attano, kālena parassa kāye. Kālena hi ajjhattabahiddhākāyesupi ekasmiṃ khaṇe kāyānupassanā uppajjati, paguṇakammaṭṭhānassa pana aparāparaṃ sañcaraṇakālo ettha kathito. Ātāpīti kāyapariggāhakavīriyena vīriyavā. So hi yasmā kilesānaṃ ātāpanato ātāpo vuccati vīriyaṃ, so cassa atthi, tasmā ātāpīti vuccati. Sampajānoti kāyapariggāhakena sampajaññena samannāgato. Satimāti kāyapariggāhikāya satiyā samannāgato. Ayaṃ pana yasmā satiyā ārammaṇaṃ pariggahetvā paññāya anupassati, vīriyena ca antarā vosānaṃ nāpajjati, tasmā yesaṃ dhammānaṃ ānubhāvena taṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ sampajjati, tesaṃ dassanatthaṃ ‘‘ātāpī sampajāno satimā’’ti idaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
如是,在说明了身随观念处及俱行支之后,为了说明断除支,故说「应调伏世间的贪欲与忧恼」。此中,「应调伏」即是以分断调伏或镇伏调伏而调伏。「世间」:即前述有内等差别的身,此身正是以坏与变坏之义名为世间。然而在《分别》中,由于在色身上被舍断的贪欲等,在受等之中也同样被舍断,故说五取蕴为「世间」。在此世间中,应调伏名为贪欲与忧恼的欲贪与瞋恚,此为句义。又当知,藉由显示此二强力法(欲贪与瞋恚)在诸盖中的断除,其余诸盖的断除也就被说出了。特别地,此处由调伏贪欲与忧恼,依次说明了断除以身的成办与失坏为根源的随顺与违逆、断除对自我之欣乐与不乐修不净想等、以及断除施设不实之德与起不实之怨咎;由此,显示了瑜伽行者在瑜伽上修习所生之果,以及瑜伽的能力。显示巴利原文
Iti kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ, sampayogaṅgañca dassetvā idāni pahānaṅgaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassa’’nti vuttaṃ. Tattha vineyyāti tadaṅgavinayena vā vikkhambhanavinayena vā vinayitvā. Loketi yvāyaṃ ajjhattādibhedo kāyo vutto, sveva idha lujjanapalujjanaṭṭhena loko nāma. Vibhaṅge pana yasmā rūpakāye pahīnaabhijjhādayo vedanādīsupi pahīyanti eva, tasmā pañcapi upādānakkhandhā ‘‘loko’’ti vuttaṃ. Tasmiṃ loke abhijjhādomanassasaṅkhātaṃ kāmacchandabyāpādaṃ vineyyāti sambandho. Imassa ca nīvaraṇesu balavadhammadvayassa pahānadassanena sesanīvaraṇānampi pahānaṃ vuttaṃyevāti veditabbaṃ. Visesena cettha abhijjhādomanassavinayena yathākkamaṃ kāyasampattivipattimūlānaṃ anurodhavirodhānaṃ, attaabhiratitadasubhākārādibhāvanānabhiratīnaṃ, abhūtaguṇapakkhepabhūtadosāpanayanānañca pahānaṃ vuttaṃ, tena yogāvacarassa yogānubhāvanibbattaphalaṃ, yogasamatthatā ca dīpitā hoti.
在「于内受……」等句中的「内」等,也应当依照前述之理来理解。然而在此处,「受」是指三种世间受,心与法也是如此,它们的详细分类将在《分别》的理路中变得明了。此处只须说明这样的理路:如何随观受等而成为受随观者。即:于受中,应随观乐受为苦,随观苦受如刺,随观其余受(舍受)为无常。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Ajjhattaṃ vedanāsūtiādīsupi ajjhattādīni vuttanayena veditabbāni. Ettha pana vedanāti tisso vedanā lokiyā, tathā cittaṃ, dhammā ca, tesaṃ vibhāgo vibhaṅganaye āvi bhavissati. Kevalaṃ panettha yathā vedanādayo anupassanto vedanādianupassī nāma hoti, so nayo dassetabbo. Seyyathidaṃ – vedanāsu tāva sukhā vedanā dukkhato, dukkhā sallato, itarā ca aniccato anupassitabbā. Yathāha –
‘‘Yo sukhaṃ dukkhato adda, dukkhamaddakkhi sallato; Adukkhamasukhaṃ santaṃ, addakkhi naṃ aniccato’’ti (saṃ. ni. 4.253; itivu. 53).
由于“凡所感受,皆是苦”这句教导,一切受都应被随观为苦。然而,这样随观的人,无论是依无常等七种随观来随观,还是审察“谁感受此受?此受是谁的?此受因何而生?”之后,随观“并没有任何众生等在感受,此受不属于任何众生等,只是依处、所缘等因缘而生起”——这样的人,都名为受随观者。或者,在乐受等生起的刹那,由于苦受等并未生起,而随观“无常、不坚、变易法”,这样的人也名为受随观者。依同样的理趣,遵循巴利的思路,对其余心与法的随观方式也应了知。特别地,这里应知:于心随观无常,于法随观无我,这样随观的人,即称为心随观者与法随观者。其余部分容易理解。这便是此处的义理。显示巴利原文
Sabbā eva etā dukkhato anupassitabbā ‘‘yaṃ kiñci vedayitaṃ, taṃ dukkhasminti vadāmī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 4.259) vacanato. Evaṃ anupassanto pana aniccādisattānupassanāvasena vā anupassantopi ‘‘imaṃ vedanaṃ ko vedayati, kassāyaṃ vedanā, kiṃ kāraṇāyaṃ vedanā’’ti upaparikkhitvā ‘‘na koci sattādiko vedayati, na kesañci sattādīnaṃ vedanā, vatthārammaṇādikāraṇā panāyaṃ vedanā uppajjatī’’ti anupassantopi vedanānupassī nāma hoti. Atha vā sukhādīnaṃ uppattikkhaṇe dukkhādīnaṃ asambhavā aniccā addhuvā vipariṇāmadhammāti evaṃ vā anupassanto vedanānupassī nāma hoti. Imināva nayena pāḷinayānusārena sesacittadhammānampi anupassanākāro veditabbo. Visesato panettha cittesu aniccatāvasena, dhammesu anattatāvasena ca anupassanto cittānupassī, dhammānupassī ca nāma hotīti veditabbaṃ. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva. Ayaṃ tāvettha padattho.
然而,这里并没有法的区分。从念的行相而言,念唯是一,只是由于所缘的不同,才说为“四念处”。显示巴利原文
Dhammabhedo panettha natthi, saraṇavasena ca ekāva sati ārammaṇavasena ‘‘cattāro satipaṭṭhānā’’ti vuttāti.
依《分别论》的方法,首先在经分别中,于内身、外身、内外身,依头发等部分的修习,详细阐述了第一念处。同样地,于内等各别依有肉与无肉,以及乐、苦、不苦不乐受的二种,详细阐述了第二念处;依有贪、离贪、有瞋、离瞋、有痴、离痴、收缩、散乱、广大、不广大、有上、无上、等持、不等持、解脱、不解脱的十六种差别而了知心,详细阐述了第三念处;依五盖与七觉支,从生起与不生起、生起与舍断、已舍断与随护、修习与圆满之因以及等持等角度,详细阐述了第四念处。这是经分别的方法。显示巴利原文
Vibhaṅganayato panettha suttantabhājanīye tāva ajjhattabahiddhātadubhayakāye kesādikoṭṭhāsabhāvanāvasena paṭhamaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ vitthāritaṃ. Tathā ajjhattādīsu paccekaṃ sāmisanirāmisavasena duvidhānaṃ sukhadukkhaadukkhamasukhavedanānaṃ vasena dutiyaṃ, sarāgavītarāgasadosavītadosasamohavītamohasaṃkhittavikkhittamahaggataamahaggatasauttarānuttarasamāhitāsamāhitavimuttāvimuttabhedato soḷasavidhehi cittapajānanavasena tatiyaṃ, pañcanīvaraṇānaṃ, sattabojjhaṅgānañca sambhavāsambhavauppādapahānapahīnānuppattibhāvanāpāripūrihetujjhānavasena catutthaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ vitthāritaṃ. Ayaṃ suttantabhājanīyanayo.
而在阿毗达摩分别中,先列出「四念处。于此,比丘于身随观身而住,于受……乃至……于法随观法而住」的论母;接着,在详释《法集论》所说理路的八种出世间心时,唯以与之相应的念而作详细分别。显示巴利原文
Abhidhammabhājanīye pana tāva ‘‘cattāro satipaṭṭhānā. Idha bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati vedanāsu…pe… dhammesu dhammānupassī viharatī’’ti (vibha. 380) evaṃ mātikaṃ ṭhapetvā dhammasaṅgaṇiyaṃ vuttanayassa vitthāresu aṭṭhasu lokuttaracittesu sampayuttasativaseneva vitthārato vibhattā.
在问答理路中,也以「四念处中几是善……乃至……几是无瞋?」而分别:「或是善,或是不善无记……乃至……唯是无所缘非有所缘,唯是无杂染非有杂染……乃至……唯是无上与无瞋」,如此仅依出世间而加以分别。因为正等正觉者唯在经文分别中,开示了混合世间与出世间的念处;而在阿毗达摩分别与问答中,则唯指出世间。其中,世间(念处)仅能在不同的心中生起,因为以另一心执取身,以另一心执取受等。然而出世间(念处)则在道刹那的同一心中具足四者。因为在道心刹那,所缘是涅槃,同一念由执行断除净、乐、常、我颠倒之作用,以及成就四业用(四作用)之故,而获得四者之名。此为这里的分别理路。显示巴利原文
Pañhāpucchakanayepi catunnaṃ satipaṭṭhānānaṃ kati kusalā…pe… kati araṇā? Siyā kusalā, siyā abyākatā…pe… anupādinnaanupādāniyāva, asaṃkiliṭṭhaasaṃkilesikāva…pe… anidassanaappaṭighāva. Na hetū ahetukāva…pe… anuttarā araṇāvāti lokuttaravaseneva vibhattā. Sammāsambuddhena hi suttantabhājanīyasmiññeva lokiyalokuttaramissakā satipaṭṭhānā kathitā, abhidhammabhājanīyapañhāpucchakesu pana lokuttarāyeva. Tesu ca lokiyā nānācittesu eva labbhanti. Aññeneva hi cittena kāyaṃ paggaṇhanti, aññena vedanādayoti. Lokuttarā pana cattāropi maggakkhaṇe ekacitteyeva labbhanti. Ekasmiñhi maggacittakkhaṇe ārammaṇato nibbānārammaṇā ekāva sati kāyādīsu subhasukhaniccaattavipallāsasamucchedakatāya catukiccasādhanaṭṭhena cattāripi nāmāni labhatīti ayamettha vibhaṅganayo.
于念处之次第,以及不减不增;
应知巴利之外的理趣,于此希求善巧。
显示巴利原文 Kamato satipaṭṭhāne, anūnādhikatopi ca; Pāḷimuttanayo ñeyyo, tattha kosallamicchatā.
此中,关于次第,首先这也是宣说的次第,而它也是依粗与不粗而说的。因为在这些(念处)中,色业处是粗的,故先说身随观。其次是无色业处。于其中,体验所缘而生起的受是粗的,故紧接着是受随观;了别所缘的识是粗的,故是心随观;当心粗显时,依止于心的微细法也变得粗显,故最后说法随观。以上便是此处的次第。显示巴利原文
Tattha kamato tāva ayampi desanākkamova, sopi pākaṭāpākaṭavasena vutto. Imāsu hi rūpakammaṭṭhānaṃ pākaṭanti paṭhamaṃ kāyānupassanā vuttā. Tato arūpakammaṭṭhānaṃ. Tatthāpi ārammaṇaṃ anubhavantī uppajjamānā vedanā pākaṭāti anantarā vedanānupassanā, tato ārammaṇaṃ vijānantaṃ viññāṇaṃ pākaṭanti cittānupassanā, citte pākaṭe tannissitā sukhumāpi dhammā pākaṭā hontīti ante dhammānupassanā vuttā. Ayaṃ tāvettha kamo.
关于“不多不少”:然而,这里为何世尊说四念处是“不多”、“不少”呢?这是为了对治贪行、见行、止乘者、观乘者中,依钝根与利根而分为两类所行的清净道。对于钝根贪行者,粗的身随观念处是清净道;对于利根者,细的受随观念处是清净道。对于钝根见行者,未过于分别的心随观念处是清净道;对于利根者,过于分别的法随观念处是清净道。对于钝根止乘者,不费力即可证得所缘的第一念处是清净道;对于利根者,第二念处是清净道。对于钝根观乘者,第三念处是清净道;对于利根者,第四念处是清净道。如此,随应度化者的意乐而说了四种。或者,为了断除净、乐、常、我、有身之颠倒想,也为了断除四暴流、四轭、四漏、四缚、四取、四非行,以及为了遍知四种食,而只说了四种,不多不少。这就是此处“不多不少”的含义。应当如此了知论藏之外的解释方法。显示巴利原文
Anūnādhikatoti ettha pana kasmā bhagavatā cattārova satipaṭṭhānā vuttā, anūnā anadhikāti? Taṇhācaritadiṭṭhicaritasamathayānikavipassanāyānikānaṃ mandatikkhavasena dvidhā pavattānaṃ visuddhimaggavasena. Mandassa hi taṇhācaritassa oḷārikaṃ kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ visuddhimaggo, tikkhassa sukhumaṃ vedanānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ, diṭṭhicaritassāpi mandassa nātippabhedagataṃ cittānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ, tikkhassa atippabhedagataṃ dhammānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ visuddhimaggo. Samathayānikassa ca mandassa akicchena adhigantabbanimittaṃ paṭhamaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ visuddhimaggo, tikkhassa dutiyaṃ, vipassanāyānikassāpi mandassa tatiyaṃ, tikkhassa catutthaṃ visuddhimaggoti veneyyajjhāsayato cattāro vuttā. Subhasukhaniccaattabhāvavipallāsappahānatthaṃ vā caturoghayogāsavaganthaupādānaagatippahānatthampi catubbidhāhārapariññatthañca cattārova vuttā, anūnā anadhikāti ayamettha anūnādhikatā. Evaṃ pāḷimuttanayo ñeyyo.
正勤分别论母义释显示巴利原文
Sammappadhānavibhaṅgamātikatthavaṇṇanā
正勤分别论母义释:首先从含义上说——正勤即方便勤、因勤。由于如理地勤修,故为最上的勤,亦即勤精进。此处“比丘”指在此教法中行道之比丘。“未生”指未产生的。“恶”指低劣的。“不善法”指由不善巧所生之法。“为令不生”指为了不产生的目的。“生起欲”指生起、产生称为“欲作”的善欲。“精进”指作加行、努力。“发勤精进”指作身、心精进。“策励心”指以与彼俱生的精进举起心。“勤”指作勤精进。然而,依顺序,这四句都应结合精进的习行、修习、多作与相续来理解。显示巴利原文
Sammappadhānavibhaṅgamātikāya pana atthato tāva – sammappadhānāti kāraṇappadhānā upāyappadhānā. Yoniso padahanato paramaṃ dhānaṃ padhānaṃ, padhānavīriyānīti attho. Idha bhikkhūti imasmiṃ sāsane paṭipannako bhikkhu. Anuppannānanti anibbattānaṃ. Pāpakānanti lāmakānaṃ. Akusalānaṃ dhammānanti akosallasambhūtānaṃ dhammānaṃ. Anuppādāyāti na uppādanatthāya. Chandaṃ janetīti kattukamyatāsaṅkhātaṃ kusalacchandaṃ janeti uppādeti. Vāyamatīti payogaṃ parakkamaṃ karoti. Vīriyaṃ ārabhatīti kāyikacetasikavīriyaṃ karoti. Cittaṃ paggaṇhātīti teneva sahajātavīriyena cittaṃ ukkhipati. Padahatīti padhānavīriyaṃ karoti. Paṭipāṭiyā panetāni cattāripi padāni vīriyasseva āsevanābhāvanābahulīkammasātaccakiriyāhi yojetabbāni.
“已生”指已进入不可称为“未生”之状态者。“为断除”指为了断除的目的。“未生之善法”指未产生的、由善巧所生之法。“为生起”指为了产生的目的。“已生”指已产生的。“为住立”指为了住立的目的。“为不忘失”指为了不失去的目的。“为倍复增长”指为了再三转起。“为广修”指为了广大的状态。“为修习”指为了增长。“为圆满”指为了完全圆满的目的。其余依文句,其义浅显易明。显示巴利原文
Uppannānanti anuppannāti avattabbataṃ āpannānaṃ. Pahānāyāti pajahanatthāya. Anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānanti anibbattānaṃ kosallasambhūtānaṃ dhammānaṃ. Uppādāyāti uppādanatthāya. Uppannānanti nibbattānaṃ. Ṭhitiyāti ṭhitatthāya. Asammosāyāti anassanatthaṃ. Bhiyyobhāvāyāti punappunaṃ bhavanāya. Vepullāyāti vipulabhāvāya. Bhāvanāyāti vaḍḍhiyā. Pāripūriyāti paripūraṇatthāya. Sesaṃ padato uttānameva.
然而,从含义上说,此处“未生之恶”等,应知烦恼的未生起,或是因未现行,或是因未经验所缘故。否则,在无始轮回中,并无所谓未生起的不善法。至于善法,则有以信敬三宝、观照等顺决择分之善等,亦有未生起者。即便它们过去曾生起,若一切众生过去皆已生起,则有早已漏尽之过失。唯有那些一向转起者才能成就。其中,有一类众生,于轮回业处、头陀支、定、观、新业处等其中之一,恒常精勤、努力、策励,他们从梵天界而来,因有爱而对烦恼未得习行,其烦恼便不现行;但若之后舍弃了轮回业处等而转为懈怠,并且依恶知识等而于烦恼得习行,便会依不如理作意与失念而生起。如是,当知烦恼的未生起,首先是因未现行为缘。显示巴利原文
Atthato panettha ‘‘anuppannānaṃ pāpakāna’’ntiādīsu asamudācāravasena vā ananubhūtārammaṇavasena vā kilesānaṃ anuppatti veditabbā. Aññathā hi anamatagge saṃsāre anuppannā akusaladhammā nāma natthi. Kusaladhammesu pana ratanattayappasādavipassanādivivaṭṭūpanissayakusalādivasena anuppannāpi atthi. Tesampi uppannapubbatte sati sabbasattānaṃ ito pubbe ca āsavakkhayappasaṅgato. Ekantappavattasādhakā tesaṃ. Tattha ekaccassa vattaganthadhutaṅgasamādhivipassanānavakammesu aññatarasmiṃ niccappayuttassa, ghaṭato, vāyamato ca brahmalokā āgatattā bhavavasena kilesesu aladdhāsevanassa sattassa kilesā na samudācaranti, aparabhāge panassa vattādīni vissajjetvā kusītassa carato ceva akalyāṇamittādito kilesesu laddhāsevanassa ca ayonisomanasikāraṃ, sativossaggañca āgamma uppajjanti. Evaṃ tāva asamudācāravasena kilesānaṃ anuppatti veditabbā.
然而,另有一类众生,在那(特定的)生中,获得了先前未曾经验、属于天界等类的可爱所缘;依于对此所缘的不如理作意及失念,烦恼便生起。若未能获得,则应知:正因所缘未曾经验,烦恼便不生起。显示巴利原文
Ekaccassa pana tasmiṃ attabhāve ananubhūtapubbaṃ dibbādibhedaṃ manāpiyaṃ ārammaṇaṃ labhitvā tattha ayonisomanasikārasativossagge āgamma kilesā uppajjanti, alabhitvā evaṃ ananubhūtārammaṇavasena kilesānaṃ anuppatti veditabbā.
在“已生之恶”中,有四种已生:依现在、过去、离去、已得缘、已得地而言。其分别已在《已生论》中说明。另有四种已生:依现行、已执取所缘、未镇伏、未断除而言。其中,只有现在正转起者,名为现行已生。其余容易了解。然而,此处这些已生中,所谓现在、过去、离去、已得缘、现行的四种已生,并非道等所能断除;因此,此处是就称为已得地、已执取所缘、未镇伏、未断除的四种已生,而说“为断除已生之恶”。显示巴利原文
‘‘Uppannānaṃ pāpakāna’’nti ettha pana catubbidhaṃ uppannaṃ vattamānabhūtāpagataokāsakatabhūmiladdhavasena, tesaṃ vibhāgo uppannattike vuttova. Aparampi catubbidhaṃ uppannaṃ samudācāraārammaṇādhiggahitaavikkhambhitaasamugghātitavasena. Tattha sampati vattamānaṃyeva samudācāruppannaṃ nāma. Sesaṃ pākaṭameva. Yasmā panettha imesu uppannesu vattamānabhūtāpagataokāsakatasamudācārasaṅkhātaṃ catubbidhaṃ uppannaṃ na maggādivajjhaṃ, tasmā bhūmiladdhaārammaṇādhiggahitaasamugghātitasaṅkhātaṃ catubbidhaṃ uppannaṃ sandhāyettha ‘‘uppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ pahānāyā’’ti vuttaṃ.
那么,在道刹那,如何能有‘为令未生善法生起’的精进?又如何能有‘为令已生善法住立’的精进?唯依道之转起。因为道正在转起时,由于先前未曾生起,故说为未生;而它的转起,本身即是住立。这是此处依文句的含义。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ pana maggakkhaṇe anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ uppādāya vāyāmo hoti, kathañca uppannānaṃ ṭhitiyāti? Maggappavattiyā eva. Maggo hi pavattamāno pubbe anuppannapubbattā anuppanno nāma vuccati. Yā cassa pavatti, ayameva ṭhiti nāmāti ayaṃ tāvettha padattho.
然而,这里将同一精进依作用差别说为四种,是为法之分类。这是此处依经(而非论藏)所作的抉择。显示巴利原文
Dhammabhedo panetthāpi ekasseva vīriyassa kiccabhedato catudhā vuttāti ayamettha pāḷimuttavinicchayo.
就分别的方法来看:首先,在经分别中,四种正勤依与世间及出世间善心相应的精进力,结合不善等词,作了详细分别。而在阿毗达摩分别的问难中,这些唯依与出世间善心相应者作分别,未包含与果心相应者。因此,在问难中说“唯是善,唯是果报法”等。显示巴利原文
Vibhaṅganayato pana suttantabhājanīye tāva cattāro sammappadhānā lokiyalokuttarakusalacittasampayuttavīriyavasena akusalādipadehi saddhiṃ vitthārato vibhattā. Abhidhammabhājanīyapañhāpucchakesu panete lokuttarakusalacittasampayuttavaseneva vibhattā, phalacittasampayuttā pana na gahitā. Teneva pañhāpucchake ‘‘kusalā eva, vipākadhammadhammā eva, apacayagāminova, sekhāvā’’tiādinā vuttā. Seso panettha vinicchayo satipaṭṭhāne vuttanayānusārena veditabbo.
神足分别论母义释显示巴利原文
Iddhipādavibhaṅgamātikatthavaṇṇanā
在神足分别的论母中,“四神足”者:此处“ijjhatī”为神足,意为成就、圆满、产生;神足即是足,故称神足,意思是神足的部分。或者,众生依此而成就、增长、达到殊胜,故为神足;依此而到达,故为足,意为依止、证得之方便;神足之足,即是神足。“具足欲定勤行”者:此处,“欲定”即是以欲为因或以欲为增上的定,这是以欲作意作为增上而获得的定之名。“勤行”即作为勤的诸行,这是指成就四种作用的四正勤精进。“具足”即具备彼欲定与勤行。“神足”者,依如上所说之义,即对于与近行定等善心相应的欲、定、勤行,以依止之义而为足的其他心心所聚。“修习”者,意为增长,即于自相续中反复生起。依此方法,其余诸项的含义也应理解。其中,“观”即是慧。其余依文句容易了知。显示巴利原文
Iddhipādavibhaṅgamātikāya pana cattāro iddhipādāti ettha ijjhatīti iddhi, samijjhati nipphajjatīti attho, iddhi eva pādo iddhipādo, iddhikoṭṭhāsoti attho. Ijjhanti vā etāya sattā iddhā vuddhā ukkaṃsagatā hontītipi iddhi, pajjanti etenāti pādo, patiṭṭhā adhigamūpāyoti attho, iddhiyā pādo iddhipādo. Chandasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgatanti ettha chandahetuko, chandādhiko vā samādhi chandasamādhi, kattukamyatāchandaṃ adhipatiṃ karitvā paṭiladdhasamādhissetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Padhānabhūtā saṅkhārā padhānasaṅkhārā, catukiccasādhakassa sammappadhānavīriyassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Samannāgatanti tena chandasamādhinā, padhānasaṅkhārena ca upetaṃ. Iddhipādanti yathāvuttatthena ‘‘iddhī’’ti saṅkhyaṃ gatānaṃ upacārajjhānādikusalacittasampayuttānaṃ chandasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārānaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṭṭhena pādabhūtasesacittacetasikarāsiṃ. Bhāvetīti vaḍḍheti, attano santāne punappunaṃ janetīti attho. Iminā nayena sesesupi attho veditabbo. Tattha vīmaṃsāti paññā. Sesaṃ padato suviññeyyameva.
从义理上说,此处说明了什么?说明了四位比丘达到顶点的业处。正如四位大臣之子,怀着获得官位的期望而各自行事:其中一位依承事,一位依勇武,一位依出身,一位依谋略之力。就这样,他们各依各自的因缘取悦国王而获得官位。同样地,比丘们也以欲、精进、心、观中的某一项作为首要、作为前导,而成为出世间法的生起者。在此,欲、定、勤行这三法,既是神足,也是神足之足;其余相应的四蕴则只是神足之足。依此,在其余以增上相应的心中也应理解为神足。显示巴利原文
Atthato panettha tena kiṃ kathitaṃ? Catunnaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ matthakappattaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathitaṃ. Yathā hi catūsu amaccaputtesu ṭhānantaraṃ patthetvā vicarantesu eko upaṭṭhānena, eko sūrabhāvena, eko jātisampattiyā, eko mantabalenāti evaṃ te paccekakāraṇena rājānaṃ ārādhetvā ṭhānantaraṃ pāpuṇanti, evaṃ bhikkhūpi chandavīriyacittavīmaṃsāsu ekekaṃ jeṭṭhaṃ dhuraṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ katvā lokuttaradhammanibbattakā honti. Ettha ca chando samādhi padhānasaṅkhāroti tayo dhammā iddhīpi honti iddhipādāpi, sesā pana sampayuttā cattāro khandhā iddhipādā eva. Evaṃ sesādhipatiyuttacittesupi iddhipādāti veditabbā.
再者,在禅那与观中,前分是神足之足,所得者即是神足。初禅等的前分遍作,名为神足之足;初禅等,名为神足。初道等的前分观,名为神足之足;初道等,名为神足。也可依获得的方式来阐明:初禅等与初道等,名为神足之足;第二禅等与第二道等,名为神足。这便是此处词义的大要。显示巴利原文
Apica jhānavipassanāsu pubbabhāgo iddhipādo. Yo paṭilābho, sā iddhi. Paṭhamajjhānādīnaṃ hi pubbabhāgaparikammāni iddhipādo nāma, paṭhamajjhānādayo iddhi nāma. Paṭhamamaggādīnaṃ pubbabhāgavipassanā iddhipādo nāma, paṭhamamaggādayo iddhi nāma. Paṭilābhavasenāpi dīpetuṃ vaṭṭati. Paṭhamajjhānādayo hi paṭhamamaggādayo ca iddhipādo nāma, dutiyajjhānādayo, dutiyamaggādayo ca iddhi nāmāti ayaṃ tāvettha padattho.
而此处法的分类,将依分别的方式而明了。因为在经分别中,首先对欲等词作了分别之后,末尾说:“神足之足者,即如是存在的受蕴……乃至……识蕴。修习神足之足者,即亲近、修习、多作这些法,因此称为修习神足之足。”如此,一切世间与出世间法都被称为神足之足。显示巴利原文
Dhammabhedo panettha vibhaṅganayeneva pākaṭo bhavissati. Tattha hi suttantabhājanīye tāva chandādīnaṃ padānaṃ vibhaṅgaṃ vatvā ante ‘‘iddhipādoti tathābhūtassa vedanākkhandho…pe… viññāṇakkhandho. Iddhipādaṃ bhāvetīti te dhamme āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti, tena vuccati iddhipādaṃ bhāvetī’’ti (vibha. 434) evaṃ sabbe lokiyalokuttaradhammā iddhipādoti vuttā.
在阿毗达摩分别中,分别了“欲”等词之后,末尾说:“神足,即如是状态之触……乃至……策励、不散乱。”如此将一切出世间善法说为神足之后,又安立论母:“欲神足、精进神足、心神足、观神足”,然后说:“其中,何等为欲神足?此处,比丘何时修习出世间禅……乃至……于彼时,欲、欲欲性……乃至……此即名为欲神足”等,说明唯有与出世间善心相应的欲、精进、心、观方为神足。同样,在问分中也说:唯是善,唯是无见无对;观神足是因,其余非因……乃至……心神足不可说,其余为心相应……乃至……唯是无上,唯是无诤。此处其余内容与念处中所说相似。至于巴利之外的义理,此处亦未引述。显示巴利原文
Abhidhammabhājanīye pana chandādīni padāni vibhajitvā ante ‘‘iddhipādoti tathābhūtassa phasso…pe… paggāho avikkhepo’’ti (vibha. 447) evaṃ sabbe lokuttarakusaladhammā iddhipādāti vatvā puna ‘‘chandiddhipādo vīriyiddhipādo cittiddhipādo vīmaṃsiddhipādo’’ti (vibha. 457) mātikaṃ ṭhapetvā ‘‘tattha katamo chandiddhipādo? Idha bhikkhu yasmiṃ samaye lokuttaraṃ jhānaṃ bhāveti…pe… yo tasmiṃ samaye chando chandikatā…pe… ayaṃ vuccati chandiddhipādo’’tiādinā lokuttarakusalacittasampayuttachandavīriyacittavīmaṃsā eva iddhipādāti vuttā. Tathā pañhāpucchakepi kusalā eva, anidassanaappaṭighā eva, vīmaṃsiddhipādo hetu, sesā na hetū…pe… cittiddhipādo na vattabbo, sesā cittasampayuttā…pe… anuttarāva, araṇāvāti. Sesamettha satipaṭṭhāne vuttasadisameva. Pāḷimuttakanayo panetthāpi na uddhaṭoti.
觉支分别论母义释显示巴利原文
Bojjhaṅgavibhaṅgamātikatthavaṇṇanā
然而,在《觉支分别》的论母中,先就义理而言——“七觉支”:此处,觉支即是觉的支分,或是觉者的支分。这是说:当由念、择法等七种法所组成的某一法集在道刹那生起时,它是对治昏沉、掉举等众多灾患的;圣弟子依此而觉悟,从烦恼睡眠中醒来,或通达诸谛;此名为“法集”的觉,其支分即为觉支,犹如禅支、道支。再者,那位依上述方式、由此法集而觉悟的圣弟子被称为“觉者”,此觉者的支分即是觉支,犹如军队的支分、车的支分等。此外,也应依《无碍解道》的方法,如“导向觉悟故为觉支”等,来理解觉支的含义。殊胜的、美好的觉支为“正觉支”;念即是正觉支,故为“念觉支”。其余诸支也是如此。其中,“择法”即是以无常等角度审察、思择、了知诸法,或谓众生依此而择法,此即是智慧。“舍”即是对诸法保持中舍,不偏于减损,亦不偏于增益,依审虑而住于中舍,此即是“中舍性”。因为舍觉支的特相即是审虑。其余内容易于理解。以上是此处词义。此处法的分类亦易于理解。显示巴利原文
Bojjhaṅgavibhaṅgamātikāya pana atthato tāva – satta bojjhaṅgāti ettha bodhiyā, bodhissa vā aṅgāti bojjhaṅgā. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yāya eva dhammasāmaggiyā maggakkhaṇe uppajjamānāya līnuddhaccādianekesaṃ upaddavānaṃ paṭipakkhabhūtāya satidhammavicayādisattavidhāya dhammasāmaggiyā ariyasāvako bujjhati, kilesaniddāya uṭṭhahati, saccāni vā paṭivijjhati, tassā dhammasāmaggisaṅkhātāya bodhiyā aṅgāti bojjhaṅgā jhānaṅgamaggaṅgāni viya. Yo panesa yathāvuttappakārāya etāya dhammasāmaggiyā bujjhatīti katvā ariyasāvako ‘‘bodhī’’ti vuccati, tassa bodhissa aṅgāti bojjhaṅgā senaṅgarathaṅgādayo viya. Apica ‘‘bodhāya saṃvattantīti bojjhaṅgā’’tiādinā paṭisambhidānayenāpi bojjhaṅgattho veditabbo. Pasattho, sundaro vā bojjhaṅgo sambojjhaṅgo, satiyeva sambojjhaṅgo satisambojjhaṅgo. Evaṃ sesesupi. Tattha dhamme vicināti aniccādito parivīmaṃsati jānāti, dhamme vā etena sattā vicinantīti dhammavicayo, paññā. Upekkhati samarasānaṃ dhammānaṃ hāpanavaḍḍhane avāvaṭatāya paṭisaṅkhānākārena majjhattā hotīti upekkhā, tatramajjhattatā. Paṭisaṅkhānalakkhaṇo hi upekkhāsambojjhaṅgoti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva. Ayaṃ tāvettha padattho. Dhammabhedopettha suviññeyyova.
然而,从分别的方法来说,在此经分别中,首先依世间与出世间而作分别,其余诸支则依出世间善的果报而分别。在问分中则说:或为善,或为无记;喜觉支唯与乐受相应,其余二支……喜觉支唯与乐俱行,其余三支可依三种方式;无见无对;择法觉支是因,其余非因……唯是色界,唯是无诤。其余内容与念处中所说的方法相同。此即此处之分别方法。显示巴利原文
Vibhaṅganayato panettha suttantabhājanīye tāva lokiyalokuttaravasena sesesu lokuttarakusalavipākavasena vibhattā. Pañhāpucchake pana siyā kusalā, siyā abyākatā, pītisambojjhaṅgo sukhāya vedanāya sampayuttova, sesā dvīhi…pe… pītisambojjhaṅgo sukhasahagatova, sesā tidhāpi, anidassanaappaṭighā, dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo hetu, sesā na hetū…pe… rūpāvacarāva, araṇāvāti. Sesaṃ satipaṭṭhāne vuttanayameva. Ayamettha vibhaṅganayo.
由次第、数量、因与地的分别,
以及由远离,应了知依圣典的抉择。
显示巴利原文 Kamato tāvattato ca, hetubhūmivibhāgato; Vivekato ca viññeyyo, pāḷimuttavinicchayo.
其中,先明次第:此处的次第即是说法的次第。因为念觉支对一切觉支有资助作用,故最先宣说;其后,安住于念的人会以智慧抉择诸法,已抉择诸法者便发起精进,已发起精进者便生起喜,意生喜悦者身与心皆得轻安,身轻安者便生起乐,得乐者心则入定,心入定者便能善巧地中舍其心——因此择法觉支等便依次宣说。这便是此处的次第。显示巴利原文
Tattha kamato tāva ayampi desanākkamova. Sabbesaṃ hi bojjhaṅgānaṃ upakārattā satisambojjhaṅgo paṭhamaṃ vutto, tato yasmā upaṭṭhitasatiko dhamme paññāya pavicināti, pavicitadhammo vīriyaṃ ārabhati, āraddhavīriyassa pīti uppajjati, pītimanassa kāyopi cittampi passambhati, passaddhakāyassa sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati, samāhitacitto taṃ cittaṃ sādhukaṃ ajjhupekkhitā hoti, tasmā dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgādayo yathākkamaṃ vuttāti ayaṃ tāvettha kamo.
关于数量:为何只说七支,不多不少?因为对治昏沉与掉举,以及遍一切处。在此,有三觉支是对治昏沉的。如说:‘诸比丘,当心昏沉时,那是修习择法觉支之时,是修习精进……喜觉支之时。’有三支是对治掉举的。如说:‘诸比丘,当心掉举时,那是修习轻安觉支之时,是修习定……舍觉支之时。’而其中有一支,如同以盐调和一切菜肴,在一切觉支中都是必需的。如说:‘诸比丘,我说念是遍一切处的。’如此,由于对治昏沉与掉举,以及遍一切处,故说七支。这就是数量的道理。显示巴利原文
Tāvattato pana kasmā te satteva vuttā, anūnā anadhikāti? Līnuddhaccapaṭipakkhato, sabbattikato ca. Ettha hi tayo bojjhaṅgā līnassa paṭipakkhā. Yathāha – ‘‘yasmiṃ ca kho, bhikkhave, samaye līnaṃ cittaṃ hoti, kālo tasmiṃ samaye dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya, kālo vīriya…pe… pītisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāyā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.234). Tayo uddhaccassa paṭipakkhā. Yathāha – ‘‘yasmiṃ ca kho, bhikkhave, samaye uddhataṃ cittaṃ hoti, kālo tasmiṃ samaye passaddhisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya, kālo samādhi…pe… upekkhāsambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāyā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.234). Eko panettha loṇadhūpanaṃ viya sabbabyañjanesu sabbabojjhaṅgesu icchitabbo. Yathāha – ‘‘satiñca khvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sabbatthikaṃ vadāmī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.234). Evaṃ līnuddhaccapaṭipakkhato ca sabbatthikato ca satteva vuttāti ayaṃ tāvattato.
因与地的分别:此处先辨明‘因’的分别——有四种法能导致念觉支的生起:念与正知、远离失念之人、亲近具念之人、心倾向于此。同样,有七种法导致第二支:多请问、清洁依处、令根平衡、远离劣慧之人、亲近具慧之人、观察深智所行境界、心倾向于此。其中,‘清洁依处’是指令内外身体及衣钵等资具清净。有十一种法导致第三支:观察恶趣的怖畏、观察道路、观察施物之广大、观察师长之广大、观察族姓之广大、观察梵行同伴之广大、见功德、恭敬饮食、远离懈怠之人、亲近精进之人、心倾向于此。其中,观察‘诸佛等所行之道,我亦应行’即是观察道路;以‘我将令施主所施之食得大果报’而调御自己,即是恭敬饮食。有十一种法导致第四支:佛随念、法随念、僧随念、戒随念、舍随念、天随念、寂止随念——此七种;远离粗涩之人、亲近柔和之人、观察能生净信之经典、心倾向于此。有七种法导致第五支:受用殊胜饮食、受用适宜气候与威仪而得乐、中舍的加行、远离身躁动之人、亲近身轻安之人、心倾向于此。有十一种法导致第六支:清洁依处、令根平衡、善巧于相,以及于适时策励、抑制、喜悦、中舍其心——此四种;远离……显示巴利原文
Hetubhūmivibhāgatoti ettha hetuvibhāgato tāva – cattāro satisambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya saṃvattanti satisampajaññaṃ muṭṭhassatipuggalaparivajjanatā upaṭṭhitassatipuggalasevanatā tadadhimuttatāti. Tathā satta dhammā dutiyassa paripucchakatā vatthuvisadakiriyā indriyasamattapaṭipādanā duppaññapuggalaparivajjanā paññavantapuggalasevanā gambhīrañāṇacariyapaccavekkhaṇatā tadadhimuttatāti. Tattha ajjhattikabāhirānaṃ sarīraparikkhārabhūtānaṃ vatthūnaṃ visadabhāvakaraṇaṃ vatthuvisadakiriyā nāma. Tathā ekādasa dhammā tatiyassa apāyabhayagamanavīthidāyajjamahattasatthumahattajātimahattasabrahmacārimahattānaṃ paccavekkhaṇatā ānisaṃsadassāvitā piṇḍapātāpacāyanatā kusītapuggalaparivajjanatā āraddhavīriyapuggalasevanatā tadadhimuttatāti. Tattha ‘‘buddhādīhi gatamaggo mayā gantabbo’’ti paccavekkhaṇā vīthipaccavekkhaṇā nāma. ‘‘Dāyakehi dinnapiṇḍapātassa mahapphalataṃ sampādessāmī’’ti attānaṃ damanaṃ piṇḍapātāpacāyanaṃ nāma. Tathā ekādasa dhammā catutthassa buddhadhammasaṅghasīlacāgadevatopasamānussatiyo satta, lūkhapuggalaparivajjanatā siniddhapuggalasevanatā pasādanīyasuttantapaccavekkhaṇatā tadadhimuttatāti. Tathā satta dhammā pañcamassa paṇītabhojanasevanatā, utusukhairiyāpathasukhasevanatā dve majjhattappayogatā sāraddhakāyapuggalaparivajjanatā santakāyapuggalasevanatā tadadhimuttatāti. Ekādasa dhammā chaṭṭhassa vatthuvisadakiriyā indriyasamattapaṭipādanā nimittakusalatā samaye cittassa paggahaniggahasampahaṃsanajjhupekkhanā catasso , asamāhitasamāhitapuggalānaṃ parivajjanasevanatā dve, jhānavimokkhapaccavekkhaṇatā tadadhimuttatāti. Tattha kasiṇādinimittānaṃ uggahaṇakusalatā nimittakusalatā nāma. Pañca dhammā sattamassa sattasaṅkhārakelāyanamajjhattapuggalānaṃ parivajjanasevanatā dve dve, tadadhimuttatāti. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana sammohavinodaniyā vibhaṅgaṭṭhakathāya gahetabboti ayamettha hetuvibhāgo.
然而,依地的区分,这些觉支是欲界的,或是出世间的。在欲界中,仅在强力的观照等心中能获得觉支,在其他欲界心中则不能。但在出世间心中,于一切处皆能获得。在色界与无色界心中,则完全不能获得,因为它们不属于菩提分。然而,有些长老认为,在以观照为基础而修习的遍禅、不净禅、梵住禅那中也能生起觉支,而注释师们并未否定此说。因此,依他们的见解,觉支也可属于色界,但无论如何都不是无色界的。这就是此处依地的区分。显示巴利原文
Bhūmivibhāgato panete kāmāvacarā, lokuttarā vā honti, kāmāvacaresu balavavipassanādīsu eva bojjhaṅgā labbhanti, na itaresu. Lokuttaresu pana sabbattha labbhanti, rūpāvacarārūpāvacaracittesu sabbathā na labbhanti abodhipakkhikattā. Keci pana therā vipassanāpādakesu kasiṇāsubhabrahmavihārajjhānesupi bojjhaṅge uddharanti, na ca te paṭisiddhā aṭṭhakathācariyehi, tasmā tesaṃ matena rūpāvacarāpi honti, na kenaci pariyāyena arūpāvacarāti ayamettha bhūmivibhāgo.
关于“远离”:此处“远离”指远离的状态。此远离有五种:以彼分远离、镇伏远离、正断远离、安息远离、出离远离为体。彼分远离即观照,镇伏远离即八种等至,正断远离即道,安息远离即果,出离远离即舍离一切相的涅槃。其中,这些觉支依止于彼分远离、正断远离、安息远离和出离远离。具体而言,在观照的刹那,它们从作用上依止于彼分远离,从意向上依止于出离远离;在道的刹那,从作用上依止于正断远离,从所缘上依止于出离远离;在果的刹那,从作用上依止于安息远离,从所缘上依止于出离远离。依某些长老的见解,在以观照为基础而修习的色界禅那的刹那,它们也依止于镇伏远离。因此,它们也依止于五种远离。以上是关于远离的、应依注释抉择而了知的内容。显示巴利原文
Vivekatoti ettha vivekoti vivittatā, svāyaṃ pañcavidho tadaṅgavikkhambhanasamucchedapaṭipassaddhinissaraṇavivekavasena. Tadaṅgavivekoti vipassanā, vikkhambhanavivekoti aṭṭha samāpattiyo, samucchedavivekoti maggo, paṭipassaddhivivekoti phalaṃ, nissaraṇavivekoti sabbanimittanissaṭaṃ nibbānaṃ. Tatrime tadaṅgasamucchedapaṭipassaddhinissaraṇavivekanissitā honti. Tathā hete vipassanākkhaṇe kiccato tadaṅgavivekanissitā, ajjhāsayato nissaraṇavivekanissitā. Maggakāle pana kiccato samucchedavivekanissitā, ārammaṇato nissaraṇavivekanissitā, phalakkhaṇe kiccato paṭipassaddhivivekanissitā. Ārammaṇato nissaraṇavivekanissitā ca honti. Kesañci therānaṃ mate vipassanāpādakarūpāvacarajjhānakkhaṇe vikkhambhanavivekanissitāvāti pañcavivekanissitāpi hontīti ayamettha viveko. Evaṃ viññeyyo pāḷimuttavinicchayo.
道支分别论母义释显示巴利原文
Maggaṅgavibhaṅgamātikatthavaṇṇanā
然而,对于道支分别的论母,先释义如下:“圣”:因为远离了各道所应断的烦恼,以及能成就圣性,故为圣;具有八支,故为八支道;被希求涅槃者所寻求,或寻求涅槃,或杀灭烦恼而行,故为“道”。“即此”是指“那个是什么?”现在,为了显示这个道如同四支军,仅是支的集合,离支则不存在,而说“正见……乃至……正定”。其中,正确地见者是正见,即慧;正确地思惟、考虑者是正思惟,即寻。其余道支是易知的。此后,法的分类和分别的方法,与在觉支中所说相似。显示巴利原文
Maggaṅgavibhaṅgamātikāya pana atthato tāva – ariyoti taṃtaṃmaggavajjhakilesehi ārakattā , ariyabhāvakarattā ca ariyo, aṭṭha aṅgāni assāti aṭṭhaṅgiko, nibbānatthikehi maggīyati, nibbānaṃ vā maggati, kilese vā mārento gacchatīti maggo. Seyyathidanti so katamoti ce, idāni svāyaṃ maggo caturaṅginī viya senā aṅgamattameva hoti, aṅgavinimutto natthīti dassento ‘‘sammādiṭṭhi…pe… sammāsamādhī’’ti āha. Tattha sammā passatīti sammādiṭṭhi, paññā. Sammā saṅkappeti takketīti sammāsaṅkappo, vitakko. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva. Tato dhammabhedopi vibhaṅganayopi bojjhaṅgesu vuttasadiso.
然而,在论分别中,则分析了除去三种远离(正语、正业、正命)的五支道,这是着眼于五支的作用被强调,而三种远离被说为未说而成就。但应知,因为不存在没有远离的出世间道,所以它也是八支的。显示巴利原文
Abhidhammabhājanīye pana viratittayavajjito pañcaṅgikopi maggo vibhatto, tañca pañcannaṃ aṅgānaṃ kiccādhikataṃ, viratīnañca avuttasiddhataṃ sandhāya, virativajjitassa pana lokuttaramaggassa abhāvā sopi aṭṭhaṅgikovāti veditabbo.
在问分中也是如此:正思惟只与乐受相应,其余道支则与乐受、不苦不乐受二种相应。正思惟是无寻唯伺,只与喜俱行、与乐俱行,不与舍俱行;其余道支则与喜、乐、舍三种俱行。正见是因,其余道支是非因,这是差别之处。其余的都相同。现在:显示巴利原文
Pañhāpucchakepi sammāsaṅkappo sukhāya vedanāya sampayuttova, sesā dvīhi. Sammāsaṅkappo avitakkavicāramatto, pītisahagato sukhasahagatova, na upekkhāsahagato, sesā tidhāpi. Sammādiṭṭhi hetu, sesā nahetūti ayaṃ viseso. Sesaṃ samameva. Idāni pana –
依于次第、依于作用的差别,依于地的差别与远离;
于道支中,应了知此巴利经典之外的抉择。
显示巴利原文 Kamato kiccabhedato, bhūmibhedavivekato; Maggaṅgesu vijānīyo, pāḷimuttavinicchayo.
其中,先说顺序,此即宣说之次第。世尊为令为证涅槃而修行者,以慧灯、慧剑破除无明黑暗,有大利益,故首先宣说正见。其次,正思惟对如实正见有大利益,犹如金匠翻转金币之手,故宣正思惟。此正思惟于正见如是,于正语亦然。如所言:‘居士,先思惟、审虑之后,方才发言。’是故,随后为正语。言语既安排已,世间方行种种业,故其次为正业。唯舍弃身、语恶行,圆满二者善行,方能成就以正命为第八之戒,非由他途,故于二者之后宣说正命。为显示‘纵有清净见、戒,不应以此自满,当更策发精进’,故其后为正精进。为显示虽发精进,仍须于身等念处善巧安立念,故其后为正念。以善巧安立念故,心方得专注一境,故其后宣说正定。此即此处之顺序。显示巴利原文
Tattha kamato tāva ayampi desanākkamova. Bhagavatā hi nibbānādhigamāya paṭipannassa paññāpajjotapaññāsatthatāya avijjandhakāravidhamanato bahūpakārattā paṭhamaṃ sammādiṭṭhi desitā. Tato heraññikassa kahāpaṇaparivattakahattho viya yathāsabhāvadassanassa sammādiṭṭhiyā bahūpakārattā sammāsaṅkappo. Svāyaṃ yathā sammādiṭṭhiyā, evaṃ sammāvācāyapi upakārako. Yathāha ‘‘pubbe kho, gahapati, takketvā vicāretvā pacchā vācaṃ bhindatī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.463), tasmā tadanantaraṃ sammāvācā. Yasmā pana vācāya saṃvidahitvā loke kammante payojenti, tasmā tadanantaraṃ sammākammanto. Kāyavacīduccaritaṃ pahāya ubhayasucaritaṃ pūrentasseva yasmā ājīvaṭṭhamakaṃ sīlaṃ pūrati, na itarassa, tasmā tadubhayānantaraṃ sammāājīvo vutto. Evaṃ ‘‘visuddhadiṭṭhisīlenāpi ettāvatā paritosaṃ akatvā idaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhitabba’’nti dassetuṃ tadanantaraṃ sammāvāyāmo. Āraddhavīriyenāpi kāyādīsu sati sūpaṭṭhitā kātabbāti dassanatthaṃ tadanantaraṃ sammāsati. Sūpaṭṭhitāya satiyā ekattārammaṇe cittaṃ samādhātuṃ sakkāti tadanantaraṃ sammāsamādhi vuttoti ayaṃ tāvettha kamo.
然就作用而言,他们每一支各有三种作用。即:正见,首先与其余(道支)及自身对立烦恼一同,断除邪见;从所缘方面,现证灭谛;从不痴方面,通达其余诸谛。同样,正思惟等,亦以断除邪思惟等为作用,随顺应知。尤其在此,正思惟令俱生法趋向(所缘),正语令执取,正业令生起,正命令清净,正精进令策励,正念令现前,正定令等持。此即此处之作用。显示巴利原文
Kiccato panesaṃ ekekassa tīṇi tīṇi kiccāni, seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi tāva aññehipi attano paccanīkakilesehi saddhiṃ micchādiṭṭhiṃ pajahati, ārammaṇato nirodhasaccaṃ sacchikaroti, asammohato sesasaccāni paṭivijjhati. Evaṃ sammāsaṅkappādīnaṃ micchāsaṅkappapajahanādivasena yathānurūpanti kiccatā veditabbā. Visesato panettha sammāsaṅkappo sahajātadhamme abhiniropeti, sammāvācā pariggaṇhāti , sammākammanto samuṭṭhāpeti, sammāājīvo vodāpeti, sammāvāyāmo paggaṇhāti, sammāsati upaṭṭhāpeti, sammāsamādhi samādahatīti idamettha kiccaṃ.
然而,就差别而言,在道前阶段,正见依‘于苦之智’等对四圣谛的智,而有不同的刹那、不同的所缘、不同的名称;第二支(正思惟)则依出离思惟、无瞋思惟、无害思惟而有差别;正语、正业、正命这三支,依远离四种语恶行、三种身恶行及名为邪命的思,亦依远离的效力而有差别;第六、第七支(正精进、正念)依四正勤与四念处而有不同的刹那、不同的所缘、不同的名称。然而,在证道的那一刹那,这些正见等道支是同一刹那、同一所缘。从作用而言,它们在道前阶段获得不同的名称;而正定即使在道前阶段和证道刹那,也依四禅或五禅而有不同的刹那、不同的名称,但在证道刹那则是同一所缘。因为,对某行者而言,初道依其基础禅那等决定,或是初禅,或是第二禅等中的某一禅那;第二道等则或与初道相同的禅那,或与初道不相同的禅那。因此,即使在证道时,正定也有不同的刹那、不同的名称。这就是此处的差别。显示巴利原文
Bhedato pana pubbabhāge sammādiṭṭhi ‘‘dukkhe ñāṇa’’ntiādinā catūsu saccesu ñāṇavasena nānakkhaṇā nānārammaṇā nānānāmā hoti, dutiyo pana nekkhammaabyāpādaavihiṃsāsaṅkappavasena, viratiyo catubbidhavacīduccaritatividhakāyaduccaritamicchājīvaviramaṇasaṅkhātacetanāvasenapi virativasenapi, chaṭṭhasattamā catubbidhasammappadhānasatipaṭṭhānavasena nānakkhaṇā nānārammaṇā nānānāmā honti. Maggakāle panete sammādiṭṭhiādayo ekakkhaṇā ekārammaṇā. Kiccato pana tāni pubbabhāge nānānāmāni labhanti, sammāsamādhi pana pubbabhāgepi maggakkhaṇepi catukkapañcakajjhānavasena nānakkhaṇo nānānāmo, maggakkhaṇe pana ekārammaṇo hoti. Ekassa hi paṭhamamaggo pādakajjhānādiniyamato paṭhamajjhānādiko vā dutiyajjhānādīsu aññatarajjhāniko vā, dutiyamaggādayopissa paṭhamamaggasadisajjhānikā vā visadisajjhānikā vāti so maggakālepi nānakkhaṇo nānānāmo vāti ayamettha bhedo.
从地与远离而来的抉择,应依觉支中所说的方法来理解。应知此为超出圣典文句的抉择。显示巴利原文
Bhūmito ca vivekato ca vinicchayo bojjhaṅgesu vuttānusārena veditabboti evaṃ vijānīyo pāḷimuttavinicchayo.
禅那分别论母义释显示巴利原文
Jhānavibhaṅgamātikatthavaṇṇanā
然而,对于禅那分别论母,先就义而言:‘以别解脱律仪防护而住’等句中,‘别解脱’即学处戒。因为它保护、守护那奉持者,使其解脱、脱离地狱等苦,故称为‘别解脱’。防护,或由此而防护,称为‘律仪’。别解脱本身就是律仪,即别解脱律仪。这是对在甘马语结束时成就的、义为思等色的别解脱律仪戒的增语。以此防护,即关闭身语之门,故为‘以别解脱律仪防护’。‘住’即行动、转起。‘具足行处与行境’中,应行之处故为‘行处’;牛群于此行走故为‘行境’,即牛行走之处。然因相似,一切活动范围也应知为‘行境’。它们的分别应依解说中所说的方法来理解。显示巴利原文
Jhānavibhaṅgamātikāya pana atthato tāva – pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvutotiādīsu pātimokkhanti sikkhāpadasīlaṃ. Taṃ hi yo naṃ pāti rakkhati, taṃ mokkheti moceti āpāyikādīhi dukkhehi, tasmā ‘‘pātimokkha’’nti vuccati. Saṃvaraṇaṃ, saṃvaranti vā tenāti saṃvaro, pātimokkhameva saṃvaro pātimokkhasaṃvaro, kammavācāpariyosāne ijjhanakassa atthato cetanādirūpassa pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlassevetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tena saṃvuto pihitakāyavacīpayogoti pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto. Viharatīti iriyati pavatteti. Ācāragocarasampannoti ettha ācaritabbato ācāro, gāvo caranti etthāti gocaro, gunnaṃ caraṇaṭṭhānaṃ. Taṃsadisatāya pana sabbopi pavattivisayo gocaroti veditabbo. Tesaṃ vibhāgo niddese vuttanayeneva veditabbo.
‘具足行处与行境’:有行处,也有非行处。于此,什么是非行处?身的违犯、语的违犯、身语的违犯,这称为非行处。一切恶戒皆为非行处。在此,有人以竹施、以叶施……乃至以花、果、沐浴、齿木施,或以谄媚、豆汤般的奉承、差使,或以任何一种为佛陀所呵斥的邪命来营生,这称为非行处。显示巴利原文
‘‘Ācāragocarasampannoti atthi ācāro, atthi anācāro. Tattha katamo anācāro? Kāyiko vītikkamo, vācasiko vītikkamo, kāyikavācasiko vītikkamo, ayaṃ vuccati anācāro, sabbampi dussīlyaṃ anācāro, idhekacco veḷudānena vā patta…pe… pupphaphalasinānadantakaṭṭhadānena vā cāṭukamyatāya vā muggasupyatāya vā pāribhaṭutāya vā jaṅghapesanikena vā aññataraññatarena vā buddhapatikuṭṭhena micchāājīvena jīvikaṃ kappeti, ayaṃ vuccati anācāro.
于此,什么是行处?即‘身的不违犯’等。显示巴利原文
‘‘Tattha katamo ācāro? Kāyiko avītikkamo’’tiādinā (vibha. 513) –
已以相反的方式阐明了‘行处’。显示巴利原文
Vuttavipariyāyena ācāro niddiṭṭho.
“行境”:有行境,有非行境。其中,何谓非行境?此处,有人以淫女为行境,或以寡妇……乃至以成年少女、黄门、比丘尼、酒肆为行境;或与国王、国王大臣、外道、外道弟子作不随顺的交往而杂处共住;又或者亲近、依止、侍奉那些无信仰、不清净……的家族,这便称为非行境。显示巴利原文
‘‘Gocaroti atthi gocaro, atthi agocaro. Tattha katamo agocaro? Idhekacco vesiyāgocaro vā hoti, vidhavā…pe… thullakumārīpaṇḍakabhikkhunīpānāgāragocaro vā, saṃsaṭṭho viharati rājūhi rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi ananulomikena saṃsaggena, yāni vā pana tāni kulāni assaddhāni appasannāni…pe… tathārūpāni kulāni sevati bhajati payirupāsati, ayaṃ vuccati agocaro.
其中,何谓行境?此处,有人不把以淫女为行境作为行境等。显示巴利原文
‘‘Tattha katamo gocaro? Idhekacco na vesiyāgocaro hotī’’tiādinā (vibha. 514) –
以与前述相反的方式说明了行境。显示巴利原文
Vuttavipariyāyena gocaro niddiṭṭho.
而且,在此,对于在长老比丘面前行走、坐、经行、碰撞、压制等身的轻慢行为,以及不请问长老比丘而说法、嘲笑等语的轻慢行为,应从其对立面来理解身行与语行的行处。再者,比丘具恭敬、具顺从,具足惭与愧,善着衣、善披衣,前进行为令人愉悦,垂目而行,具足威仪路,于诸正行恭敬而作,多持尊重心而住,这称为‘行处’。而行境则有三种:依止行境、守护行境、近缚行境。其中,具足十论事功德的善知识,名为依止行境。在村落等处,以垂目而不环视四方而行,名为守护行境。四念处则名为近缚行境,心于此近缚。应知此处的行境有这三种。以此行处与行境而具足,故称‘具足行处与行境’。显示巴利原文
Apicettha therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ purato gamananisīdanacaṅkamanaghaṭṭanābhibhavanādikāyikācittīkārakiriyānañceva there bhikkhū anāpucchā dhammakathanakhuṃsanādivācasikācittīkārakiriyānañca anācārānaṃ paṭipakkhavasena kāyikavācasiko ācāro veditabbo. Apica bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso hirottappasampanno sunivattho supāruto pāsādikena abhikkantādinā okkhittacakkhu iriyāpathasampanno ābhisamācārikesu sakkaccakārī garucittīkārabahulo viharati, ayaṃ vuccati ācāro. Gocaro pana tividho upanissayagocaro ārakkhagocaro upanibandhagocaroti. Tattha dasakathāvatthuguṇasamannāgato kalyāṇamitto upanissayagocaro nāma. Antaragharādīsu okkhittacakkhutādīhi disā vidisā anoloketvā gamanaṃ ārakkhagocaro nāma. Cattāro pana satipaṭṭhānā upanibandhagocaro nāma. Yattha cittaṃ upanibandhati, ayaṃ tividhopettha gocaroti veditabbo. Imināti iminā ācārena, gocarena ca samannāgato ācāragocarasampanno nāma.
‘于微细罪’:即对于微小的过失。‘见怖畏’:即具有见怖畏的习性,如同视微尘为须弥山一般,将极轻微的恶作、恶说也视为等同于波罗夷,从罪过与怖畏的角度而见,这是其义。‘于诸学处受持而学’:即对于诸学处中任何应学之处,善加受持、把握而学。显示巴利原文
Aṇumattesu vajjesūti aṇuppamāṇesu dosesu. Bhayadassāvīti bhayadassanasīlo, aṇumattaṃ reṇuṃ sinerusadisaṃ passanto viya sabbalahukampi dukkaṭadubbhāsitamattaṃ pārājikasadisaṃ katvā vajjato bhayato dassanasīloti attho. Samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesūti yaṃ kiñci sikkhāpadesu sikkhitabbaṃ, taṃ suṭṭhu ādāya gahetvā sikkhati.
“于诸根守护门”:即于包括意在内的六根,以名为不执取色等所缘之相的念律仪,关闭根门。“于食知量”:在接受与受用团食时,依省察智及少欲等而了知适度。在此,应知是以团食摄受四种资具;或者,因是所应食而称为“食”,应知此即是摄受四种资具。“初夜后夜”:以中夜为界,夜之前为初夜,此处摄取了初夜分及食后时分;夜之后为后夜,此处摄取了后夜分及食前时分。然而,后夜分是比丘消除睡眠疲劳之时,故未被摄取。显示巴利原文
Indriyesu guttadvāroti manacchaṭṭhesu indriyesu rūpādiārammaṇanimittādīnaṃ aggahaṇasaṅkhātasatisaṃvarena pihitadvāro. Bhojane mattaññūti piṇḍapāte paṭiggahaṇaparibhogesu paccavekkhaṇañāṇavasena ceva appicchatādīhi ca mattajānanako, piṇḍapātavasena cettha catunnaṃ paccayānaṃ gahaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Atha vā bhuñjitabbato bhojananti catunnaṃ paccayānaṃ gahaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Pubbarattāpararattanti ettha aḍḍharattisaṅkhātāya rattiyā pubbe pubbarattaṃ, iminā paṭhamayāmañceva pacchābhattañca gaṇhāti. Rattiyā pacchā apararattaṃ, iminā pacchimayāmañceva purebhattañca gaṇhāti. Pacchimayāmo panassa bhikkhuno niddākilamathavinodanokāsoti na gahito.
“致力觉醒实践”:即致力于名为不净观修习的禅修之乐,也就是致力于称为修习的反复修持,通过经行与宴坐,以如理作意,为净化内心、远离障碍法而笃行精勤。“持续精勤与明察”:持续,是指应恒常令其生起,故名持续精进;明察,是指因已达成熟而得名的智慧;致力于此二者,是句法的关联。以此说明,唯有具足精进与智慧的人,觉醒实践方能成就。显示巴利原文
Jāgariyānuyogamanuyuttoti asubhabhāvanāsaṅkhātassa bhāvanārāmassa anuyogasaṅkhātaṃ āsevanabhāvanaṃ anuyutto caṅkamananisajjāhi yonisomanasikārena āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaparisodhane yuttappayuttoti attho. Sātaccaṃ nepakkanti satataṃ pavattayitabbato sātaccasaṅkhātaṃ vīriyaṃ, paripākagatattā nepakkasaṅkhātañca paññaṃ anuyuttoti sambandho. Iminā vīriyapaññāhi yuttasseva jāgariyānuyogasiddhīti dasseti.
现在,为具体显示那觉醒实践而说“菩提分法”等。“菩提分法”:指属于名为四圣谛觉悟的道智之分——四念处等三十七法。然而在《义释》中,由于世间修习时,殊胜的菩提分法——七觉支具有能在同一所缘上生起的能力,故仅列出七觉支;但应知,通过摄受它们,其余诸法亦被包含其中。“于前进、返回等”:前进指向前行,返回指折返;这两者在站立、坐、卧时,也因身体向前或向后的趋近与远离而可得。“是正知而行者”,即以正知而行一切事,或即正知的实践者。在此,由于正知与念不相离,提及正知时,念亦被提及。因此,其《义释》中说:“具念、正知地前进”等。显示巴利原文
Idāni taṃ jāgariyānuyogaṃ sarūpato dassento ‘‘bodhipakkhikānaṃ dhammāna’’ntiādimāha. Bodhipakkhikānaṃ dhammānanti catusaccāvabodhasaṅkhātassa maggañāṇassa pakkhe bhavānaṃ catusaccasatipaṭṭhānādisattatiṃsadhammānaṃ. Niddese panassa lokiyabhāvanāya visesabodhipakkhiyadhamme ekārammaṇe pavattanasamatthatāya satta bojjhaṅgā eva niddiṭṭhā. Tesaṃ gahaṇena pana sesānampi tattha gahaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. So abhikkante paṭikkantetiādīsu abhikkantaṃ vuccati purato gamanaṃ, paṭikkantaṃ nivattanaṃ, tadubhayañca ṭhānanisajjāsayanesupi purato, pacchato ca kāyassa abhigamanaapagamanavasena labbhati. Sampajānakārī hotīti sampajaññena sabbakiccakārī, sampajaññasseva vā kārī, sampajañña-ggahaṇena cettha avippayogato satipi gahitāva hoti. Tenevassa niddese ‘‘sato sampajāno abhikkamatī’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
于“前视”等语中:前视即向前方观看,环视即向各方向观看。而应知,以此二者之提及,向下视、向上视、向后视等所摄的观看方式,亦已被包含在内。显示巴利原文
Ālokitetiādīsu ālokitaṃ nāma purato pekkhanaṃ. Vilokitaṃ nāma anudisāpekkhanaṃ. Imesaṃ pana dvinnaṃ gahaṇena heṭṭhā upari pacchato pekkhanasaṅkhātāni olokitullokitāpalokitānipi gahitānīti veditabbāni.
“于屈伸时”,即肢节的弯曲与伸展时。“于持僧伽梨衣、钵与衣时”,在此,僧伽梨等衣由穿着、披覆而受用,钵由接受食物等而受用,这称为持用。“于食时”,即食用团食等时。“于饮时”,即饮用粥等时。“于嚼时”,即嚼食硬食等时。“于尝时”,即尝啖蜂蜜、糖浆等时。“于大小便时”,即大便和小便时。“于行时”,即行走时。“于住时”,即站立时。“于坐时”,即坐着时。“于卧时”,即躺卧时。“于醒时”,即醒觉时。在此应知,以托钵行走等为缘而说“于前进时”,而在住处,则以经行等威仪为缘而说“于行时”等。“于语时”,即说话时。“于默然时”,即不说话时。显示巴利原文
Samiñjitepasāriteti pabbānaṃ samiñjane, pasāraṇe ca. Saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇeti ettha saṅghāṭicīvarānaṃ nivāsanapārupanavasena, pattassa bhikkhāpaṭiggahaṇādivasena ca paribhogo dhāraṇaṃ nāma. Asiteti piṇḍapātādibhojane. Pīteti yāguādipāne. Khāyiteti piṭṭhakhajjādikhādane. Sāyiteti madhuphāṇitādisāyite. Uccārapassāvakammeti uccārassa ca passāvassa ca karaṇe. Gateti gamane. Ṭhiteti ṭhāne. Nisinneti nisajjāya. Sutteti sayane. Jāgariteti jāgaraṇe. Ettha ca bhikkhācāragamanādivasena ‘‘abhikkante’’ti vuttaṃ. Vihāre pana caṅkamanādiiriyāpathavaseneva ‘‘gate’’tiādi vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Bhāsiteti kathane. Tuṇhībhāveti akathane.
然而,对于这一切前进等行为,应知一一各具四种正知:有益正知、适宜正知、行处正知、不痴正知。其中,当想要前进等的心生起时,不因心生便直接去行走等,而是先审察:“我去那里有何利益?”如此审察礼敬佛塔等种种利益,称为有益正知。于这些有益的行为中,进一步审察其中是否危害生命与梵行、障碍头陀行的实践,以及一切身心的杂染烦恼,从而了知适宜与否,称为适宜正知。如此把握有益与适宜之后,不舍离于三十八业处或毗婆舍那中自己所乐修习的、名为行处的业处,而行前进等,称为行处正知。而在前进等行为中,无闻凡夫会迷惑地认为“自我在前进等,我在做”,不如此迷惑,而以如实智如此了知:“由于想前进等的心识活动、风大的扩散等诸因缘和合,这个名为身体、由骨聚构成的东西在前进等,除此之外,并没有任何内在的自我或众生在前进、返回……乃至在沉默”,如此以智慧如实转起,称为不痴正知。此为略说,广说应取自《迷惑冰消》。显示巴利原文
Sabbesu pana tesu abhikkantādīsu paccekaṃ sātthakasampajaññaṃ sappāyasampajaññaṃ gocarasampajaññaṃ asammohasampajaññanti catubbidhaṃ sampajaññaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tattha abhikkamitukāmatādicitte uppanne cittavaseneva gamanādiṃ akatvā ‘‘kiṃ nu me tattha gatena attho’’ti pariggaṇhitvā cetiyadassanādino tassa tassa atthassa pariggaṇhanaṃ sātthakasampajaññaṃ nāma. Sātthakesu panetesu gamanādīsu jīvitabrahmacariyantarāyānañceva sallekhapaṭipattivighātakarānaṃ kāyikacetasikaparikkilesānañca sabbesānaṃ sabbhāvābhāvaṃ pariggahetvā sappāyapariggaṇhanaṃ sappāyasampajaññaṃ nāma. Evaṃ pariggahitasātthakasappāyassa pana aṭṭhatiṃsāya kammaṭṭhānesu, vipassanāya vā attano abhirucitaṃ kammaṭṭhānasaṅkhātaṃ gocaraṃ avissajjetvāva abhikkamādīnaṃ karaṇaṃ gocarasampajaññaṃ nāma. Abhikkamādīsu pana andhabālaputhujjanā ‘‘attā abhikkamādīni karoti, ahaṃ karomī’’ti vā sammuyhanti, tathā asammuyhitvā ‘‘abhikkamitukāmatādicittakiriyavāyodhātu vipphārādikāraṇasāmaggiyā ayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāto aṭṭhisaṅghāṭo abhikkamādīni karoti, tato añño abbhantare attā vā satto vā abhikkamanto vā paṭikkamanto vā…pe… tuṇhī bhavanto vā natthī’’ti evamādinā yāthāvato jānanavasena paññāya pavattanaṃ asammohasampajaññaṃ nāma. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana sammohavinodaniyaṃ (vibha. aṭṭha. 508) gahetabbo.
现在,若人内心不具足如前所述的这些功德,他的森林住便如同猿猴等一般不相称,不仅近行定无法生起,连些许近行定都不会产生。而若具足这些功德,他的森林住则是相称的。他能在彼处成就一切种类的禅那,既庄严森林住与住林者,也令整个教法生起净信。因此,为了显示这种比丘的亲近处、行道与适宜住处,而说:‘他亲近远离的坐卧处’等。其中,‘远离的’即空寂的。‘坐卧处’指人们于此躺卧与安坐之处,即床座等与精舍等。正因如此,在其解释中说:‘床、座’等。显示巴利原文
Idāni yasmā yassa abbhantare yathāvuttā ettakā guṇā natthi, tassa araññavāso pana makkaṭādīnaṃ viya anucchaviko na hoti, upacāramattampissa jhānaṃ na uppajjati. Yassa pana santi, tassa araññavāso anucchaviko hoti. So hi tattha sabbappakārajjhānaṃ nibbattetuṃ sakkoti, araññavāsañceva āraññake ca upasobheti, sakalañca sāsanaṃ pasādeti, tasmā evarūpassa bhikkhuno upāsanaṭṭhānayogapathaṃ sappāyasenāsanaṃ dassento ‘‘so vivittaṃ senāsanaṃ bhajatī’’tiādimāha. Tattha vivittanti suññaṃ. Seti ceva āsati ca etthāti senāsanaṃ, mañcādi, vihārādi ca. Tenevassa niddese ‘‘mañco pīṭha’’ntiādi vuttaṃ.
现在,为显示它的另一种分类,而说‘林’等。此中,所谓‘林’:依律的教理,先排除了村庄与村郊,其余一切皆是林;依经的教理,则是就阿兰若比丘而言,说最末一种五百弓的阿兰若为林;依阿毗达摩的教理,则村庄门柱之外的一切,皆应视为‘林’。因为(律的义注)中说:‘出门柱之外’。‘山谷’是指被水冲刷破裂的山地,即人们所谓的‘深谷’或‘河湾’。在那里,坐于犹如银板般的沙岸上、宝盖般的垂荫树丛下,面对着犹如宝石堆般流动的水,被凉风吹拂,行沙门法的人,心得一境。‘山洞’是指两山之间的空间,或同一座山中如裂隙般的大洞穴。‘林野’是指越过村庄边界、人们不常到达之处,那里既不耕种也不播种。因此在其义释中说:‘林野是远方坐卧处的同义词’等。显示巴利原文
Idāni aññampissa pabhedaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘arañña’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha araññanti vinayapariyāyena tāva ṭhapetvā gāmañca gāmūpacārañca avasesaṃ, suttantapariyāyena ca āraññakaṃ bhikkhuṃ sandhāya pañcadhanusatikaṃ pacchimaṃ araññanti vuttaṃ, abhidhammapariyāyena pana gāmadvārassa indakhīlato bahi sabbaṃ ‘‘arañña’’nti gahetabbaṃ. ‘‘Nikkhamitvā bahi indakhīlā’’ti (vibha. 529) hi vuttaṃ. Kandaranti kaṃ vuccati udakaṃ, tena daritaṃ udakena bhinnaṃ pabbatapadesaṃ, yaṃ ‘‘nitumba’’ntipi ‘‘nadīkuñja’’ntipi vadanti. Tattha hi rajatapaṭṭasadisavālikāpuline maṇivitānasadise sandacchāye vanagahane nisīditvā maṇikkhandhasadise udake sandamāne sītena vātena bījiyamānassa samaṇadhammaṃ karoto cittaṃ ekaggaṃ hoti. Giriguhanti dvinnaṃ pabbatānamantaraṃ, ekasmiññeva vā umaṅgasadisaṃ mahāvivaraṃ. Vanapatthanti gāmantaṃ atikkamitvā manussānaṃ anupacāraṭṭhānaṃ, yattha na kasanti na vapanti. Tenevassa niddese ‘‘vanapatthanti dūrānametaṃ senāsanānaṃ adhivacana’’ntiādi vuttaṃ.
‘露地’是指无遮蔽之处。然而,若愿意,可于此搭衣棚而住。‘草堆’是指干草堆。他们从大草堆中拨开干草,作成类似石窟的栖身处,或将干草铺在散置的灌木等上面而于其下安坐,即是指此而说。在‘少声’等语中,因无言语之声,故为‘少声’。因无城镇喧嚣声及野兽、鸟鸣声,故为‘少噪声’。‘无人风’是指无游荡人群及身体往来之风,故为‘无人风’;或读作‘无人语’,意为坐卧处内部无人群之声。‘适于独处’是指:因远离人的秘密行为,故为‘人隐密’;从各处退隐后,心能全然依于业处而沉入,故与修习名为独处的远离者相应,即‘适于独处’。‘亲近’即是结合之义。在‘入林’等语中,除‘林’与‘树下’外,其余一切坐卧处皆被‘空屋’所摄。显示巴利原文
Abbhokāsanti acchannaṃ. Ākaṅkhamāno panettha cīvarakuṭiṃ katvā vasati. Palālapuñjanti palālarāsiṃ. Mahāpalālapuñjato hi palālaṃ nikkaḍḍhitvā pabbhāraleṇasadise ālaye karonti, gacchagumbādīnampi upari palālaṃ pakkhipitvā heṭṭhā nisīdanti, taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Appasaddantiādīsu vacanasaddena virahitattā appasaddaṃ. Nagaranigghosasaddena ceva migapakkhinigghosena ca rahitattā appanigghosaṃ. Vijanavātanti anusañcarakajanassa sarīravātena virahitattā vijanavātaṃ, ‘‘vijanavāda’’ntipi pāṭho. Senāsanassa anto janavādasaddena rahitanti attho. Manussānaṃ rahassa kiriyārahattā manussarāhasseyyakaṃ, tato tato paṭinivattitvā sammadeva kammaṭṭhāne cittassa līyanato paṭisallānasaṅkhātassa vivekassa bhāvanārāmassa anurūpattā paṭisallānasāruppaṃ. Bhajatīti sambandho. Araññagatotiādīsu araññaṃ, rukkhamūlañca ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ sabbampi senāsanaṃ suññāgārena saṅgahitaṃ.
“结跏趺坐”指将双腿从四周盘起结缚。“端身正坐”指挺直上身,使十八节脊椎节节相对。如此而坐时,皮、肉、筋腱不会弯折;因为它们不弯折,便不会刹那刹那生起苦受,由此心得一境,业处得以增长。“系念于前”指将念安放在业处之前,或置于面门附近。因此其义释中说:“此念已住、善住,于鼻端或于口相。”(Vibh.537)这里,“口相”即上唇中间部位,为鼻息所触之处。或者,应依《无碍解道》所说:“pari是遍持义,mukha是出离义,sati是现起义,故称parimukhaṃ sati(系念于前)”(Paṭis.1.164)来理解此处的义理。其简要义为“以念遍持出离”。显示巴利原文
Pallaṅkaṃābhujitvāti samantato ūrubaddhāsanaṃ bandhitvā. Ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāyāti uparimakāyaṃ ujuṃ ṭhapetvā, aṭṭhārasa piṭṭhikaṇṭake koṭiyā koṭiṃ paṭipādetvā. Evaṃ nisinnassa hi cammamaṃsanahārūni na paṇamanti, athassa tesaṃ apaṇamanapaccayā khaṇe khaṇe vedanā na uppajjanti, tato cittaṃ ekaggaṃ hoti, kammaṭṭhānaṃ vuddhiṃ upagacchati. Parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvāti kammaṭṭhānābhimukhaṃ satiṃ paṭṭhapetvā, mukhasamīpe vā katvā. Tenevassa niddese ‘‘ayaṃ sati upaṭṭhitā hoti sūpaṭṭhitā, nāsikagge vā mukhanimitte vā’’ti (vibha. 537) vuttaṃ. Mukhanimittanti cettha uttaroṭṭhassa vemajjhapadeso, yattha nāsikāvāto paṭihaññati. Atha vā ‘‘parīti pariggahaṭṭho, mukhanti niyyānaṭṭho, satīti upaṭṭhānaṭṭho, tena vuccati parimukhaṃ sati’’nti (paṭi. ma. 1.164) vaṃ paṭisambhidāyaṃ vuttanayenapettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Tatrāyaṃ saṅkhepattho ‘‘pariggahitaniyyānaṃ satiṃ katvā’’ti.
在“abhijjhaṃ loke(于世间贪求)”等语中,abhijjhā(贪)意为朝向(abhi)而思惟(jhāyati)与寻思(cinteti),即贪欲。loko(世间)意为坏灭与被坏灭,即五取蕴。其义为从中镇伏欲贪。这是依镇伏而说“无贪欲”,并非指与眼识等相应。“以心”指以这样的心而住。“离贪欲”即远离贪欲。“净化心”指如贪欲被舍离后不再执取,此即解脱之义。byāpādo(嗔恚)意为以此(嗔)心,如同腐坏的酸粥等,舍弃本性;因变异而变坏,或破坏、毁灭他人,故为padoso(嗔恚),两者皆是kodha(嗔)的同义词。由于此心是依一切业处共通之相来说,因此不说“以慈心悲悯一切众生”,而仅说到“无嗔心”为止。显示巴利原文
Abhijjhaṃloketiādīsu abhimukhaṃ jhāyati cintetīti abhijjhā, rāgo. Lujjanapalujjanaṭṭhena loko, pañcupādānakkhandhā. Tesu kāmacchandaṃ vikkhambhetvāti attho. Vikkhambhanavaseneva vigatābhijjhena, na cakkhuviññāṇādisadisenāti attho. Cetasāti cittena, itthambhūto viharatīti attho. Abhijjhāyāti abhijjhāto. Cittaṃ parisodhetīti yathā naṃ sā muñcitvā na puna gaṇhāti, evaṃ parimocetīti attho. Byāpajjati iminā cittaṃ pūtikummāsādayo viya pakatiṃ jahātīti byāpādo. Vikārappattiyā padussati, paraṃ vā padūseti vināsetīti padoso, ubhayampetaṃ kodhassevādhivacanaṃ. Yasmā cetaṃ sabbakammaṭṭhānasādhāraṇavasena desīyati, tasmā ‘‘sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī’’ti evaṃ mettāvasena avatvā ‘‘abyāpannacitto’’ti ettakameva vuttaṃ.
“昏沉”是心的疾病,“睡眠”是心所的疾病。“作光明想”指无论昼夜,皆具足见光明之想;而由于这光明想能特别驱除昏沉与睡眠,故为求念与正知,而说“具念且正知”。显示巴利原文
Thinaṃ cittassa gelaññaṃ, middhaṃ cetasikānaṃ. Ālokasaññīti rattiyampi divāpi diṭṭhaālokasañjānanasaññāya samannāgato, tāya pana ālokasaññāya thinamiddhavinodanassa visesato satisampajaññaṃ icchitabbanti āha ‘‘sato sampajāno’’ti.
“不掉举”即不散乱,内心如是寂静。“度疑”即超越疑惑而住。“于善法无疑惑”是指于无过失法中,不起“此如何、彼如何”之想,远离了名为疑惑的疑。如此显示了五盖的断除后,现在,由于未断盖者不能生起禅那——因其心被所缘各异的欲贪等所散乱,无法专注于单一所缘而入定,亦不能超越欲界——故说“他舍断此五盖”等。此中,“行者”是指:如是依止戒等功德,前往树林等适宜坐卧之处,于随顺自己行道的业处,以无昏沉、无掉举的恒常修习,生起近行定而断除五盖,为证得初禅而精进者,这便是“行者”之义。显示巴利原文
Anuddhatoti avikkhitto tathā eva ajjhattaṃ vūpasantacitto. Tiṇṇavicikicchoti vicikicchaṃ atikkamitvā ṭhito. Akathaṃkathī kusalesu dhammesūti anavajjadhammesu ‘‘kathaṃ ime, kathaṃ ime’’ti evaṃ pavattanato kathaṃkathīsaṅkhātāya vicikicchāya virahito. Evaṃ pañcanīvaraṇappahānaṃ dassetvā idāni yasmā appahīnanīvaraṇassa jhānaṃ na uppajjati, na hi kāmacchandādīhi nānāvisayavikkhittacittaṃ ekattārammaṇe samādhiyati, na kāmadhātusamatikkamanāya vā paṭipajjati, tasmā ‘‘so ime pañca nīvaraṇe pahāyā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha soti yo yathāvuttasīlādiguṇe patiṭṭhāya araññādianurūpasenāsanagato attano cariyānukulakammaṭṭhāne līnuddhaccarahitāya sātaccakiriyāya uppāditupacārajjhānena pahīnapañcanīvaraṇo paṭhamajjhānādhigamāya vāyamati, soti attho.
心的杂染,指令心不明净的状态。令智慧羸弱:因为这些盖生起时,会阻碍未生的世间与出世间智慧生起;对于已生的世间八等至,或作为神通的智慧,则断其根本而令其退失,因此称为“令智慧羸弱”。在“离诸欲……”等句中,“诸欲”指所依欲与烦恼欲。“离”即远离、无有、离去之意。此处以决定义的“即”字显示:正如舍弃黑暗灯才发光,唯有舍弃与禅那相违的诸欲,才能证得初禅。后句亦应引入此“即”字,连接为“即离诸不善法”。因为若未离于欲以外的其他称为盖的不善法,便不可能成就而住于禅那。又,两句中的“离”字,在此意指除了身远离等、彼分远离等中的彼分出离远离之外的一切远离。因为说离所依欲,即说身远离;说离烦恼欲及其他不善法,即说心远离与依止远离,以及镇伏等远离。由于也包含了出世间禅,应如此理解。如是,此二句依次说明了欲贪盖及其余诸盖的镇伏等。对于暴流等,亦应如此配合。显示巴利原文
Cetaso upakkileseti cittassa appabhassarabhāvakaraṇe. Paññāya dubbalīkaraṇeti yasmā ime nīvaraṇā uppajjamānā anuppannāya lokiyalokuttarāya paññāya uppajjituṃ na denti, uppannāya pana lokiyaaṭṭhasamāpattiyā, abhiññābhūtāya vā mūlaṃ upacchinditvā pātenti, tasmā ‘‘paññāya dubbalīkaraṇā’’ti vuccanti. Vivicceva kāmehītiādīsu kāmehīti vatthukāmakilesakāmehi. Viviccevāti viviccitvā vinā hutvā, apakkamitvāti attho. Niyamatthena panettha eva-kārena jhānapaṭipakkhabhūtānaṃ kāmānaṃ pariccāgeneva paṭhamajjhānādhigamo, andhakārapariccāgeneva dīpappavatti viyāti dasseti. Uttarapadepi cesa eva-kāro ānetvā ‘‘vivicceva akusalehi dhammehī’’ti sambandhitabbo. Na hi sakkā kāmato aññehi nīvaraṇasaṅkhātehi akusaladhammehi aviviccāpi jhānaṃ upasampajja viharituṃ. Padadvayepi pana ‘‘viviccā’’ti iminā kāyavivekādīsu, tadaṅgavivekādīsu ca tadaṅganissaraṇavivekavajjitā sabbepi vivekā idha adhippetā. Vatthukāmavivekavacanato hi kāyaviveko vutto, kilesakāmehi pana sesākusalehi ca vivekavacanato cittaupadhivivekā, vikkhambhanādivivekā ca vuttā. Lokuttarajjhānampi saṅgahitattā daṭṭhabbaṃ. Evametena padadvayena yathākkamaṃ kāmacchandanīvaraṇasesanīvaraṇavikkhambhanādiko vutto. Evaṃ oghādīsupi yathārahaṃ yojetabbaṃ.
如此显示了初禅的断支之后,现在为显示俱生支,而说“有寻有伺”等。其中,与寻及伺俱行,犹如树与花、果俱在,此禅那称为“有寻有伺”。“离生”:此处“离”为远离,即诸盖离去之义;或“离”指已离,即已离诸盖的禅那相应法聚之义。因此,从远离而生,或于彼远离中生,称为“离生”。“喜乐”:此处“喜”指达到安止的遍满喜;“乐”指与其相应的乐受。此喜与此乐是此禅那所有,或存在于其中,故此禅那称为“喜乐”。或者,喜与乐合称喜乐,此禅那具有离生的喜乐,或离生的喜乐在其中,故为“离生喜乐”。如此,本应说为“离生喜乐”,但加上随韵后,亦可说为“离生喜乐”。正如禅那是离生,喜乐也是离生。“初禅”:依计数次第为初,依最初生起亦为初。由缘虑所缘,或由烧尽敌对法而称为禅那。依此理,后面的“第二禅”等义应当了知。“成就而住”:即如是证得已断五支、具足五支、具三种善、成就十相的初禅后,以与其相应的威仪安住而转起之义。此处,心一境性虽在“有寻有伺”此句中未被列出,但依《分别论》所说“禅那即寻、伺、喜、乐、心一境性”,故仍为禅支。显示巴利原文
Ettāvatā ca paṭhamassa jhānassa pahānaṅgaṃ dassetvā idāni sampayogaṅgaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘savitakkaṃ savicāra’’ntiādi vuttaṃ . Tattha vitakkena ca vicārena ca saha vattati rukkho viya pupphena, phalena cāti idaṃ jhānaṃ ‘‘savitakkaṃ savicāra’’nti vuccati. Vivekajanti ettha vivitti viveko, nīvaraṇavigamoti attho. Vivittoti vā viveko, nīvaraṇavivitto jhānasampayuttadhammarāsīti attho, tasmā vivekato, tasmiṃ vā viveke jātanti vivekajaṃ. Pītisukhanti ettha pītīti appanāppattā pharaṇāpīti, sukhañca taṃsampayuttaṃ, iti ayañca pīti idañca sukhaṃ assa jhānassa, asmiṃ vā atthīti idaṃ jhānaṃ ‘‘pītisukha’’nti vuccati. Atha vā pīti ca sukhañca pītisukhaṃ, vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ assa, asmiṃ vāti vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ, evaṃ ekapadavasena ‘‘vivekajapītisukha’’nti vattabbe niggahītāgamaṃ katvā ‘‘vivekajaṃ pītisukha’’ntipi vattuṃ yujjati. Yatheva hi jhānaṃ, evaṃ pītisukhampi vivekajameva hotīti. Paṭhamaṃ jhānanti gaṇanānupubbato paṭhamaṃ, paṭhamaṃ uppattitopi paṭhamaṃ. Ārammaṇūpanijjhānato, paccanīkajhāpanato vā jhānaṃ, iminā nayena upari ‘‘dutiyaṃ jhāna’’ntiādīsu attho veditabbo. Upasampajja viharatīti evaṃ pañcaṅgavippahīnaṃ pañcaṅgasamannāgataṃ tividhakalyāṇaṃ dasalakkhaṇasampannaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ adhigantvā tadanurūpena iriyāpathavihārena pavattatīti attho. Ettha ca cittekaggatā kiñcāpi ‘‘savitakkasavicāra’’nti imasmiṃ pāṭhe na niddiṭṭhā, tathāpi vibhaṅge ‘‘jhānanti vitakko vicāro pīti sukhaṃ cittassekaggatā’’ti (vibha. 569) vuttattā aṅgameva.
如此开示了初禅的证得后,现在进一步说明:在那之后,证得初禅的禅修者需要以转向、入定、出定、决意、观察这五种自在而令心得自在,从初禅出定后,见到它的过患——因它以五盖为近敌,且伴有粗显的寻、伺所引起的扰动——于是制伏对它的欲求。为断除寻等粗显禅支、获得喜等微细禅支,他再三地将心作意于同一业处,由此第二禅生起;同时,以此为依止的出世间禅也得以生起。为了显示这些意义,而说‘由寻与伺的止息……’等语。其中,‘止息’即超越,指在第二禅的刹那,寻与伺不再现起。‘内’指发生于自身,即在自己的相续中生起。‘净信’:因与称为‘信’的净信心所相应,禅那本身也如同因蓝色而被称为‘蓝布’一样,得名为‘净信’。‘心一趣’:在此处,因不被寻与伺所动摇,‘一’意为最上、殊胜;‘趣’为生起,即指定。修习并增长此定的人,所证得的即是‘心一趣’的第二禅。由于这一‘一趣’的状态属于心,而非属于众生或命我,故说为‘心一趣’。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ paṭhamajjhānādhigamaṃ dassetvā idāni tadanantaraṃ adhigatapaṭhamajjhānassa taṃ āvajjanasamāpajjanavuṭṭhānādhiṭṭhānapaccavekkhaṇasaṅkhātāhi pañcahi vasīhi vasībhūtaṃ katvā tato vuṭṭhāya tattha āsannanīvaraṇapaccatthikatāya ceva oḷārikavitakkavicārakkhobhasamaṅgitāya ca dosaṃ disvā nikantiṃ pariyādāya vitakkādibhedoḷārikaṅgappahānāya, pītiādisantaṅgapaṭilābhāya ca tadeva kammaṭṭhānaṃ punappunaṃ manasikaroto dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ uppajjati, tappādakañca lokuttarajjhānaṃ puggalādhiṭṭhānena dassetuṃ ‘‘vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā’’tiādimāha. Tattha vūpasamāti samatikkamā, dutiyajjhānakkhaṇe apātubhāvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Ajjhattanti attani jātaṃ, attasantāne nibbattanti attho. Sampasādananti saddhāsaṅkhātasampasādanayogato jhānampi sampasādanaṃ nīlavaṇṇayogato nīlavatthaṃ viya. Ekodibhāvanti ettha vitakkavicārehi anajjhāruḷhattā eko aggo seṭṭho udetīti ekodi, samādhi. Taṃ bhāveti vaḍḍhetīti dutiyajjhānaṃ ekodibhāvaṃ. So panāyaṃ ekodi yasmā cetaso, na sattassa, na jīvassa, tasmā etaṃ ‘‘cetaso ekodibhāva’’nti vuttaṃ.
难道这种‘信’与名为‘一趣’的定在初禅中不存在吗?为何唯独在此禅中作如此说呢?对此回答说:在此第二禅中,由于没有寻、伺的扰动,信与定极为强盛有力,因此唯独在描述此禅时这样说。‘无寻无伺’:因为通过修习断除了寻与伺,所以在此禅中已没有寻与伺,或者说此禅本身就不具备寻与伺。应该知道,这并非如第三禅等以及眼识等那样,由于完全无因、根本不生起而说无,因此‘由寻与伺的止息’这句话是说明其原因的。‘定生’:指由初禅之定而生起,或由与定相应的状态而生起。为了赞叹此心因没有寻等扰动而具有的功德,故特地说为‘定生’。‘成就而住’:意为如此证得已断除二支、具足三支、具足三种善等的第二禅后,依照前述之理而安住、转起。显示巴利原文
Nanu cāyaṃ saddhā paṭhamajjhānepi atthi, ayañca ekodināmako samādhi, atha kasmā idameva evaṃ vuttanti? Vuccate – imasmiñhi jhāne vitakkavicārakkhobhābhāvena balavatī saddhā, samādhi ca, tasmā idameva evaṃ vuttanti. Avitakkaṃ avicāranti bhāvanāya pahīnattā natthi etasmiṃ, etassa vā vitakko vicāro, na tatiyajjhānādi viya, cakkhuviññāṇādi viya ca abhāvappattito, tasmā imassa ‘‘vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā’’ti idaṃ kāraṇavacananti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Samādhijanti paṭhamajjhānasamādhito, sampayuttasamādhito vā jātaṃ, vitakkādikkhobhābhāvena cetassa vaṇṇabhaṇanatthaṃ idameva ‘‘samādhija’’nti vuttaṃ. Upasampajja viharatīti evaṃ duvaṅgavippahīnaṃ tivaṅgasamannāgataṃ tividhakalyāṇādiyuttaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ adhigantvā vuttanayena vattatīti attho.
如此开示了第二禅的证得后,现在进一步说明:在紧接着证得第二禅之后,依前文所述的方法令心得自在,并在其中见到过患——因寻与伺为其近敌,且伴有粗显的喜支——从而断除对它的贪染。为了舍断那粗显的禅支、获得其余寂静的微细禅支,他再三地将心作意于同一所缘,由此第三禅以及以它为近因的出世间禅便得以生起。为了显示这些意义,而说‘由离喜……’等语。其中,‘离染’即离贪,是超越的意思,因此说‘由离’。此处的‘ca’字将‘寻与伺的止息’也摄纳进来,意即‘由离喜,及由寻与伺的止息’。这是为了阐明其来路之道,并表赞叹而作此说。‘他住于舍’中:从‘观’的角度,以不偏袒的方式而看,这称为‘舍’,即中舍性。由于具足了那清净的、以离喜为立足处的、强有力的舍,第三禅的具足者被称为‘具舍者’。然而,此舍因无寻等扰动,唯在此处的功用才如此显著,而非在初禅等处。‘具念与正知’:这是以补特伽罗为安立处而说念与正知。应知,这也是为了显示此特殊义理而唯独在此处宣说:依靠念与正知之力而安立的、与喜俱行的乐,犹如被绳索之力从母牛旁牵开的小牛犊,不再趋向于喜;并且在如此极为甘美的乐中,瑜伽行者不致生起贪染。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ dutiyajjhānādhigamaṃ dassetvā idāni tadanantaraṃ adhigatadutiyajjhānassa taṃ vuttanayeneva vasībhūtaṃ katvā tattha āsannavitakkavicārapaccatthikatāya ceva oḷārikapītaṅgasamaṅgitāya ca dosaṃ disvā nikantiṃ pariyādāya tadoḷārikaṅgappahānāya sesasantaṅgapaṭilābhāya tadevārammaṇaṃ punappunaṃ manasikaroto tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ uppajjati, tappādakañca lokuttaraṃ, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘pītiyā ca virāgā’’tiādimāha. Tattha virajjanaṃ virāgo, samatikkamo, tasmā virāgā. Ca-kārena vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamaṃ sampiṇḍeti ‘‘pītiyā ca virāgā, vitakkavicārānañca vūpasamā’’ti. Idañcetassa āgamanamaggaparidīpanatthaṃ, vaṇṇabhaṇanatthañca vuttaṃ. Upekkhako viharatīti ettha upapattito ikkhati apakkhapatitā hutvā passatīti upekkhā, tatramajjhattatā. Tāya visadāya pītivirāgapadaṭṭhānāya thāmagatāya samannāgatattā tatiyajjhānasamaṅgī ‘‘upekkhako’’ti vuccati, vitakkādikkhobhābhāvena panesā ettheva paribyattakiccā jātā, na paṭhamajjhānādīsūti. Sato ca sampajānoti puggalādhiṭṭhānena sati ca sampajaññañca vuttaṃ, idañca satisampajaññabaleneva ṭhitaṃ taṃpītisahacaritaṃ sukhaṃ, tato apanītaṃ vaccho viya bandhanabalena dhenuṃ pītiṃ na upagacchati, imasmiñca sati atimadhure sukhe yogino na sārajjanti, no aññathāti imampi atthavisesaṃ dassetuṃ idheva vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedetīti ettha kiñcāpi tatiyajjhānasamaṅgino sukhapaṭisaṃvedanābhogo natthi, evaṃ santepi yasmā tassa nāmakāyena sampayuttaṃ atipaṇītaṃ sukhaṃ, taṃsamuṭṭhitena tassa atipaṇītena rūpena rūpakāyo phuṭṭho, yassa phuṭṭhattā jhānā vuṭṭhitopi kāyikasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeyya, tasmā etamatthaṃ dassento ‘‘sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedetī’’ti āha. Yaṃ tantiādīsu yanti yasmā, yaṃ jhānahetūti attho. Tanti taṃ tatiyajjhānasamaṅgipuggalaṃ buddhādayo ariyā ācikkhanti pasaṃsanti. Kinti? ‘‘Upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’’ti. Evaṃ ekaṅgavippahīnaṃ duvaṅgasamannāgataṃ tividhakalyāṇādiyuttaṃ tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ adhigantvā pavattatīti attho. Yaṃ pana jhānaṃ vibhaṅge ‘‘jhānanti upekkhā sati sampajaññaṃ sukhaṃ cittassekaggatā’’ti (vibha. 591) vuttaṃ, taṃ saparikkhāraṃ jhānaṃ dassetuṃ pariyāyena vuttaṃ. Upanijjhānalakkhaṇānaṃ pana sukhacittekaggatānaṃ vasena duvaṅgikamevetaṃ veditabbaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘duvaṅgikaṃ jhānaṃ hotī’’tiādi (vibha. 624).
如此显示了第三禅的证得后,现在说明:在证得第三禅之后,令此禅安住于自在,从中出定,如前所述见到过患,断除贪染,为了舍断粗显的乐支,并证得名为舍与一境性的其余寂静支,而作意同一相,第四禅即生起,以之为近因的出世间禅也生起。为了以补特伽罗为安立处显示这些,故说“由断乐……”等。其中,“由断乐,及断苦”:即断除身乐与身苦。“先前”:指那是在先前,而非在第四禅的刹那,这是其义。“喜与忧的灭没”:即心乐与心苦的先前断除。那么,它们于何时断除?在四禅的近行刹那。因为苦、忧、乐、喜依次在初禅等四禅的近行刹那才被断除。若如此,为什么经中说:“离……具足初禅而住,此处所生的苦根无余灭尽……具足第四禅而住,此处所生的喜根无余灭尽”,将灭尽说在诸禅本身之中呢?因为那是就殊胜的灭尽而言。近行刹那的灭尽,只是灭尽,而非殊胜灭尽;殊胜灭尽唯在禅那刹那。正因如此,那些地方才用了“无余”一词。然而,在那些地方,这些已被断除的受,是为了在此处以不苦不乐受——其相难知——来简别苦等。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ tatiyajjhānādhigamaṃ dassetvā idāni tadanantaraṃ adhigatatatiyajjhānassa taṃ vasībhūtaṃ katvā tato vuṭṭhāya tattha vuttanayena dosaṃ disvā nikantiṃ pariyādāya oḷārikasukhaṅgappahānāya, upekkhekaggatāsaṅkhātasesasantaṅgapaṭilābhāya ca tadeva nimittaṃ manasikaroto catutthaṃ jhānaṃ uppajjati, tappādakañca lokuttaraṃ, taṃ puggalādhiṭṭhānena dassetuṃ ‘‘sukhassa ca pahānā’’tiādimāha. Tattha sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānāti kāyikassa sukhassa, dukkhassa ca pahānā. Pubbevāti tañca kho pubbeva, na catutthajjhānakkhaṇeti attho. Somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamāti cetasikassa sukhassa, dukkhassa ca pubbeva pahānā. Kadā pana tesaṃ pahānaṃ hotīti? Catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ upacārakkhaṇe. Dukkhadomanassasukhasomanassāni hi yathākkamaṃ paṭhamādicatunnaṃ jhānānaṃ upacārakkhaṇe eva pahīyanti. Yadi evaṃ, kasmā panesa ‘‘vivicceva…pe… paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati, etthuppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati…pe… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati, etthuppannaṃ somanassindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.510) evaṃ jhānesveva nirodho vuttoti? Atisayanirodhassa vuttattā. Upacārakkhaṇesu hi yo nirodho, so nirodho eva, nātisayanirodho, so pana jhānakkhaṇesu eva. Tato eva hi tattha tattha aparisesaggahaṇaṃ katanti, tattha tattha pana pahīnāpi etā vedanā ettha duviññeyyalakkhaṇāya adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya dukkhādibyatirekena sukhaggahaṇatthaṃ, vaṇṇabhaṇanatthañcassa jhānassa samāhaṭā, paccayadassanatthañcassa. Yathāha – ‘‘cattāro kho, āvuso, paccayā adukkhamasukhāya cetovimuttiyā samāpattiyā, idhāvuso, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā’’tiādi (ma. ni. 1.458).
“舍念清净”:即由名为中舍性的舍所引生的念之清净。由于无杂染,故说清净。而且,此处不仅舍与念是清净的,一切相应法也都是清净的,但此教导是以念为首而作的。“具足而住”:意为如此舍断一支、具足二支、具备三善等的第四禅,证得后,以与其相应的威仪住而转起。显示巴利原文
Upekkhāsatipārisuddhinti tatramajjhattatāsaṅkhātāya upekkhāya janitasatiyā pārisuddhi. Nirupaklesatāya hi taṃ parisuddhattaṃ. Na kevalañcettha upekkhāya sati eva parisuddhā, apica kho sabbepi sampayuttadhammā, satisīsena panāyaṃ desanā katāti. Upasampajja viharatīti evaṃ ekaṅgavippahīnaṃ duvaṅgasamannāgataṃ tividhakalyāṇādiyuttaṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ adhigantvā tadanurūpena iriyāpathavihārena pavattatīti attho.
如此显示了色界四禅之后,现在为了显示无色界禅,首先说明其中的第一个无色定:对于已证得色界第四禅者,由于执杖、执刀等伤害以及眼病等疾病,而见到业生色的过患,为了超越业生色,他在除去空遍的其余九遍中,任取一种遍相,生起第四禅。然后,由于该禅的所缘——遍相色也是业生色的类似相,正如在森林中因害怕蛇而逃跑的人,会将绳、棕榈叶等视为蛇的类似相一样,想要超越它的人,以五种方式对此禅修习自在后,从此禅出定。由于此禅以应厌离的色之类似相为所缘,且以近在咫尺的喜为敌对,见到其过患,调伏对它的欲求。由于在禅支上没有需要超越的,便作意以超越所缘为本质的空无边处为寂静,将遍相扩展到轮围世界的边际,或随其所欲的任何范围。之后,或不作意遍相,而作意被该遍相所触的空间为“虚空、虚空”,或作意“无边的虚空”,或揭开遍相后,对揭开遍相后的虚空相,反复作意“虚空”,如此便生起空无边处定。为了显示这一点,故说“完全超越色想”等。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ rūpāvacaralokuttaracatukkajjhānaṃ dassetvā idāni arūpāvacarajjhānaṃ dassento yaṃ tattha paṭhamaṃ, evaṃ adhigatarūpāvacaracatutthajjhānassa karajarūpe daṇḍādānādīnañceva cakkhurogādiābādhānañca vasena diṭṭhādīnavassa karajarūpassa samatikkamāya ākāsakasiṇavirahitesu navasu kasiṇesu aññatarasmiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ uppādetvā tassārammaṇabhūtaṃ kasiṇapaṭibhāgarūpampi karajarūpapaṭibhāgatāya, araññe sappānubandhassa bhayena palāyato rajjutālapaṇṇādiṃ sappapaṭibhāgatāya viya samatikkamitukāmassa pañcahākārehi taṃ jhānaṃ vasībhūtaṃ katvā tato vuṭṭhāya tattha nibbejanīyarūpapaṭibhāgārammaṇatāya, āsannasomanassapaccatthikatāya ca dosaṃ disvā nikantiṃ pariyādāya aṅgesu samatikkamitabbābhāvena ārammaṇasamatikkamabhūtaṃ ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ santato manasikaritvā cakkavāḷapariyantaṃ vā yattakaṃ vā icchati, tattakaṃ kasiṇaṃ pattharitvā vā kasiṇaṃ amanasikaritvā tena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ ‘‘ākāso ākāso’’ti vā ‘‘ananto ākāso’’ti vā manasikārena kasiṇaṃ ugghāṭetvā vā taṃ kasiṇugghāṭimākāsanimittaṃ ‘‘ākāso’’ti punappunaṃ manasikaroto ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ uppajjati, taṃ tāva dassetuṃ ‘‘sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā’’tiādimāha.
其中,“一切地”指以一切方式,或所有无余的意思。“色想”指以想为首而说的那些依善、异熟、唯作而有的十五种色界禅那,以及它们的所缘。因为色界禅那也以想为首而说为“于色之想,为色想”,其遍相所缘也因有“色想”之名而称为“色想”。“超越”指离染与灭尽。在《分别论》中,当想被超越时,所缘即被超越,因此说“对于已入定者、已生起者或现法乐住者”等,唯说想的超越;对于所缘未离染者,则不可能有想的超越,因此也应依所缘的超越来解释其义。显示巴利原文
Tattha sabbasoti sabbākārena, sabbāsaṃ vā anavasesānanti attho. Rūpasaññānanti saññāsīsena vuttānaṃ kusalavipākakiriyavasena pañcadasarūpāvacarajjhānānañceva tadārammaṇānañca. Rūpajjhānampi hi ‘‘rūpe saññā rūpasaññā’’ti evaṃ saññāsīsena vuccati, tadārammaṇakasiṇampi rūpanti saññā nāmamassāti ‘‘rūpasañña’’nti vuccati. Samatikkamāti virāgā, nirodhā ca. Vibhaṅge pana saññāsu samatikkantāsu ārammaṇaṃ samatikkantameva hotīti ‘‘samāpannassa vā upapannassa vā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārissa vā’’tiādinā (vibha. 602) saññānameva samatikkamo vutto, ārammaṇe avirattassa saññāsamatikkamo natthevāti taṃ samatikkamavasenāpi atthavaṇṇanā kātabbāva.
“有对想的灭没”:依眼等诸处与色等诸所缘的撞击而生起的五双识之想,称为有对想,这些想的灭没,即是有对想的灭没。虽然这些想在进入色界禅那时也不存在,但那是因为未被断除,而非已断。因为色界修习并不导向离色,这些想的生起正是依于色;而此处的修习却是导向离色的,因此在这里可以说它们已被断除。“种种想的不作意”:指对于行于种种境域,或依种种意识界而生起的四十四种欲界想,不作意、不转向。其中,对于色想与有对想,由于在由此禅那所生的生存状态中也不会生起,故说“超越、灭没”,即是说它们无有。而“种种想的不作意”,应知是因为依八种欲界善、九种唯作、十种不善,这二十七种想在无色生存中仍可由作意而生起,因此只说对它们不作意。显示巴利原文
Paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamāti cakkhādīnaṃ vatthūnaṃ, rūpādīnañca ārammaṇānaṃ paṭighātena samuppannā dvipañcaviññāṇasaññā paṭighasaññā, tāsaṃ atthaṅgamā. Kiñcāpi tā rūpāvacarajjhānasamāpannassāpi na santi, atha kho na pahīnattā na santi. Na hi rūpavirāgāya rūpāvacarabhāvanā saṃvattati, rūpāyattāva etāsaṃ pavatti, ayaṃ pana bhāvanā rūpavirāgāya saṃvattati, tasmā tā ettha pahīnāti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārāti nānatte gocare pavattānaṃ, nānattānaṃ vā manoviññāṇadhātuvasena pavattānañca catucattālīsakāmāvacarasaññānaṃ amanasikārā anāvajjanā. Ettha ca rūpapaṭighasaññānaṃ iminā jhānena nibbattabhavepi anuppattito ‘‘samatikkamā atthaṅgamā’’ti evaṃ abhāvo eva vutto. ‘‘Nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā’’ti aṭṭhakāmāvacarakusalānaṃ navakiriyānaṃ dasākusalānaṃ vasena sattavīsatisaññānaṃ arūpabhavepi manasikārena uppattisambhavato tāsaṃ amanasikārā icceva vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
“无边的虚空”:于此,没有它的生起或灭没可被了知,故为“无边”。“虚空”指除去遍相后的虚空,此处应知无边性是由作意而来的。因此《分别论》说:“他将心安立于那虚空……遍满无边的虚空,因此称为无边的虚空”。这是显示其修习的方式。“空无边处”:于此,没有它的边际,故为无边;虚空即是无边,故为虚空无边;虚空无边即是空无边,那空无边本身,以住立之义与生起集会之义而称为“处”,此禅那以此空无边为所缘,连同相应法,故为“空无边处”。成就此而依前说方式安住,即是其义。显示巴利原文
Ananto ākāsoti ettha nāssa uppādanto vā vayanto vā paññāyatīti ananto. Ākāsoti kasiṇugghāṭimākāso vuccati, manasikāravasenapettha anantatā veditabbā. Teneva vibhaṅge vuttaṃ ‘‘tasmiṃ ākāse cittaṃ ṭhapeti…pe… anantaṃ pharati, tena vuccati ananto ākāso’’ti (vibha. 605). Idaṃ panassa bhāvanākāradassanaṃ. Ākāsānañcāyatananti ettha nāssa antoti anantaṃ ākāsameva anantaṃ ākāsānantaṃ, ākāsānantameva ākāsānañcaṃ, tadeva ākāsānañcaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṭṭhena, sañjātisamosaraṇaṭṭhena ca āyatanaṃ, taṃ ārammaṇamassa sasampayuttadhammassa jhānassāti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ. Taṃ upasampajja vuttanayena viharatīti attho.
如此显示了空无边处的证得后,现在为了说明紧接着证得初无色定者——令其修习自在后,由于此定以邻近的色界禅那为敌,且以似色之虚空为所缘,见到其中的过患,调伏欲求,为了超越它,于遍满虚空而生的识,反复作意“无边的识”,从而生起识无边处——为了显示此义,故说“完全超越空无边处”等。此处,依前述方式,禅那亦名空无边处,所缘亦名空无边处。因所缘亦依前述方式,既是空无边,又是初无色定的所缘,故依所说方式称为“处”,是故名为“空无边处”。如是应知,“超越空无边处”即令两者皆不现起、不作意,合说为一。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ ākāsānañcāyatanādhigamaṃ dassetvā idāni yaṃ tadanantaraṃ adhigatapaṭhamāruppassa taṃ vasībhūtaṃ katvā tattha āsannarūpajjhānapaccatthikatāya, rūpapaṭibhāgākāsārammaṇatāya ca dosaṃ disvā nikantiṃ pariyādāya taṃ samatikkamāya ākāsaṃ pharitvā pavattaṃ viññāṇaṃ ‘‘anantaṃ viññāṇa’’nti punappunaṃ manasikaroto viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ uppajjati, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkammā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha pubbe vuttanayena jhānampi ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ ārammaṇampi. Ārammaṇampi hi purimanayena ākāsānañcañca taṃ paṭhamāruppassa ārammaṇattā vuttanayena āyatanañcāti ‘‘ākāsānañcāyatana’’nti vuccati. Iti ubhayassāpi appavattikaraṇena, amanasikaraṇena ca ekajjhaṃ katvā ‘‘ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkammā’’ti idaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
“无边的识”:即彼初无色定之识,遍满虚空而无边转起,如此作意“无边的识”,此即所说之义;或依作意之相而说为无边。《分别论》中亦云:“遍满无边的识”。“识无边处”:此处依前述方式,无边即是无边际,识即是彼无边际,应为“识无边”,然依惯用语而说为“识无边”,彼即是处、是所缘,故为“识无边处”。余如前说。显示巴利原文
Anantaṃviññāṇanti taññeva paṭhamāruppaviññāṇaṃ ākāsaṃ anantato pharitvā pavattaṃ ‘‘anantaṃ viññāṇa’’nti evaṃ manasikarototi vuttaṃ hoti, manasikāravasena vā anantaṃ. Vibhaṅgepi hi ‘‘anantaṃ pharatī’’ti (vibha. 610) vuttaṃ. Viññāṇañcāyatananti ettha vuttanayena anantameva ānañcaṃ, viññāṇañca taṃ ānañcañcāti viññāṇānantanti vattabbe ruḷhito ‘‘viññāṇañca’’nti vuttaṃ, tadeva āyatanamārammaṇamassāti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
如此说明识无边处之后,现在为显示无所有处:即将随后证得的第二无色定修至自在,观见其中因邻近空无边处而为敌对、且以彼为所缘的过患,耗尽对其之欲贪,为了超越彼,而一再作意初无色定识的非有——“没有、没有”“空、空”“远离、远离”,由此生起无所有处定,故说“完全超越识无边处”等。此处亦应依所说方法,理解为禅那及所缘——即识无边处——的超越。“无所有”意为:如是作意“没有、没有,空、空,远离、远离”。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ dassetvā idāni yaṃ tadanantaraṃ adhigatadutiyāruppassa taṃ vasībhūtaṃ katvā tattha āsannākāsānañcāyatanapaccatthikatāya, tadārammaṇatāya ca dosaṃ disvā nikantiṃ pariyādāya taṃ samatikkamāya paṭhamāruppaviññāṇābhāvaṃ ‘‘natthi natthī’’ti vā ‘‘suññaṃ suñña’’nti vā ‘‘vivittaṃ vivitta’’nti vā punappunaṃ manasikaroto ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ uppajjati, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘sabbaso’’tiādimāha. Idhāpi vuttanayena jhānassa, tadārammaṇassa ca viññāṇañcāyatanassa samatikkamova veditabbo. Natthi kiñcīti ‘‘natthi natthi, suññaṃ suññaṃ, vivittaṃ vivitta’’nti evaṃ manasikarototi attho.
“无所有处”:此处,“无所有”是说,其中没有任何事物,乃至连一丝残余也不存在,故为无所有;无所有的状态即是“无所有性”,这是对空无边处识消失之时的称谓;以无所有性为处、为所缘,故称“无所有处”。其余容易理解。显示巴利原文
Ākiñcaññāyatananti ettha nāssa kiñcananti akiñcanaṃ, antamaso bhaṅgamattampissa avasiṭṭhaṃ natthīti vuttaṃ hoti, akiñcanassa bhāvo ākiñcaññaṃ, ākāsānañcāyatanaviññāṇāpagamassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ, ākiñcaññaṃ āyatanamārammaṇamassāti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
如此说明了无所有处的证得之后,现在说明紧接着证得的第三无色定:将已证得的无所有处修习至自在,见到其中因邻近识无边处之敌对性而有的过患,耗尽对它的欲贪,为超越它而一再作意无所有处为“寂静、寂静”,便生起非想非非想处定。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ ākiñcaññāyatanādhigamaṃ dassetvā idāni yaṃ tadanantaraṃ adhigatatatiyāruppassa taṃ vasībhūtaṃ katvā tattha āsannaviññāṇañcāyatanapaccatthikatāya dosaṃ disvā nikantiṃ pariyādāya taṃ samatikkamāya tadeva ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ ‘‘santaṃ santa’’nti punappunaṃ manasikaroto nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ uppajjati, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘sabbaso’’tiādimāha. Tattha nevasaññānāsaññāyatananti oḷārikāya saññāya abhāvato, sukhumāya ca bhāvato nevassa sasampayuttadhammassa jhānassa saññā nāsaññāti nevasaññānāsaññaṃ, tadeva dhammāyatanamanāyatanapariyāpannattā āyatananti nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ.
或者,其中存在的这种想,由于不能执行粗显想的作用,故为“非想”;由于以仅存行蕴的极微细状态而存在,故为“非非想”;合为“非想非非想”。而此非想非非想,就其作为相应诸法的安立处而言,又是“处”,故为“非想非非想处”。而且,不仅这里的想如此,触亦是“非触非非触”,心亦是“非心非非心”,其余相应法亦然,但应知此教导是以想为首而作。其中,“以仅存行蕴的极微细状态”是指行蕴达到极度微细的状态。其余如前所述。显示巴利原文
Atha vā yāyamettha saññā, sā paṭusaññākiccaṃ kātuṃ asamatthatāya nevasaññā, saṅkhārāvasesasukhumabhāvena vijjamānattā nāsaññāti nevasaññānāsaññā, nevasaññānāsaññā ca sā sampayuttadhammānaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṭṭhena āyatanañcāti nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ. Na kevalañcettha saññāva edisī, api tu phassopi nevaphasso nāphasso, cittampi nevacittaṃ nācittaṃ, evaṃ sesasampayuttadhammāpi, saññāsīsena panāyaṃ desanā katāti veditabbā. Tattha saṅkhārāvasesasukhumabhāvenāti accantasukhumabhāvappattasaṅkhārabhāvena. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
而此处,从起始的总义说明如下:以“于此,比丘以巴帝摩卡防护而防护”等,指出教法中能生起世间与出世间禅那者,其作为基础的戒中的巴帝摩卡防护清净。以“住”,说明具备与之相应的安住。以“具足行处与行境”,说明活命遍净戒以及对其有帮助的法。以“于微细罪”等,说明不违犯前说诸戒,并无余地受持它们。以“守护根门”,说明根律仪戒。以“于食知量”,说明资具依止戒与知足等功德。以“初夜后夜”等,说明安住于戒与头陀支、乐于修习者对其有帮助的法。以“菩提分”等,说明其修行属于决择分的部分。以“他于前进”等,说明为了不失去前述功德,以及为了获得将说的功德而与念相应。以“他远离”等,说明执取适合修习的住所。以“他前往林野”等,说明开始修习禅那的方式。以“他断除贪欲”等,说明由致力于修习禅那而断除五盖者,生起近行定。以“他对此五盖”等,说明他次第向上精勤而生起色界及无色界禅那的次第。以上是此处的词义。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ panettha ādito paṭṭhāya piṇḍatthappakāsanā – ‘‘idha bhikkhu pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto’’tiādinā sāsane lokiyalokuttarajjhānanibbattakapuggalassa patiṭṭhābhūtasīlesu pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlavisuddhiṃ upadisati. ‘‘Viharatī’’ti iminā tadanurūpavihārasamaṅgibhāvaṃ. ‘‘Ācāragocarasampanno’’ti iminā ājīvapārisuddhisīlaṃ, tadupakārake ca dhamme. ‘‘Aṇumattesū’’tiādinā yathāvuttasīlehi acavanaṃ, tesañca anavasesato samādānaṃ. ‘‘Indriyesu guttadvāro’’ti iminā indriyasaṃvarasīlaṃ. ‘‘Bhojane mattaññū’’ti iminā paccayasannissitasīlaṃ, santosādiguṇañca. ‘‘Pubbarattāpararatta’’ntiādinā sīladhutaṅgesu patiṭṭhitassa bhāvanārāmassa tadupakārake dhamme. ‘‘Bodhipakkhikāna’’ntiādinā paṭipattiyā nibbedhabhāgiyataṃ. ‘‘So abhikkante’’tiādinā yathāvuttaguṇānaṃ aparihānāya, vakkhamānānañca paṭilābhāya satisampayogaṃ. ‘‘So vivitta’’ntiādinā bhāvanānurūpasenāsanapariggahaṃ. ‘‘So araññagato’’tiādinā jhānabhāvanārambhappakāraṃ. ‘‘So abhijjha’’ntiādinā jhānabhāvanābhiyogena pahīnapañcanīvaraṇassa upacārajjhānuppattiṃ. ‘‘So ime pañca nīvaraṇe’’tiādinā tassa uparūpari vāyamato rūpārūpajjhānuppattikkamaṃ upadisati. Ayaṃ tāvettha padattho.
然而,关于法的分类,在分别论的方法中便会清楚。因为在三种方法中,称为寻、伺、喜、乐、舍、一境性的禅那法,与广大、出世间的善、异熟、唯作心相应,以种种方式被分别说明;而与禅那相应的其余欲界法则于此收录。虽然此处也提到了巴帝摩卡防护戒等,但应知那是为了显示禅那的前行分修习,以及为了显示与禅那相应的法而说,并非在此处收录。显示巴利原文
Dhammabhedo panettha vibhaṅganaye pākaṭo bhavissati. Tīsu hi nayesu mahaggatalokuttarā kusalavipākakiriyacittasampayuttā vitakkavicārapītisukhaupekkhāekaggatāsaṅkhātā jhānadhammā nānānayehi vibhattā, jhānasampayuttā pana sesakāmāvacaradhammāva idha saṅgahitā. Kiñcāpi panettha pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlādayopi vuttā, tathāpi te jhānānaṃ pubbabhāgappaṭipattidassanavasena ceva jhānasampayuttadhammavasena ca vuttā, idha pana na saṅgahitāti veditabbā.
在问分中:则可能为善,可能为无记;前三禅与乐受相应,第四禅与不苦不乐受相应,但这里不应说舍受;可能为异熟,可能为异熟法法;初禅除去寻、伺,为有寻有伺,但这里的寻为无寻唯伺,伺则不应说;三禅为无寻无伺;二禅除去喜,为喜俱行;三禅除去乐,为乐俱行;第四禅除去舍,为舍俱行;第三禅中的乐与舍,此处不应说……可能为广大,可能为无量;前三禅可能为无量所缘,也可能不应说;第四禅于三方面亦不应说;前三禅可能为道因,可能为道增上,也可能不应说;第四禅于三方面亦不应说……喜为外所缘;第四禅于三方面亦不应说……为不可见、无对、非因……非心非心所、无诤。其余则容易理解。然而这里并未超出巴利圣典的方法,从此以后,纵使不说这么多,也仅在有之处加以说明。显示巴利原文
Pañhāpucchake pana siyā kusalā, siyā abyākatā, tīṇi jhānāni sukhāya vedanāya sampayuttā, catutthaṃ adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya sampayuttaṃ, upekkhā panettha vedanā na vattabbā, siyā vipākā, siyā vipākadhammadhammā, paṭhamajjhānaṃ vitakkavicāravajjitaṃ savitakkasavicāraṃ, vitakko panettha avitakkavicāramatto, vicāro na vattabbo, tīṇi jhānāni avitakkaavicārā, dve jhānāni pītivajjitāni pītisahagatāni, tīṇi sukhavajjitāni sukhasahagatāni, catutthaṃ upekkhāvajjitaṃ upekkhāsahagataṃ, tatiyajjhāne sukhaṃ, upekkhā ca idha na vattabbaṃ…pe… siyā mahaggatā, siyā appamāṇā, tīṇi siyā appamāṇārammaṇā, siyā na vattabbā, catutthaṃ tidhāpi na vattabbañca, tīṇi siyā maggahetukā, siyā maggādhipatino, siyā na vattabbā, catutthaṃ tidhāpi na vattabbañca…pe… pīti bahiddhārammaṇāni, catutthaṃ tidhāpi na vattabbañca…pe… anidassanaappaṭighā na hetū…pe… nocittacetasikā araṇāti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva. Pāḷimuttanayo panettha natthi, ito paraṃ pana ettakampi avatvā vijjamānaṭṭhāne eva vakkhāma.
无量分别论母义注释显示巴利原文
Appamaññāvibhaṅgamātikatthavaṇṇanā
然而,在《无量分别论》的论母中,首先从义理上解释:在“四梵住”等语中,由于遍满的无量性而称为无量。因为这些心以所缘的无量众生而遍满,或者对于单一众生,以无余遍满的方式而无量地遍满,如此,由于遍满的无量性而称为“无量”;也可由于众生的无量性而说。与慈俱行者,即具备慈心者。一个方向,指东方等四方中的任一方向,这是就遍满该方向所摄的众生而说的。遍满之后,即触及之后而作为所缘。而住,即持续转起。同样地,对于第二等方向:如同遍满一个方向之后,紧接着同样地遍满第二、第三、第四个方向,这是其义。如此,上、下、横向:即依此方法,依次以与慈俱行之心遍满上方、下方及诸方而住,这是其义。至此,显示了逐一执取每个方向后,有分别地遍满慈心。显示巴利原文
Appamaññāvibhaṅgamātikāya pana atthato tāva – catasso appamaññāyotiādīsu pharaṇaappamāṇavasena appamaññāyo. Etā hi ārammaṇavasena appamāṇe vā satte pharanti, ekasattamhi vā anavasesapharaṇavasena appamāṇato pharantīti evaṃ pharaṇaappamāṇavasena ‘‘appamaññāyo’’ti vuccanti, satta appamāṇavasenāpi vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Mettāsahagatenāti mettāya samannāgatena. Ekaṃ disanti puratthimādīsu catūsu disāsu yaṃ kiñci ekaṃ disaṃ, taṃdisāpariyāpannasattapharaṇavasena cetaṃ vuttaṃ. Pharitvāti phusitvā ārammaṇaṃ katvā. Viharatīti pavatteti. Tathā dutiyantiādīsu. Yathā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā, tatheva tadanantaraṃ dutiyaṃ, tatiyaṃ, catutthañcāti attho. Iti uddhamadho tiriyanti eteneva nayena uparimaṃ disaṃ, heṭṭhimaṃ disaṃ, anudisañca anukkamena mettāsahagatena cetasā pharitvā viharatīti attho. Ettāvatā ekamekaṃ disaṃ pariggahetvā odhiso mettāpharaṇataṃ dassitaṃ.
而“一切处”等词,是为了显示无分别地遍满而说的。其中,“一切处”即于一切地方。“以一切处自己性”:即对于一切低、中、高、友、敌、中立等各类众生,以自己性——不作区分而视同自己,这是所说义。或者,“以一切处自己性”即用全部的心意,连丝毫也不向外散乱,这是其义。“一切有”:即拥有一切众生,与一切众生相连,这是其义。“世间”:即众生世间。再次提到“与慈俱行”,这是为了显示与“广大”等修饰语的关联,或是作为结语。其中,由于遍满而应知为广大的程度;由于地(禅那地)而应知为大的程度;由于熟练以及由于以无量众生为所缘,而应知为无量的程度;由于断除嗔恚这个敌对者,而应知为无怨的程度;由于断除忧恼,而应知为无苦、安稳、无恼的程度。同样地,在“与悲俱行”等句中,也应如此理解其义。以上是此处的词义。显示巴利原文
Sabbadhītiādi pana anodhiso dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha sabbadhīti sabbattha. Sabbattatāyāti sabbesu hīnamajjhimukkaṭṭhamittasapattamajjhattādippabhedesu attatāya, tesu vibhāgaṃ akatvā attasamatāyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Atha vā sabbattatāyāti sabbena cittabhāvena, īsakampi bahi avikkhepamānoti attho. Sabbāvantanti sabbasattavantaṃ, sabbasattayuttanti attho. Lokanti sattalokaṃ. Puna ‘‘mettāsahagatenā’’ti idaṃ ‘‘vipulenā’’tiādīhi visesanehi sambandhadassanavasena vā vuttaṃ, nigamanavasena vā. Tattha pharaṇavasena vipulatā veditabbā. Bhūmivasena pana mahaggatatā. Paguṇavasena, appamāṇasattārammaṇavasena ca appamāṇatā. Byāpādapaccatthikappahānena averatā. Domanassappahānena niddukkhatā, saṅkhatatā, abyāpajjatā ca daṭṭhabbā. Evaṃ karuṇāsahagatenātiādīsupi attho veditabboti ayaṃ tāvettha padattho.
然而,这里的法之差别容易了知。但依分别论的方法,在三种色界善、异熟、唯作心中,与慈等梵住相应的无嗔、悲、喜、舍这四个法,以多种方式被分别;而与它们相应的欲界法,在此未被取用。在无色界和出世间法中,这些无量心是不存在的。在问分中,这些法可能是善的,也可能是无记的。前三种与乐受相应,第四种与不苦不乐受相应。在异熟三法中,三者皆有;舍是无寻无伺的,其余三者三种皆有;它们唯是大果报的;在‘小所缘’、‘过去所缘’等三法中,它们是不可说的;它们唯是外所缘的;它们是不可见、无对碍的;慈是因,其余三者非因;它们不是心,而是心所;它们是色界的;它们是有上的。其余的容易了知。显示巴利原文
Dhammabhedo panettha suviññeyyova. Vibhaṅganayena pana tīsu rūpāvacarakusalavipākakiriyācittesu sampayuttā sattesu mettādibrahmavihārabhūtā adoso karuṇā muditā tatramajjhattatāti cattāro dhammā nānānayehi vibhattā, taṃsampayuttā pana kāmāvacarabhūtā ca etā idha na gahitā. Arūpāvacaralokuttaresu panetā appamaññā natthevāti. Pañhāpucchake panetā tāva siyā kusalā, siyā abyākatā. Tisso sukhāya, catutthā adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya sampayuttā. Vipākattike tidhāpi, upekkhā avitakkaavicārā, sesā tidhāpi, mahaggatāva, parittārammaṇaatītārammaṇattikesu na vattabbāva, bahiddhārammaṇāva, anidassanaappaṭighāva, mettā hetu, sesā na hetū, no cittā, cetasikā, rūpāvacarā, sauttarāva. Sesaṃ suviññeyyamevāti.
学处分别论母义注释显示巴利原文
Sikkhāpadavibhaṅgamātikatthavaṇṇanā
然而,依《学处分别》的论母,先释义如下:“学处”即应学习的条目、应学习的部分,这是其义。又可说,一切善法因应学习而称为“学”,因作为他们安立之处而称为“处”;于五戒中,任一支分皆为学处。就杀生等而言,对生命极度地加以伤害,即是杀生,意为杀害生命。其中,“生命”就世俗说,指有情;就胜义说,指命根。对于彼生命,怀有生命想者生起截断命根的加行,依身门或语门之一转起的杀害思,即是杀生。由此杀生而远离,此“远离”即禁戒;依前述之理,此禁戒本身即是学处,故为“离杀生学处”。“未给予”即不是他人所给予的,是他人所执持的。对于他人所执持的未给予之物,取其未给与之物,即是“不与取”,意谓拿走他人的物品,名为偷盗、窃贼。再从义理上说,对于他人所执持之物,怀有彼想者生起取彼加行的偷盗思,即为不与取。“诸欲”指所缘境上的欲。“邪行”:因烦恼欲而起的下劣之行。就男子而言,是对诸如母护等女子;就女子而言,是对除了自己已确定的男子之外的其他男子,于不可行处违越而行,这是所说义。从义理言,对于不可行处,生起以道入道的加行,或以显示巴利原文
Sikkhāpadavibhaṅgamātikāya pana atthato tāva – sikkhāpadānīti sikkhitabbapadāni, sikkhākoṭṭhāsāti attho. Apica sabbepi kusalā dhammā sikkhitabbato sikkhā, tāsaṃ patiṭṭhānaṭṭhena padaṃ, pañcasu pana sīlaṅgesu yaṃ kiñci aṅgaṃ. Pāṇātipātādīsu pāṇassa atīva pāto pāṇātipāto, pāṇavadhoti attho. Pāṇoti cettha vohārato satto, paramatthato jīvitindriyaṃ, tasmiṃ pana pāṇe pāṇasaññino jīvitindriyupacchedakaupakkamasamuṭṭhāpikā kāyavacīdvārānaṃ aññataradvārappavattā vadhakacetanā pāṇātipāto, tasmā pāṇātipātā. Veramaṇīti virati, sā eva vuttanayena sikkhāpadanti veramaṇisikkhāpadaṃ. Adinnanti na dinnaṃ, parapariggahitaṃ, parapariggahitassa adinnassa ādānaṃ adinnādānaṃ. Parassa haraṇaṃ theyyaṃ corikāti vuttaṃ hoti. Atthato pana parapariggahite tathāsaññino tadādāyakaupakkamasamuṭṭhāpikā theyyacetanā adinnādānaṃ. Kāmesūti vatthukāmesu. Micchācārāti kilesakāmavasena lāmakācārā, purisassa māturakkhitādisaṅkhātāsu, itthiyā attano niyamitapurisato parapurisasaṅkhātesu ca agamanīyaṭṭhānesu vītikkamācārāti vuttaṃ hoti. Atthato pana agamanīyavatthūsu maggenamaggappaṭipādanopakkamasamuṭṭhāpikā, adhivāsanākārappavattā vā methunacetanā kāmesumicchācāro. Musāti abhūtaṃ atacchaṃ vatthu, vādoti tassa abhūtataṃ ñatvāva bhūtato tacchato viññāpanaṃ. Lakkhaṇato pana atathaṃ vatthuṃ ñatvā tathato paraṃ viññāpetukāmassa atthabhañjakakāyavacīpayogasamuṭṭhāpikā cetanā musāvādo. Surāti piṭṭhasurā pūvasurā odanasurā kiṇṇapakkhittā sambhārasaṃyuttāti pañca surā. Merayanti pupphāsavo phalāsavo guḷāsavo madhvāsavo sambhārasaṃyuttoti pañca āsavā. Tadubhayampi madanīyaṭṭhena majjaṃ, yāya cetanāya taṃ majjaṃ pivati, sā pamādakāraṇattā pamādaṭṭhānaṃ, tasmā surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā. Sesaṃ suviññeyyamevāti ayaṃ tāvettha padattho.
法之差别,于分别论的方法中将得明了。以下亦复如是。在此,分别论的方法中并无经分别;而在论分别中,此五学处于第一轮依与欲界善心相应的诸远离,以多种方式而被分别;于第二轮,则依思而被分别。然而,此处与远离、思相应的法,非是学处,而是与学处相应;又于第三轮,依触等一切法,以多种方式而被分别。显示巴利原文
Dhammabhedo pana vibhaṅganaye pākaṭo bhavissati. Evaṃ uparipi. Vibhaṅganayesu cettha suttantabhājanīyaṃ natthi, abhidhammabhājanīye panetāni pañca sikkhāpadāni kāmāvacarakusalacittasampayuttānaṃ viratīnaṃ vasena nānappakārato paṭhamavāre vibhattāni, tathā dutiyavāre cetanāvasena, viraticetanāsampayuttā panettha dhammā na sikkhāpadāni, sikkhāpadasampayuttā pana honti, tathā tatiyanaye phassādīnaṃ sabbesaṃ dhammānaṃ vasena nānappakārato vibhattāti.
在问难分中,因思及触等是间接学处,故唯依已成为直接学处的诸远离而作分别。于此,五学处唯是善,或与乐受相应,或与非苦非乐受相应……唯以有限法为所缘,唯以现在法为所缘,唯以外在法为所缘,唯是无见无对,非因,有因,非心,是心所,属欲界,唯是有上,唯是无诤。在此,那些曾被说为以有情为所缘的学处,由于远离本身的自性,唯以称为“有情”的有限法、现在法为所缘,是故亦应了知他们被说为“以有限法为所缘”。现在,对于应远离的杀生等——显示巴利原文
Pañhāpucchake pana cetanāya, phassādīnañca pariyāyasikkhāpadattā nippariyāyasikkhāpadabhūtānaṃ viratīnaṃ vaseneva vibhattāni. Tattha hi pañca sikkhāpadāni kusalā eva, siyā sukhāya, siyā adukkhamasukhāya sampayuttā…pe… parittārammaṇāva, paccuppannārammaṇāva, bahiddhārammaṇāva, anidassanaappaṭighāva, na hetū, sahetukā, no cittā, cetasikā, kāmāvacarā , sauttarāva, araṇāvāti. Ettha ca yāni sikkhāpadāni sattārammaṇāni vuttāni, tāni ca viratisabhāvattā yasmā ‘‘satto’’ti saṅkhaṃ gate parittadhamme eva paccuppanne eva dhamme ārammaṇaṃ karonti, tasmā parittārammaṇāti ca vuttāti veditabbā. Idāni viramitabbapāṇātipātādīnaṃ –
Dhammakammapathālamba-vedanāmūlakammato; Sāvajjaṅgādito ñeyyo, pāḷimuttavinicchayo.
其中,先就法而言:这杀生等五种,其自性唯是思。从业道而言,它们即是五业道。从所缘而言:杀生以命根为所缘;不与取以有情为所缘,或以诸行为所缘;妄语也是如此;邪淫以男女为所缘;饮酒以诸行为所缘。从受而言:杀生属于苦受;不与取通于三受;妄语也是如此;邪淫依乐受与中舍受而成为二受;饮酒也是如此。从根而言:第一种以瞋与痴为根;第二种或以贪与痴为根,或以瞋与痴为根;妄语也是如此;邪淫唯以贪与痴为根;饮酒也是如此。从业而言:于此,妄语是语业,其余唯是身业。显示巴利原文
Tattha dhammato tāva – pañcapete pāṇātipātādayo cetanāsabhāvāva honti. Kammapathato pañca kammapathāva. Ārammaṇato pana pāṇātipāto jīvitindriyārammaṇo, adinnādānaṃ sattārammaṇaṃ, saṅkhārārammaṇaṃ vā, tathā musāvādo, micchācāro itthipurisārammaṇo, surāpānaṃ saṅkhārārammaṇaṃ. Vedanāto pana pāṇātipāto dukkhavedano, adinnādānaṃ tivedanaṃ, tathā musāvādo, micchācāro pana sukhamajjhattavasena dvivedano, tathā surāpānaṃ. Mūlato pana paṭhamo dosamohamūlo, dutiyaṃ siyā lobhamohamūlaṃ, siyā dosamohamūlaṃ, tathā musāvādo, micchācāro pana lobhamohamūlova, tathā surāpānaṃ. Kammato panettha musāvādo vacīkammaṃ, sesā kāyakammameva.
就过失轻重而言:杀生对于非人的有情是少过,对于人类是大过。其中,对于小身躯者是少过,对于大身躯者是大过。何以故?因为加行重大。加行相当时,对于少德者是少过,对于尊者者是大过。当身躯与功德相等时,依烦恼与加行的强弱而有少过或大过,而对于漏尽者则是更大过。不与取依物品的优劣、物主的有德无德及是否属己而有少过或大过。在此也应知,依所取之物而有少过或大过,对于漏尽者之物是更大过。邪淫依所侵犯的对象是无戒者或有戒者而有少过或大过。在此也应知,依所侵犯的对象而有少过或大过,侵犯漏尽者的对象是更大过。妄语依所破坏利益的大小、物主的有德无德及是否属己而有少过或大过。又,出于不愿给与己物,或以玩笑之意而说’没有’等,是少过;以未见说’见’等作伪证等而说,是大过;以妄语破僧则是更大过。饮酒从一滴开始,依所饮之量而有少过,多饮是大过,而饮至能引起身体变异之量则是更大过。显示巴利原文
Sāvajjato pana pāṇātipāto tāva amanussake pāṇe appasāvajjo, manussake mahāsāvajjo. Tesu ca khuddakasarīre appasāvajjo, mahāsarīre mahāsāvajjo. Kasmā? Payogamahantatāya. Payogasamattepi appaguṇe appasāvajjo, mahāguṇe mahāsāvajjo. Sarīraguṇānaṃ samabhāve sati kilesānaṃ, upakkamānañca mudutibbatāya appamahāsāvajjo hoti, khīṇāsave pana mahāsāvajjataroti. Adinnādānaṃ vatthuno hīnappaṇītatāya ceva guṇavirahitatabbantasantakatāya ca. Tatthāpi taṃ taṃ upādāyupādāya ca appamahāsāvajjaṃ, khīṇāsavasantake mahāsāvajjataranti veditabbaṃ. Micchācāro dussīlasīlavantavatthuvītikkamanena. Tatthāpi taṃ taṃ upādāyupādāya ca appamahāsāvajjo, khīṇāsavavatthuvītikkamane mahāsāvajjataroti ca veditabbo. Musāvādo yamatthaṃ bhañjati, tassa appamahantataṃ, vatthusāmino guṇavirahitataṃ, tabbantatañca upādāyupādāya appamahāsāvajjo hoti. Apica attano santakaṃ adātukāmatāya, hasādhippāyena vā ‘‘nattheta’’ntiādinayappavatto appasāvajjo, adiṭṭhaṃ ‘‘diṭṭha’’ntiādinā kūṭasakkhiādibhāvena vā pavatto mahāsāvajjo, musā vatvā pana saṅghabhedane mahāsāvajjataro. Surāpānaṃ bindumattato paṭṭhāya taṃ taṃ upādāyupādāya appasāvajjaṃ, bahuke mahāsāvajjaṃ, kāyavikārajananapahonakapāne pana mahāsāvajjatarameva.
从支分等的角度而言:杀生有五支——有情、有有情想、杀心、加行、由此而死。有六种加行:亲手、教令、投掷、静止、咒术、神通。不与取有五支——他人所有物、有他人所有想、盗心、加行、由此而取。有亲手等六种加行,且这些加行依偷盗、欺诈等适当的方式而转起。邪淫有三支——不可行淫的对象、行淫心、以道入道。唯有一种加行:亲手。其余也应如此了知加行。妄语有四支——不实之事、欺诳心、相应的努力、他人了知彼义。饮酒有二支——酒等其中之一、吞咽。显示巴利原文
Aṅgādito pana pāṇātipātassa pāṇo pāṇasaññitā vadhakacittaṃ upakkamo tena maraṇanti pañca aṅgāni. Sāhatthiko āṇattiko nissaggiko thāvaro vijjāmayo iddhimayoti cha payogā. Adinnādānassa parapariggahitatā tathāsaññitā theyyacittaṃ upakkamo tena haraṇanti pañca aṅgāni. Sāhatthikādayo cha eva payogā. Te ca kho yathānurūpaṃ theyyāvahārādīnaṃ vasena pavattā. Micchācārassa agamanīyavatthutā sevanacittaṃ maggena maggappaṭipattīti tīṇi aṅgāni. Sāhatthiko ekova payogo. Evaṃ sesānampi payogo veditabbo. Musāvādassa atathaṃ vatthu, visaṃvādanacittaṃ, tajjo vāyāmo, parassa tadatthavijānananti cattāri aṅgāni. Surāpānassa surādīnaṃ aññataratā ajjhoharaṇanti dve aṅgānīti.
如此,了知杀生等从法等的辨析之后,现在对于离杀生等五者——显示巴利原文
Evaṃ pāṇātipātādīnaṃ dhammādito vinicchayaṃ ñatvā idāni pāṇātipātāveramaṇiādīnaṃ pañcannampi –
从法、业道、所缘、受持、加行;
及从破损应知,此为超出圣典的决断。
显示巴利原文 Dhammakammapathālamba-samādānapayogato; Khaṇḍato ca vijānīyo, pāḷimuttavinicchayo.
其中,从法与业道的决断已如前说。从所缘来看,这些是以命根等各自应被违犯的对象为所缘。从受持来看,若于一人面前,或自己说“我受持五戒”,无论是总持还是别持,当如此受持时,这些戒便为已受持。从加行来看,一切唯是亲手加行。从破损来看,在家者违犯哪条戒,该条戒便破损,其余不破损。在家者非固定戒者,能护持哪条便护持哪条。而沙弥若违犯一条戒,则一切戒皆破。应如此了知这是超出圣典的决断。显示巴利原文
Tattha dhammakammapathato vinicchayo vuttanayova. Ārammaṇato panetāni jīvitindriyāditaṃtaṃvītikkamitabbavatthārammaṇāni. Samādānato ekassa santike vā sayameva vā ‘‘pañca sīlāni adhiṭṭhahāmī’’ti ekato vā pāṭiekkaṃ vā samādiyantena etāni samādinnāneva honti. Payogato pana sabbānipi sāhatthikapayogāneva. Khaṇḍato gahaṭṭhā yaṃ yaṃ vītikkamanti, taṃ tadeva khaṇḍaṃ hoti, netare. Gahaṭṭhā anibaddhasīlā honti, yaṃ yaṃ sakkonti, taṃ tadeva gopenti. Sāmaṇerānaṃ pana ekasmiṃ vītikkamite sabbānipi bhijjantīti evaṃ vijānīyo pāḷimuttavinicchayo.
无碍解分别论母义注释显示巴利原文
Paṭisambhidāvibhaṅgamātikatthavaṇṇanā
首先,从义理上解释《无碍解分别论母》:“四无碍解”即是四种分类。在释义中,“于义之智为义无碍解”等,由于是以智来解说,故应了知这唯是智,而非任何其他事物。“义无碍解”即是以义为对境的智之分类,凭借能对义之差别进行标记、阐明与安立的能力,于义中生起分别之智,这就是义无碍解。其余语句也是同样的道理。在此,“义”指因与果。其中,因从应被趣向、应被到达、应被令生起的角度,称为“义”。而从分类而言,此义有五种:任何缘生法、涅槃、所说之义、果报、作用。显示巴利原文
Paṭisambhidāvibhaṅgamātikāya atthato tāva – catasso paṭisambhidāti cattāro pabhedā. Niddese pana ‘‘atthe ñāṇaṃ atthappaṭisambhidā’’tiādinā (vibha. 718) ñāṇavasena niddiṭṭhattā ñāṇasseva, na aññassa kassacīti veditabbaṃ. Atthapaṭisambhidāti atthavisayañāṇappabhedā, atthappabhedasallakkhaṇavibhāvanavavatthānakaraṇasamatthatāvasena atthe pabhedagataṃ ñāṇanti attho. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Ettha ca atthoti hetuphalaṃ. So hi hetuvasena araṇīyato gantabbato, uppādetabbato ca ‘‘attho’’ti vuccati. Pabhedato panesopi pañcavidho hoti yaṃ kiñci paccayuppannaṃ, nibbānaṃ, bhāsitattho, vipāko, kiriyāti.
“法”即是因,因为它能决定、令转起、生起并导致果,故称为“法”。依分类而言,此法亦有五种:任何能生果之因、圣道、言说、善与不善。显示巴利原文
Dhammoti paccayo, so hi phalaṃ vidahati pavatteti uppādeti ceva pāpeti cāti ‘‘dhammo’’ti vuccati. Pabhedato panesopi pañcavidho hoti yo koci phalanibbattako hetu, ariyamaggo, bhāsitaṃ, kusalaṃ, akusalanti.
“释义”是指表达上述之法与义的、称为自性语的言词。以法、义、释义为所缘而进行观察时,于种种分类中所生的智,即名为“释义无碍解”。显示巴利原文
Niruttīti yathāvuttānaṃ dhammānaṃ, atthānañca vācako sabhāvaniruttisaṅkhāto saddo. Imā dhammatthaniruttiyo ārammaṇaṃ katvā paccavekkhantassa tattha tattha pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ niruttipaṭisambhidā nāma.
在此,释义无碍解以声音为所缘,不以施设为所缘。因为证得无碍解者听到“触”“受”等词时,便了知“这是自性语”;而听到“触者”“受者”等时,则了知“这不是自性语”。所谓“自性语”,即是摩揭陀语。正自觉者以此语言宣说三藏佛语并结集流传;在无村落林野中长大、从未听闻任何言语的梵天童子,也依其自性而说此语;摩揭陀语在恶趣、人间及天界中亦极为盛行。后来由此衍生出安达卡、耶瓦那、达米拉等地的语言以及梵语等十八种大语言。由于此语在其他语言变异时始终不变异,于一切时皆安住于自性,故称“自性语”。此语也称为“梵语行”或“圣语”。对于以这种摩揭陀语结集的佛语,证得无碍解者声音入耳之际,即是戏论之灭(不生执着)。在音声之流触耳时,其义便以百种方法、千种方法呈现出来。如果以其他语言结集,其心便不能这般速疾悟入,必须艰难地学习。凡夫即使学尽一切佛语,也无证得无碍解之名;圣弟子若未证得无碍解,同样无证得无碍解之名。已证得无碍解者依于名、动词、接头词与词缀的分别而了知其他种种言词,哪会有不了知的道理?依其殊胜处而闻声即知“此是自性语,此非自性语”;依此殊胜处,他亦能了知这些差别。应如此理解。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca niruttipaṭisambhidā saddārammaṇā, na paññattārammaṇā, paṭisambhidāpatto hi ‘‘phasso vedanā’’tiādikaṃ saddaṃ sutvā ‘‘ayaṃ sabhāvaniruttī’’ti jānāti, ‘‘phassā vedano’’tiādikaṃ pana ‘‘na sabhāvaniruttī’’ti jānāti. Sabhāvaniruttīti (vibha. aṭṭha. 718) ca māgadhikā bhāsā, yāya sammāsambuddhā tepiṭakaṃ buddhavacanaṃ tantiṃ āropenti, brahmāno ca agāmake araññe kiñci vacanaṃ asutvā vaḍḍhitadārakā ca attano dhammatāya bhāsanti, yā ca apāyesu manusse devaloke ceva māgadhabhāsā ussannā, pacchā ca tato andhakayonakadamiḷādidesabhāsā ceva sakkatādiaṭṭhārasamahābhāsā ca nibbattā, sā hi yasmā itarāsu bhāsāsu parivattantāsupi na parivattati, sabbakālaṃ attano sabhāve eva tiṭṭhati, tasmā ‘‘sabhāvaniruttī’’ti vuccati. Yā brahmavohāro, ariyavohāroti ca vuccati, tāya pana māgadhabhāsāya tantiṃ āruḷhassa buddhavacanassa paṭisambhidāpattānaṃ sotapathāgamanameva papañco . Sote pana saṅghaṭṭitamatte eva nayasatena nayasahassena attho upaṭṭhāti. Aññāya pana bhāsāya tantiṃ āruḷhaṃ taṃ tesaṃ cittaṃ sahasā nārohati, kicchena uggahetabbaṃ hoti, puthujjanānañca sakalaṃ buddhavacanaṃ uggahetvāpi paṭisambhidāpatti nāma natthi, ariyasāvako no paṭisambhidāpatto nāma natthi, paṭisambhidāpatto aññaṃ saddaṃ nāmākhyātopasagganipātabhedato jānāti, na jānātīti? Yadaggena saddaṃ sutvā ‘‘ayaṃ sabhāvanirutti, ayaṃ na sabhāvaniruttī’’ti jānāti, tadaggena etampi jānissati, na cetaṃ paṭisambhidākiccanti veditabbaṃ.
“辩无碍解”是以法义等为所缘的遍一切处智。以该智为所缘而进行观察时,于分类中所生起的智,即名为“辩无碍解”。这四种无碍解由证得、学习传持、恭敬闻法、请问其义及前行等五种因而变得明净,当知在有学地与无学地二者中生起时有其差别。以上即是此词的含义。显示巴利原文
Paṭibhānanti dhammatthādivisayaṃ sabbatthakañāṇaṃ, taṃ ñāṇaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā paccavekkhantassa pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ paṭibhānapaṭisambhidā nāma, imā catassopi paṭisambhidā adhigamena pariyattiuggahaṇena sakkaccadhammassavanena atthaparipucchāya pubbayogenāti pañcahi kāraṇehi visadā honti, sekhabhūmiyaṃ, asekhabhūmiyañcāti dvīsu ṭhānesu pabhedaṃ gacchantīti veditabbā. Ayaṃ tāvettha padattho.
在这里,法的分别也将依分别释的理则而变得明了。因为在三种分别释中,法无碍解、释义无碍解、辩无碍解三者,都是依欲界速行相应之智,连同对其各自所缘的分别,而显现为种种不同。而义无碍解则是依那些(欲界)智以及八种出世间心相应之智,并连同各自所缘的分别而显现。因为出世间智也是以所证得的涅槃实义为所缘,故称为“义无碍解”。显示巴利原文
Dhammabhedo panetthāpi vibhaṅganaye pākaṭo bhavissati. Vibhaṅganayesu hi tīsupi dhammaniruttipaṭibhānapaṭisambhidā tissopi kāmāvacarajavanasampayuttañāṇānaṃ vasena tabbisayappabhedena saddhiṃ nānappakārato vibhattā. Atthapaṭisambhidā pana tesaṃ ñāṇānañceva aṭṭhalokuttaracittasampayuttānañca vasena tabbisayappabhedena saddhiṃ. Lokuttarañāṇānipi hi maggappattabbatāya atthabhūtanibbānārammaṇattā ‘‘atthapaṭisambhidā’’ti vuccati.
就提问者而言,可能为善,可能为无记。三无碍解可能为果报法法,亦可能为非果报非果报法法,义无碍解于三者中亦复如是。三无碍解为有限,义无碍解则可能有限,可能无量。辞无碍解唯以有限所缘及外所缘为所缘,其余无碍解于三者中亦复如是。辞无碍解唯以现在为所缘,义无碍解于三者中皆不可说,是无见无对、是因、是有因。三无碍解为有上,义无碍解于二者中亦复如是,且为无嗔。其余容易了知。显示巴利原文
Pañhāpucchake pana siyā kusalā, siyā abyākatā, tisso paṭisambhidā siyā vipākadhammadhammā, siyā nevavipākanavipākadhammadhammā, atthapaṭisambhidā tidhāpi, tisso paṭisambhidā parittā, atthapaṭisambhidā siyā parittā, siyā appamāṇā , niruttipaṭisambhidā parittārammaṇā, bahiddhārammaṇā ca, sesā tidhāpi, niruttipaṭisambhidā paccuppannārammaṇāva, atthapaṭisambhidā tidhāpi na vattabbā ca, anidassanaappaṭighā, hetū, sahetukā, tisso paṭisambhidā sauttarā, atthapaṭisambhidā dvidhāpi, araṇā cāti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
智分别论母义注释显示巴利原文
Ñāṇavibhaṅgamātikatthavaṇṇanā
《智分别》论母的义理,首先:“一种”即以一种方式,或以同一部分。“智之事”:于此处,智及其种种成就之事,称为“智之事”。“五识”即眼识等五种识。于“无因、无因法”等处,应按照下文《因双》等所说之理,于一切处了知其义。又在《因双》等中,五识既不可说为“因法”或“有因法”,唯是“无因”,唯是“无因法”。如是,“如实显示事之慧”乃与上文一种分齐之末所要说的内容相连结。依此法则,于一切处应随顺了知其义。其中,“非心所”即唯是心,因为与五识相应之法于此不被执取的缘故。显示巴利原文
Ñāṇavibhaṅgamātikāya pana atthato tāva – ekavidhenāti ekappakārena, ekakoṭṭhāsena vā. Ñāṇavatthūti ettha pana ñāṇañca taṃ vatthu ca nānappakārānaṃ sampattīnanti ñāṇavatthu. Pañca viññāṇāti cakkhuviññāṇādīni pañca. Na hetū ahetukātiādīsu heṭṭhā hetudukādīsu vuttanayānusārena sabbattha attho veditabbo. Apica hetudukādīsu pañca viññāṇā hetū dhammāti vā sahetukā dhammāti vā na vattabbā, ekantena pana na hetū eva, ahetukā evāti. Evaṃ ‘‘yāthāvakavatthuvibhāvanā paññā’’ti iminā upari ekavidhaparicchedāvasāne vakkhamānena sambandhoti. Iminā nayena sabbattha yathānurūpaṃ attho veditabbo. Tattha ca acetasikāti cittāni eva pañcaviññāṇasampayuttānaṃ idha aparāmaṭṭhattā.
“已生事、已生所缘”乃依刹那现在而排除未来。因为它们不在未来五事与所缘中生起。“前生事、前生所缘”乃排除俱生。因为它们不依俱生之事与所缘而生起。“内事”指依内在的五种净色为事而生起者。于此,五识本身是内的,亦是依内事;意识依于心脏,是内的,却是依外事;与五识相应的三蕴是外的,却是依内事;与意识相应的三蕴是外的,亦是依外事——当知有此四类。显示巴利原文
Uppannavatthukā uppannārammaṇāti khaṇapaccuppannavasena anāgatapaṭikkhepo. Na hi tāni anāgatesu pañcasu vatthārammaṇesu uppajjanti. Purejātavatthukā purejātārammaṇāti sahuppattipaṭikkhepo. Na hi tāni sahuppannaṃ vatthārammaṇaṃ paṭicca uppajjanti. Ajjhattikavatthukāti ajjhattajjhattabhūte pañca pasāde vatthuṃ katvā uppajjanakā. Ettha ca pañca viññāṇā sayampi ajjhattikā, ajjhattikavatthukā ca, manoviññāṇaṃ hadayanissitaṃ ajjhattikaṃ, bāhiravatthukaṃ, pañcaviññāṇasampayuttā tayo khandhā bāhirā, ajjhattikavatthukā, manoviññāṇasampayuttā tayo khandhā bāhirā, bāhiravatthukāti evaṃ catukkaṃ veditabbaṃ.
“所依不混杂、所缘不混杂”是指所依与所缘未灭。因为这些识并非依止已灭的所依与所缘而生起。“所依不同、所缘不同”是指它们依次固定于眼与色等各自的所依与所缘,因此彼此的所依相异、所缘也相异。因为眼识不会舍弃眼而取耳等为所依,也不会舍弃色而取声等为所缘而生起,其余诸识也是如此。“不经验彼此的行境”这一句正是阐明它们所缘不同。“非无引转而生起”是指若无引转便不会生起,即若未被五门转向引向所缘,则不会生起。“非无作意”是以同义语说明同一道理。“非无间”指它们并非毫无间隔地生起。“非无前后”指它们并非在同一刹那俱生。不仅这些,还应了知其他识也没有两个或多个同时生起,唯有一识一识地生起。如所说:“一心生起,另一心灭”等。“非他们无间”这一句即阐明它们的非无间性。显示巴利原文
Asambhinnavatthukā asambhinnārammaṇāti aniruddhavatthārammaṇā. Na hi tāni niruddhavatthārammaṇaṃ paṭicca uppajjanti. Nānāvatthukā nānārammaṇāti tāni yathākkamaṃ cakkhurūpādiniyatekekavatthārammaṇatāya aññamaññaṃ bhinnavatthukā, bhinnārammaṇā ca. Na hi cakkhuviññāṇaṃ cakkhuṃ muñcitvā sotādīsu aññataraṃ vatthuṃ katvā rūpaṃ muñcitvā saddādīsu aññatarārammaṇaṃ paṭicca uppajjati, na itarāni cetarāni. Na aññamaññassa gocaravisayaṃ paccanubhontīti iminā ca nesaṃ nānārammaṇataṃyeva vibhāveti. Na asamannāhārā uppajjantīti anāvajjane na uppajjanti, pañcadvārāvajjanena anāvajjite visaye na uppajjantīti attho. Na amanasikārāti tamevettha pariyāyantarena vibhāveti. Na abbokiṇṇāti aññamaññaṃ nirantarā hutvā na uppajjanti. Na apubbaṃ acarimanti ekakkhaṇepi saha na uppajjanti. Na kevalañca etāni, aññānipi viññāṇāni dve vā taduttariṃ vā ekato na uppajjanti, ekekameva pana viññāṇaṃ uppajjatīti veditabbaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘aññaṃ uppajjate cittaṃ, aññaṃ cittaṃ nirujjhatī’’tiādi (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.214; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.109; saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 3.5.368; vibha. aṭṭha. 523). Na aññamaññassa samanantarāti iminā anabbokiṇṇatāya eva vibhāvanā.
“无功用”指处于转向之位却不能执行转向的作用,意即不能了知任何法。“不了知任何法”是指如“诸法以意为先导”(法句经第1-2偈)所说,任何补特伽罗都无法以五识了知、成就任何一个善或不善法,这就是它的含义。“除仅撞击之外”是指除了色等所缘仅仅撞击、仅仅来到行境之外,即便是较聪慧的补特伽罗,用五识对于来到行境的所缘,也仅能做到“了知”的程度,而不能进一步了知善或不善法,这就是它的含义。显示巴利原文
Anābhogāti anāvajjanabhūtā āvajjanaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā āvajjanakiccaṃ kātuṃ na samatthāti attho. Na kañci dhammaṃ paṭivijānātīti ‘‘manopubbaṅgamā dhammā’’ti (dha. pa. 1-2) evaṃ vuttaṃ ekampi kusalākusalaṃ dhammaṃ kocipi puggalo na paṭivijānāti, tehi viññāṇehi na sādhetīti attho. Aññatraabhinipātamattāti ṭhapetvā rūpādiārammaṇānaṃ abhinipātamattaṃ āpāthagamanamattaṃ, byattataropi puggalo pañcaviññāṇehi āpāthagatārammaṇapaṭivijānanamattato aññaṃ kusalākusalapaṭivijānanaṃ kātuṃ na sakkotīti attho.
“于五识等无间之后”也指意界之后。此处的“亦”字是合集义,由此表示:不仅意界,连其后以五门识乃至彼所缘为终点的诸识,也不了知任何善或不善法,应如此理解。虽然在五门中确有善、不善等速行生起,然而它们应被视为如同虚花般无效。“不作任何威仪”等句也是同样的道理。因为五门识不能就行走等作出任何威仪,不能发动身业或语业,不能生起表色,不能受持善或不善法,不能进入世间或出世间定,不能从定中出,不能从现有中死去,不能生于另一有中——凡此一切作用,唯依意门心而有。正如它们没有这些作用,同样地,也没有决定趣入等。因为没有人能以五门速行趣入邪性决定或正性决定;它们也不以名称、遍等概念,或三相等等为所缘而生起。“不入睡”等句中,一切五门心都不能入眠,也不能见到任何梦境。因为当睡眠者的诸根被大灯光、乐器声等粗显的色等五所缘触击时,起初五门转向心也不能令有分转动,唯有意门转向心能令转动;它生起后,意门速行快速运行,又沉入有分。然而在第二次时,随一五门转向心如法地令有分转动,之后以彼所缘为终点的各个门路的心依次运行,又沉入有分。第三次显示巴利原文
Pañcannaṃ viññāṇānaṃ samanantarāpīti manodhātuyāpi. Api-saddo cettha sampiṇḍanattho, tena na kevalaṃ manodhātuyāva, tato parehipi pañcadvārikaviññāṇehi tadārammaṇapariyosānehi na kiñci kusalākusalaṃ dhammaṃ paṭivijānātīti ayamattho dassitoti gahetabbo. Kiñcāpi pañcadvāre kusalākusalādīni javanāni uppajjanti, tathāpi tāni moghapupphāni viya abbohārikānīti daṭṭhabbāni. Na kañci iriyāpathaṃ kappetītiādīsupi eseva nayo. Na hi pañcadvārikaviññāṇehi gamanādīsu kañci iriyāpathaṃ kappeti, na kāyavacīkammaṃ paṭṭhapeti, na viññattiṃ vā samuṭṭhāpeti, na kusalākusalaṃ dhammaṃ samādiyati, na lokiyalokuttaraṃ samādhiṃ samāpajjati, na tato vuṭṭhāti, na bhavato cavati, na bhavantare uppajjati, sabbampetaṃ kiccaṃ manodvārikacitteneva hoti. Yathā cetesaṃ etāni kiccāni natthi, evaṃ niyāmokkamanādīnipi. Na hi koci pañcadvārikajavanehi micchattaniyāmaṃ, sammattaniyāmaṃ vā okkamati, na cetāni nāmagottaṃ vā kasiṇādipaññattiṃ vā tilakkhaṇādiṃ vā ārabbha bhavanti. Na supatītiādīsu sabbehi pañcadvārikacittehi na niddaṃ okkamati, na kiñci supinaṃ passati. Niddāyantassa hi indriyesu mahāpadīpaturiyasaddādioḷārikehipi rūpādipañcārammaṇehi ghaṭṭitesu paṭhamaṃ pañcadvārikāni āvajjanāni bhavaṅgaṃ āvaṭṭetuṃ na sakkonti, manodvārikameva āvajjanaṃ sakkoti, tasmiñca uppanne manodvārikajavanaṃ javitvā bhavaṅgaṃ otarati. Dutiyavāre pana pañcadvārikaāvajjanesu yaṃ kiñci yathārahaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ āvaṭṭeti, tato tadārammaṇapariyosānāni taṃtaṃdvārikavīthicittāni yathākkamaṃ pavattitvā bhavaṅgaṃ otaranti. Tatiyavāre pana manodvārikāvajjanajavanāni pavattanti, tasmiṃ khaṇe rūpādipañcārammaṇavavatthānaṃ hoti, satto ca niddāya paṭibuddhoti, evaṃ manodvārikacitteneva paṭibujjhati.
梦亦唯以此(意门心)而见,非以五门识见。见梦者以四种原因而见:或因界扰动,或因曾受经历,或因天神示现,或因前兆。这些原因若相混杂,梦境则多种多样。其中,因风、胆等界扰动所见之梦,及因曾受经历所见之梦,皆非真实。因天神示现所见之梦,或真实,或虚妄——盛怒的天神甚至会颠倒示现。因前兆所见之梦,则全然真实,一如菩萨,又如拘萨罗王等所见之五梦、十六大梦。此四种梦唯有学人与凡夫能见,无学(阿拉汉)因已断除颠倒,故不见梦。然而,见梦者究竟是在睡眠中见,还是在醒觉时见?就此而言:若说于睡中见,则因梦境具善等自性,而有分心并无此自性,便与阿毗达摩相违;若说于醒觉时见,则于梦中造作不成效的违犯,也应与所有成办之违犯同样全然有过失,从而无有不成犯之余地,便与律相违。又无第三种方式可令其见梦,难道就由此得出梦不存在的结论吗?不然。何以故?因为有这样的语句:‘为猿眠所覆者,大王,于梦中见’(《弥兰陀王问经》)。所谓猿眠,即如猿猴之眠,因反复夹杂善等心而辗转轻浅;为这种猿眠所覆,而于眠中见梦。是故,梦或为善,或为不善,或依转向而起。显示巴利原文
Supinampi hi teneva passati, na pañcadvārikena, tañca panetaṃ supinaṃ passanto catūhi kāraṇehi passati dhātukkhobhato vā anubhūtapubbato vā devatopasaṃhārato vā pubbanimittato vā. Imesaṃ pana saṃsaggasannipātatopi bahudhā papañcenti. Tattha yaṃ vātapittādidhātukkhobhato, anubhūtapubbato ca supinaṃ passati, na taṃ saccaṃ. Yaṃ devatopasaṃhārato passati, taṃ saccaṃ vā hoti alikaṃ vā. Kuddhā hi devatā viparītampi katvā dassenti. Yaṃ pubbanimittato passati, taṃ ekantasaccameva bodhisattakosalarājādīnaṃ pañcasoḷasamahāsupināni viya. Tañca panetaṃ catubbidhaṃ supinaṃ sekhaputhujjanāva passanti, na asekhā pahīnavipallāsattā. Kiṃ panetaṃ passanto sutto passati paṭibuddho vā? Kiñcettha, yadi sutto passati, supinassa kusalādisabhāvato, bhavaṅgassa ca tadabhāvā abhidhammavirodho āpajjati. Atha paṭibuddho, supinaṃ passantena katassa abbohārikassāpi vītikkamassa sabbohārikasseva ekantasāvajjattā anāpatti na siyāti vinayavirodho āpajjati. Pakārantaro ca natthi, yena supinaṃ passeyyāti supinassa abhāvova āpajjatīti? Nāpajjati. Kasmā? Yasmā kapimiddhapareto passati ‘‘kapimiddhapareto kho, mahārāja, supinaṃ passatī’’ti (mi. pa. 5.3.5) vacanato, yā pana niddā makkaṭaniddā viya punappunaṃ kusalādicittavokiṇṇattā lahuparivattā, taṃ kapimiddhaṃ, tena sutto supinaṃ passati, tasmā supino kusalopi hoti akusalopi, āvajjanatadārammaṇavasena abyākatopi, supine ca kataṃ kusalākusaladubbalatāya paṭisandhiṃ ākaḍḍhituṃ na sakkoti, pavatte vedanīyaṃ pana hoti. ‘‘Yāthāvakavatthuvibhāvanā paññā’’ti ettha yo pañcannaṃ viññāṇānaṃ yathāvutto na hetukaṭṭho, ahetukaṭṭho…pe… na supinaṃ passanaṭṭho, so yāthāvaṭṭho, taṃtaṃyāthāvatthuṃ vibhāvetīti yāthāvakavatthuvibhāvanā paññā. Evaṃ ekavidhena ñāṇavatthūti evaṃ vuttena ekena pakārena ekena ākārena, ekakoṭṭhāsena ñāṇavatthu hotīti.
在二法集里,「产生义之慧」:此处「义」指阿毗达摩《义无碍解分别》中所说五种义中,随应之含义;能产生、令生起、令转起此义,故名「产生义之慧」,即与四地善心相应的慧,以及与作为无学神通等至近行等的欲界唯作心相应的慧。于这些心中,因为只有与善相应的慧,能够产生、令生起自地所属的果报义;而与欲界唯作相应、作为近行等的唯作神通等至,则产生、令生起以阿拉汉果为义,故这些名为「产生义之慧」。而在注释书中,虽巴利文未明说,三地唯作速行的慧,依无间等缘产生紧随自身之后的唯作之义,亦名为「产生义之慧」。「被产生之义的慧」:产生俱生之果报义后安住者,或以自身诸因而被产生、被生起、被推动,自身也成为(所生)之义,故名「被产生之义的慧」,即与四地果报心及唯作神通等至相应的慧。而在注释书中,虽巴利文未明说,其余与唯作相应的慧,各以自身因缘而被产生,自身也成为义,亦名为「被产生之义的慧」。其余则易于了知。显示巴利原文
Dukesu atthajāpikāti ettha atthapaṭisambhidāvibhaṅge vuttesu pañcasu atthesu yathānurūpaṃ atthaṃ jāpeti janeti pavattetīti atthajāpikā, catubhūmakakusalacittesu ceva asekhānaṃ abhiññāsamāpattīnaṃ parikammādibhūtakāmāvacarakiriyācittesu ca sampayuttā paññā. Tāsu hi yasmā kusalasampayuttāva paññā attano attano bhūmipariyāpannaṃ vipākasaṅkhātaṃ atthaṃ jāpeti janeti. Kāmāvacarakiriyāsampayuttā pana parikammādibhūtā abhiññāsamāpattikiriyā arahattaphalasaṅkhātaṃ atthaṃ jāpeti janeti, tasmā etā atthajāpikāti vuttā. Aṭṭhakathāsu pana pāḷiyaṃ avuttāpi tīsu bhūmīsu kiriyajavanapaññā anantarādipaccayavasena attano anantaraṃ kiriyatthaṃ jāpetīti ‘‘atthajāpikā’’tveva vuttā. Jāpitatthā paññāti sahajātaṃ vipākatthaṃ jāpetvā ṭhitā, attano vā kāraṇehi jāpitā janitā pavattitā sayampi atthabhūtāti jāpitatthā. Catubhūmakavipākesu ca kiriyābhiññāsamāpattīsu ca sampayuttā paññā. Aṭṭhakathāsu pana pāḷiyaṃ avuttā sesakiriyāsampayuttāpi paññā yathāsakaṃ kāraṇehi jāpitā, sayañca atthabhūtāti ‘‘jāpitatthā’’tveva vuttā. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
而在三法组中,就思所成慧这一组而言:不从他人处见、不从他人处闻,唯依自身之法性,以‘若如此,则将如此’的思惟随觉之慧,于无过失的业处、技艺处、明处中生起的慧,以及业自性智、随顺谛智,皆名为思所成慧。其中,木匠活、清理花朵等下劣之业,与耕种、商贾等殊胜之业,是为‘业处’;竹编、纺织等下劣技艺,与印算、计数、书写等殊胜技艺,是为‘技艺处’;如蛇坛护咒等如法之明术,是为‘明处’。于这些处中,纯凭思惟之力生起的慧,便是思所成慧。菩萨等人为利益众生,以智力思惟过去未曾见闻的种种无过失之业、技艺,及其所需器具的做法,而令成就;也能生起诸如蛇坛护咒等的明术;即便如此所作,也与先向他学习而后操作者所成就的技艺相似。‘业自性智’,是了知善业实为众生自己所有、不善业非自己所有的慧;或者,善业正是众生自己所有,依此而活命,并非依其他——如此了知的慧,亦是业自性智。‘随顺谛智’,即是指观智;此智因随顺道谛这一胜义谛,故称‘随顺谛智’。以上这两种智,皆非从他人处听闻,而是凭思惟之力生起,因此属于思所成智。显示巴利原文
Tikesu pana cintāmayattike parato adisvā asutvāva attano dhammatāya ‘‘evaṃ sati evaṃ bhavissatī’’ti evaṃ cintāmayaanubuddhiyā uppāditā anavajjakammāyatanasippāyatanavijjāṭṭhānesu paññā ceva kammassakatañāṇaṃ, saccānulomikañāṇañca cintāmayā nāma paññā. Tattha vaḍḍhakikammapupphachaḍḍakakammādi hīnañceva kasivāṇijjādi ukkaṭṭhañca kammameva kammāyatanaṃ. Naḷakārapesakārasippādi hīnañceva muddāgaṇanālekhādi ukkaṭṭhañca sippameva sippāyatanaṃ. Nāgamaṇḍalaparittādi dhammikavijjāva vijjāṭṭhānaṃ. Tesu cintābaleneva uppannā paññā. Bodhisattādayo hi sattahitāya adiṭṭhaṃ asutaṃ taṃtaṃanavajjakammasippatadupakaraṇakaraṇappakārañca ñāṇabalena cintetvā nipphādenti. Nāgamaṇḍalaparittādivijjampi uppādenti, evaṃ katānipi tāni pubbe uggaṇhitvā karontehi katasippasadisāneva honti. Kammassakatañāṇaṃ nāma kusalakammaṃ sattānaṃ sakaṃ, akusalaṃ no sakanti evaṃ jānanapaññā. Atha vā kusalakammameva sattānaṃ sakaṃ tadāyatthavuttitāya, nāññanti evaṃ jānanapaññāpi. Saccānulomikaṃ ñāṇanti vipassanāñāṇaṃ. Taṃ hi maggasaccassa paramatthasaccassa anulomanato ‘‘saccānulomika’’nti vuccati. Idampi hi ñāṇadvayaṃ parato asutvā cintābalena uppāditaṃ cintāmayañāṇameva hoti. Idañca na yesaṃ kesañci sattānaṃ uppajjati, abhiññātānaṃ pana puññavantānaṃ mahāsattānameva uppajjati. Tatthāpi saccānulomikañāṇaṃ pacchimabhavikānaṃ dvinnaññeva bodhisattānaṃ uppajjatīti veditabbaṃ. Sutamayā paññāti parato sutvā sutavasena uppāditā yathāvuttakammāyatanādipaññāva. Parato asutvā pana kammāyatanādi parena kayiramānaṃ, kataṃ vā disvā uggahetvā vā paṭiladdhāpi paññā ‘‘sutamayā’’tveva vuccati. Tadubhayāpi cintāmayā, sutamayā ca kāmāvacarāva. Bhāvanāmayā pana paññā cintāmayavasena, sutamayavasena vā pavattitakāmāvacarapubbabhāgabhāvanānipphattiyā samuppannā mahaggatalokuttarajavanapaññā.
在三法组的布施组中,“布施所成”慧,是由施舍所应施之物而生起的;“持戒所成”慧,是由圆满戒行而生起的;此二者皆属欲界层次。“修习所成”慧,则是依止与观而生起的四地慧。在《分别论》的解说中,虽说“入定者之慧”,似唯指广大界与出世间慧,但那是以最胜而说。至于欲界的前分修习,以及随念与近行修习,应知亦摄入修习所成中。而在先前的三法组中,由于它们已摄入“思所成”,故修习所成不另摄之;即使在其中,亦应了知唯摄由修习力所成者。显示巴利原文
Dānamayattike deyyadhammapariccāgavasena pavattā dānamayā, sīlapūraṇavasena pavattā sīlamayā, tadubhayāpi kāmāvacarāva. Bhāvanāmayā panettha samathavipassanāvasena pavattā catubhūmakapaññā. Niddese panassa kiñcāpi ‘‘samāpannassa paññā’’ti (vibha. 768) evaṃ mahaggatalokuttarapaññāva vuttā, tathāpi taṃ ukkaṭṭhavasena vuttaṃ. Kāmāvacarānaṃ pana pubbabhāgabhāvanānaṃ, anussatiupacārabhāvanānañca bhāvanāmaye saṅgahoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Purimattike panetāsaṃ cintāmaye saṅgahitattā bhāvanāmaye asaṅgaho, tatthāpi bhāvanābalanipphannānameva saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo.
在增上戒三法组中:巴帝摩卡律仪戒,因是观慧之因,较其余戒更为殊胜,称为“增上戒”,与此相应的慧即是“增上戒慧”。以观为前导的八等至,因较其余心更为殊胜,称为“增上心”,与此相应的慧即是“增上心慧”,此处以心为首而指称定。与观相应的道果慧,因较其余慧更为殊胜,称为“增上慧”。而此慧在教说中,为与“增上慧之慧”等同之称,故作是说。戒等各有两种:“戒、心、慧”与“增上戒、增上心、增上慧”。其中,前者依次为五戒十戒、轮回所依的八等至、顺决择分的业自性智。这些法即使佛陀未出世时,也存在于菩萨、苦行僧、转轮王等时期中;而后者所说的其余诸法,唯在佛陀出世时方得广弘,未出世时则无,当如是了知。此处,以三宝为缘,通过布施、恭敬等,以及通过皈依、听闻正法等而生起的、成为还灭依止的善法,亦应知已摄入增上戒与增上慧之中。显示巴利原文
Adhisīlattike pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlaṃ vipassanāhetuttā sesasīlato adhikaṃ sīlanti adhisīlaṃ, tasmiṃ sampayuttā paññā adhisīle paññā. Vipassanāpādikā pana aṭṭha samāpattiyo sesacittehi adhikattā adhicittaṃ, tasmiṃ paññā adhicitte paññā, cittasīsena cettha samādhi niddiṭṭho. Savipassanā pana maggaphalapaññā sesāhi adhikattā adhipaññā nāma. Sā ca adhipaññāya paññāti desanāya samarasatāya vuttā. Sīlādayo ‘‘sīlaṃ cittaṃ paññā, adhisīlaṃ adhicittaṃ adhipaññā’’ti paccekaṃ duvidhā honti. Tesu purimā pañcasīladasasīlāni, vaṭṭapādikaaṭṭhasamāpattiyo, nibbedhabhāgiyakammassakatapaññā ca yathākkamaṃ honti. Te ca dhammā anuppannepi tathāgate bodhisattānaṃ, tāpasaparibbājakānaṃ, cakkavattirājādīnañca kāle pavattanti, pacchimā pana vuttāvasesā uppanne eva tathāgate vitthārikā honti, no anuppanneti veditabbo. Ettha ca ratanattaye dānāpacāyanādivasena, saraṇagamanasaddhammasavanādivasena ca pavattā vivaṭṭūpanissayabhūtā kusaladhammāpi adhisīlaadhipaññāsu gahitā evāti gahetabbā.
在增长善巧三法组中:“增长”即增盛,此有二种:由断除不善等无义而来,及由生起善等义利而来。“非增长”即衰退,此亦有二种:由断除善等义利而来,及由生起不善等无义而来。于中的善巧,即是增长善巧,是善性之慧。非增长善巧,唯智者所具,因了知“如此作意等转起时,衰退即生,增长即损”,故能双运其行。“方便善巧”者:此处的方便,是指在紧急事务等中,了知适时生起之方便的那分慧。当知此三种慧皆是欲界慧。其余则易可了知。显示巴利原文
Āyakosallattike āyoti vaḍḍhi, sā akusalādianatthahānito, kusalādiatthuppattito ca duvidhā. Apāyoti avaḍḍhi, sāpi kusalādiatthahānito, akusalādianatthuppattito ca duvidhā. Tesu kosallaṃ, kusalasabhāvā paññā. Apāyakosallaṃ paññavato eva ‘‘evaṃ manasikārādippavattiyaṃ avaḍḍhi uppajjati, vaḍḍhi parihāyatī’’ti ñatvā tadubhayapaṭipattisambhavato. Upāyakosallanti atra upāyo accāyikakiccādīsu ṭhānuppattikaupāyajānanapaññā, tividhāpi cetā kāmāvacarapaññāti veditabbā. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
在四法组中,第一组:业自性智与随顺谛智已如前说;然而此处,除随顺谛智外,一切有漏善慧应知皆是业自性智。于四道、四果中,道相应之慧即是道智,果相应之慧即是果智。显示巴利原文
Catukkesu pana paṭhame kammassakatañāṇaṃ saccānulomikaṃ ñāṇañca vuttameva, idha pana ṭhapetvā saccānulomikañāṇaṃ sabbāpi sāsavā kusalā paññā kammassakatañāṇanti veditabbaṃ. Catūsu maggesu, phalesu ca paññāva maggasamaṅgissa ñāṇaṃ, phalasamaṅgissa ñāṇañcāti.
在四圣谛组中,唯有圣道与圣果的智慧,以同一通达四谛的方式,被摄入“苦智”等四个处所。虽然欲界智也以四谛为所缘而生起,但此处意在通达的作用,故应知于圣典中未将其纳入。显示巴利原文
Saccacatukke ariyamaggaphalapaññāva catūsu saccesu ekapaṭivedhavasena ‘‘dukkhe ñāṇa’’ntiādinā catūsu ṭhānesu gahitā. Kiñcāpi hi kāmāvacarañāṇampi catūsu saccesu ārammaṇavasena pavattati, paṭivedhakiccavasena pana idhādhippetattā pāḷiyaṃ taṃ na gahitanti veditabbaṃ.
在法组中,道与果中的智慧名为“法智”。其中,道智因以同一通达四谛法的方式而了知,故称为“法智”。果智则应知是以灭谛的方式称为法智。然而,由道力所生、以摄持过去未来通达谛理的方式而生起的省察智,名为“随法智”。应知此智如此生起:诸圣者以何种理趣了知过去时的四谛法,也同样地了知此四谛;未来时亦将同样了知。以了知他人心之有贪等的方式生起的智,名为“他心智”。而除“法随法智”与“他心智”以外的一切世间慧,因被共许为世间慧,故名为“世俗智”。显示巴利原文
Dhammacatukke maggaphalesu paññā dhamme ñāṇaṃ nāma. Tesu hi maggañāṇaṃ tāva catusaccadhammānaṃ ekapaṭivedhavasena jānanato ‘‘dhamme ñāṇa’’nti vuccati. Phalañāṇaṃ pana nirodhasaccavasena dhamme ñāṇanti veditabbaṃ. Maggānubhāvanibbattaṃ pana atītānāgatesu saccapaṭivedhanayasaṅgahaṇavasena pavattaṃ paccavekkhaṇañāṇaṃ anvaye ñāṇaṃ nāma. Tassa ca yehi nayehi ariyā atītamaddhānaṃ catusaccadhammaṃ jāniṃsu, tepi imaññeva catusaccaṃ evameva jāniṃsu, anāgatamaddhānampi jānissantīti evaṃ jānanavasena pavatti ākāro veditabbo. Sarāgādivasena paracittaparicchedañāṇaṃ pariye ñāṇaṃ nāma. Dhammanvayapariyañāṇāni pana ṭhapetvā sabbalokiyapaññāñāṇanti sammatattā sammutimhi ñāṇanti sammutiñāṇaṃ nāma.
在积集组中,欲界善的智慧导向积集,非损减。因为它如此积累死与结生,而非损减。道智则导向损减,非积集。色界、无色界善的智慧,既导向积集,亦导向损减。因为它以镇伏的方式,损减烦恼及以彼为根的异熟法。其余的无记智慧,既不导向积集,也不导向损减。显示巴利原文
Ācayacatukke kāmāvacarakusale paññā ācayāya no apacayāya. Sā hi cutipaṭisandhiṃ ācinoti eva, no apacinoti. Maggapaññā pana apacayāya no ācayāya. Rūpārūpakusalapaññā ācayāya ceva apacayāya ca. Sā hi vikkhambhanavasena kilese ca tammūlake ca vipākadhamme apacinoti. Sesā abyākatā paññā nevācayāya no apacayāya.
在厌离组中,色界初禅的智慧导向厌离,非通达。因为它由离欲而获得,故生起对烦恼的厌离;但未达到神通基础的状态,故不导向神通通达。第四禅的智慧导向通达,非厌离。因为它既作为神通基础,亦因达到神通状态而导向通达。在初禅的刹那,仅因镇伏了五盖,故不导向厌离。第二、第三禅的智慧,则因伴有喜,故应视为依止于初禅;或因无寻,故应视为依止于第四禅。道智则既导向厌离,亦导向通达。此处应知,以通达四谛的方式,它既导向厌离,亦因获得六神通而导向通达。其余的世间与出世间智慧,既不导向厌离,也不导向通达。显示巴利原文
Nibbidācatukke rūpāvacarapaṭhamajjhānapaññā nibbidāya no paṭivedhāya. Sā hi kāmavivekena pattabbattā kilesanibbidāya pavattati, abhiññāpādakabhāvaṃ pana appattatāya nevābhiññāpaṭivedhāya saṃvattati. Catutthajjhānapaññā paṭivedhāya no nibbidāya. Sā hi abhiññāpādakabhāvenāpi abhiññābhāvappattiyāpi paṭivedhāya saṃvattati. Paṭhamajjhānakkhaṇe eva nīvaraṇanibbindanattā no nibbidāya. Dutiyatatiyajjhānapaññā pana somanassasahagatatāya paṭhamajjhānasannissitā vā avitakkatāya catutthajjhānasannissitā vā kātabbā. Maggapaññā pana nibbidāya ceva paṭivedhāya ca. Ettha hi catusaccapaṭivedhavasena nibbidāya cevetāsaṃ chaḷabhiññāppattiyā paṭivedhāya ca saṃvattanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Sesā lokiyalokuttarā paññā neva nibbidāya no paṭivedhāya.
在退分组中,亲近退失,名为退分;其余亦同。此处,“通达”指圣道,因其为能生起彼通达的观智之基础。在四个处所中,所说“通达分”唯指色界、无色界善的智慧。应知:它们若从自性退失,成为向下沉坠之缘,则为退分;若成为近伺察之缘,则为胜进分;若对禅那的渴爱强烈,而对殊胜或退失漠然,安住于分位,则为住分;唯当成为圣道近因的观智基础时,方为通达分。显示巴利原文
Hānabhāgiyacatukke hānaṃ bhajatīti hānabhāginī, evaṃ sesesupi. Nibbedhoti cettha ariyamaggo tannibbattakavipassanāpādakattā. Nibbedhabhāginīti catūsupi ṭhānesu rūpārūpakusalapaññāva vuttā. Tāni hi attano sabhāvā parihāyitvā heṭṭhā orohaṇapaccayabhūtā hānabhāginī. Upanijjhānapaccayabhūtā visesabhāginī, taṃ pana jhānanikantiyā balavatāya visesaṃ, hāniṃ vā anussukkitvā ṭhitikoṭṭhāsikā ṭhitibhāginī, ariyamaggapadaṭṭhānavipassanāpādakabhūtāva nibbedhabhāginī ca hontīti veditabbā.
四种无碍解,即义无碍解、法无碍解、词无碍解、辩无碍解。四种行道,即苦行道迟通达等,如前所述。四种所缘,即狭小、狭小所缘等,义如前说。在老死等四法组中,四种联结也是唯依道智而说。余义则易明了。显示巴利原文
Catasso paṭisambhidāti atthadhammaniruttipaṭibhānapaṭisambhidāva. Catasso paṭipadāti dukkhāpaṭipadādandhābhiññādayo heṭṭhā vuttāva. Cattāri ārammaṇānīti parittā, parittārammaṇātiādikā heṭṭhā vuttanayāva. Jarāmaraṇādicatukkesupi maggañāṇavaseneva catasso yojanā vuttā. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
于五法组中,“五支正定”者:依经中所说“喜遍满、乐遍满、心遍满、光明遍满、观察相”——即具足此五智支的定。其中,于二禅中遍满喜而生起的智慧,名为喜遍满;于三禅中遍满乐而生起的智慧,名为乐遍满。遍满他人之心而生起的他心智,名为心遍满。于光明遍满中生起的天眼智,名为光明遍满。省察智则名为观察相。在此,喜遍满与乐遍满如双足,心遍满与光明遍满如双手,观察相如头,神通基础禅那如中身。世尊便是如此将五支正定示现为如同诸肢具足之人。当知由此定故,五智支被称为‘支’。显示巴利原文
Pañcakesu pana pañcaṅgiko sammāsamādhīti pītipharaṇatā sukhapharaṇatā cetopharaṇatā ālokapharaṇatā paccavekkhaṇanimittanti evaṃ pāḷiyaṃ vuttehi pañcahi ñāṇaṅgehi samannāgato samādhi. Tattha pītiṃ pharamānā uppajjatīti dvīsu jhānesu paññā pītipharaṇatā nāma, sukhaṃ pharamānā uppajjatīti tīsu jhānesu paññā sukhapharaṇatā nāma. Paresaṃ cetopharamānā uppajjatīti cetopariyañāṇaṃ cetopharaṇatā nāma. Ālokapharaṇe uppajjatīti dibbacakkhuñāṇaṃ ālokapharaṇatā nāma. Paccavekkhaṇañāṇaṃ paccavekkhaṇanimittaṃ nāma. Ettha ca pītipharaṇatā, sukhapharaṇatā ca dve pādā viya, cetopharaṇatā, ālokapharaṇatā ca dve hatthā viya, paccavekkhaṇanimittaṃ sīsaṃ viya, abhiññāpādakajjhānaṃ majjhimakāyo viya. Iti bhagavā pañcaṅgikaṃ sammāsamādhiṃ aṅgapaccaṅgasampannaṃ purisaṃ viya katvā dasseti. Iminā ca samādhinā aṅgāni pañca ñāṇaṅgāni vuttānīti veditabbāni.
五智具足的正定,意即:显示巴利原文
Pañcañāṇiko sammāsamādhīti –
“此定是现法乐住,且有未来乐异熟”——如是,唯自己证知之智生起。“此定是圣、无染”……“为大丈夫所修习”……“是寂静、微妙、已得止息、已达一境,非以有行镇伏遮止而证得”……“然而,我确实正念而入此定,正念而出此定”——如是,唯自己证知之智生起。显示巴利原文
‘‘‘Ayaṃ samādhi paccuppannasukho ceva āyatiñca sukhavipāko’ti paccattaññeva ñāṇaṃ uppajjati, ‘ayaṃ samādhi ariyo nirāmiso’ti…pe… ‘mahāpurisasevito’ti…pe… ‘santo paṇīto paṭipassaddhiladdho ekodibhāvādhigato na sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritagato’ti…pe… ‘so kho panāhaṃ imaṃ samādhiṃ satova samāpajjāmi, sato vuṭṭhahāmī’ti paccattaññeva ñāṇaṃ uppajjatī’’ti (vibha. 804) –
如此,与巴利经典中所说五种省察智相应的、名为阿罗汉果的等至果定。此定确实如此:在入定的刹那,因为有乐而成为现法乐住;前前各定之乐,以及由自身所等起的后后诸定之乐,由于在出果等至时,殊妙地触证全身,成为极为殊胜的身识乐之缘,因此未来有乐果生起。依此道理,未来有乐果为一支。因远离烦恼,故为圣。因无欲贪、有贪、世间贪,故为无染,此为一支。因是诸佛等大丈夫所修习,故非劣士所修习,此为一支。因所缘寂静,因一切烦恼的扰恼已止息,故为寂静;以不可扰动的意义而为殊胜。因已获得烦恼止息的状态,故为已得止息。因以专一性而证得,不像有漏、有学之定那样,须以有行、加功用行而镇伏敌对法、遮止烦恼后方证得,故非有行镇伏遮止而证得。此定为此人所证。如此,漏尽者因念已圆满,依所限定的时间,正念而入此定,正念而出此定,此为一支。以此五支,由一切行相相应故,名为‘五智正定’。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ pāḷiyaṃ vuttehi pañcahi paccavekkhaṇañāṇehi yutto arahattaphalasaṅkhāto samāpattiphalasamādhi. So evaṃ hi appitappitakkhaṇe sukhattā paccuppannasukho, purimo purimo pacchimassa pacchimassa samādhisukhassa ceva attanā samuṭṭhāpitampi paṇītarūpena phuṭṭhasakalakāyatāya phalasamāpattito vuṭṭhitakāle atipaṇītaṃ kāyaviññāṇasukhassa paccayattā āyatiṃ sukhavipāko uppajjati, imināpi pariyāyena āyatiṃ sukhavipākoti ekaṃ aṅgaṃ, kilesehi ārakattā ariyo kāmāmisavaṭṭāmisalokāmisānaṃ abhāvā nirāmisoti ekaṃ, buddhādīhi mahāpurisehi sevitattā akāpurisasevisoti ekaṃ, aṅgārammaṇe santatāya, sabbakilesadarathasantatāya ca santo atappanīyaṭṭhena paṇīto kilesapaṭipassaddhibhāvassa laddhattā paṭipassaddhaladdho ekodibhāvena ca adhigato appaguṇasāsavasamādhi viya sasaṅkhārena sappayogena paccanīkadhamme niggayha kilese vāretvā anadhigatattā na sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritagato. Puggalassāyaṃ samādhīti evaṃ khīṇāsavassa sativepullappattiyā yathāparicchinnakālavasena imaṃ samādhiṃ satova samāpajjati, uṭṭhahati cāti ekamaṅganti imehi pañcahi aṅgehi sabbākārato yuttattā ‘‘pañcañāṇiko sammāsamādhī’’ti vuccati.
在六法中,六神通之智,即:神变智、天耳界智、他心智、宿住随念智、死生智、漏尽智。以上所说,是与六神通心相应之智。其中,最后一种为出世间,其余为色界第五禅所属。显示巴利原文
Chakke chasu abhiññāsu paññāti iddhividhe ñāṇaṃ, dibbasotadhātuyā ñāṇaṃ, cetopariye ñāṇaṃ, pubbenivāsānussatiyaṃ ñāṇaṃ, cutūpapāte ñāṇaṃ, āsavānaṃ khaye ñāṇanti evaṃ vuttāni chaḷabhiññācittasampayuttāni ñāṇāni. Tesu pacchimaṃ lokuttaraṃ, sesāni rūpāvacarapañcamajjhānikānīti.
于七法中,有七十七智事:对于‘以无明为缘而有行’的省察智为一,‘若无无明则无行’的省察智为一,如是成二智;同样,于过去亦有二,于未来亦有二,合计为六。此六种智,再与依‘灭法’等而行的省察智合在一起,则为七智。如此,于其余乃至以生为终的诸支中亦然。如此,于十一种缘起支中,各各依三时而以顺逆观智与他们坏灭观智,每一支皆作成七智,而成七十七智。显示巴利原文
Sattake sattasattati ñāṇavatthūnīti ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’ti paccavekkhaṇañāṇaṃ ekaṃ, ‘‘asati avijjāya natthi saṅkhārā’’ti ekanti dve ñāṇāni, evaṃ atītepi dve, anāgatepi dveti cha, taṃ chabbidhampi ñāṇaṃ ‘‘khayadhamma’’ntiādinā paccavekkhaṇañāṇena saddhiṃ satta ñāṇāni. Evaṃ sesesupi jātipariyosānesu cāti evaṃ ekādasasu paṭiccasamuppādaṅgesu paccekaṃ kālattayepi anvayabyatirekañāṇaṃ tesaṃ vayadassanañāṇassa ca vasena satta satta katvā sattasattati ñāṇāni.
于九法中,智慧在九次第住等至中:即,因入灭尽定者需不按次第而安住与生起,故在名为次第住的色界与无色界等至中,有相应之八智;此后,又有触证灭尽而出定者,从寂静的方面省察灭尽的省察智。如此共成九智。显示巴利原文
Navake navasu anupubbavihārasamāpattīsu paññāti nirodhasamāpattiṃ samāpajjantassa anupaṭipāṭiyā vihātabbato uppādetabbato anupubbavihārasaṅkhātāsu rūpārūpasamāpattīsu sampayuttā aṭṭha paññā ceva tadanantaraṃ nirodhaṃ phusitvā vuṭṭhitassa nirodhaṃ santato paccavekkhaṇañāṇañcāti nava.
于十法中,‘如来’者,即如毗婆尸等过去诸仙那样前来,也如是前来的正等正觉者。‘如来力’者,即不与他者共、唯如来所有之力,或者是指如同过去诸佛之力由福德蕴的成就而来那般,也如是而来到此世之力,此亦是其含义。这其中,如来力有两种,即身力与智力。此中,身力应依大象族类的次第而去了解。古德曾如是说:显示巴利原文
Dasake tathāgatassāti yathā vipassīādayo pubbakā isayo āgatā, tathā āgatassa sammāsambuddhassa. Tathāgatabalānīti aññehi asādhāraṇāni tathāgatasseva balāni, yathā vā pubbabuddhānaṃ balāni puññussayasampattiyā āgatāni, tathā āgatāni balānītipi attho. Tattha duvidhaṃ tathāgatassa balaṃ kāyabalaṃ, ñāṇabalañca. Tesu kāyabalaṃ hatthikulānusārena veditabbaṃ. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ porāṇehi –
黑羯罗婆、恒河、般达罗、昙婆、宾伽罗、香象、吉祥、金象、布萨、六牙,这十种。
参见《分别论注》760、《中部注》1.148、《相应部注》2.2.22、《增支部》10.21、《优陀那注》75、《佛种姓注》1.39、《无碍解道注》2.2.44、《小义释注》81。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kāḷāvakañca gaṅgeyyaṃ, paṇḍaraṃ tambapiṅgalaṃ; Gandhamaṅgalahemañca, uposathachaddantime dasā’’ti. (vibha. aṭṭha. 760; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.148; saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 2.2.22; a. ni. 10.21; udā. aṭṭha. 75; bu. vaṃ. aṭṭha. 1.39; paṭi. ma. aṭṭha. 2.2.44; cūḷani. aṭṭha. 81);
这就是十种象族。其中,“黑羯罗婆”为普通象族。十人的身力,等于一头黑羯罗婆象之力;十头黑羯罗婆象之力,等于一头恒河象之力;十头恒河象之力,等于一头般达罗象之力;十头般达罗象之力,等于一头昙婆象之力;十头昙婆象之力,等于一头宾伽罗象之力;十头宾伽罗象之力,等于一头香象之力;十头香象之力,等于一头吉祥象之力;十头吉祥象之力,等于一头金象之力;十头金象之力,等于一头布萨象之力;十头布萨象之力,等于一头六牙象之力;十头六牙象之力,称为如来的那罗延力。若依普通象计算,则为千亿头象之力;依人计算,则为十亿人之力。这便是如来的身力。然而,十力、四无畏等无数种类的智慧,名为智力。此处也唯独指智力,因为智以不可动摇与支撑之义而称为力。显示巴利原文
Imāni hi dasa hatthikulāni. Tattha kāḷāvakanti pakatihatthikulaṃ, yaṃ dasannaṃ purisānaṃ kāyabalaṃ, taṃ ekassa kāḷāvakahatthino balaṃ, yaṃ tesaṃ dasannaṃ balaṃ, taṃ ekassa gaṅgeyyassa, tesaṃ dasannaṃ paṇḍarassa, tesaṃ dasannaṃ tambassa, tesaṃ dasannaṃ piṅgalassa, tesaṃ dasannaṃ gandhahatthino, tesaṃ dasannaṃ maṅgalassa, tesaṃ dasannaṃ hemassa, tesaṃ dasannaṃ uposathassa, tesaṃ dasannaṃ balaṃ chaddantassa, yaṃ dasannaṃ chaddantānaṃ balaṃ, taṃ tathāgatassa nārāyaṇabalanti vuccati. Tadetaṃ pakatihatthigaṇanāya hatthīnaṃ koṭisahassaṃ, purisagaṇanāya dasannaṃ purisakoṭisahassānaṃ balaṃ hoti. Idaṃ tāva tathāgatassa kāyabalaṃ. Yāni pana dasabalacatuvesārajjādīni anekāni ñāṇasahassāni, etaṃ ñāṇabalaṃ nāma. Idhāpi ñāṇabalameva adhippetaṃ. Ñāṇañhi akampiyaṭṭhena, upatthambhanaṭṭhena ca balanti vuttaṃ.
“具足诸力者”指具足十种智力的如来。“牛王立处”指最胜之立处。其中,统领百牛的牛王称为usabha,统领千牛的牛王称为vasabha;或说统领百牛者为usabha,统领千牛者为vasabha,一切牛中最为殊胜者称为nisabha——体白、庄严、能负重荷、堪忍一切危难,纵有百雷震响亦不动摇。此处所用的“usabha”正是此nisabha的同义词。属于usabha的,即称为āsabha。“立处”指具足牛王之力、以四足踏地而不动的立处,此立处犹如牛王立处,故名为āsabha。正如名为nisabha的usabha具足牛王之力,以四足稳踏于地,安住于不动的立处;同样,如来具足十力,以四无畏之足踏八众之地,在含摄天人的世间中,不为任何所摧伏,安住于不动的立处。他宣称此最胜境界、趋入其中、不推拒、将此归于自身,所以说“宣称牛王立处”。显示巴利原文
Yehibalehi samannāgatoti yehi dasahi ñāṇabalehi upeto. Āsabhaṇṭhānanti seṭṭhaṭṭhānaṃ. Apica gavasatajeṭṭhako usabho, gavasahassajeṭṭhako vasabho. Vajasatajeṭṭhako vā usabho, vajasahassajeṭṭhako vasabho, sabbagavaseṭṭho nisabho, seto pāsādiko mahābhāravaho sabbaparissayasaho asanisatasaddehipi akampanīyo nisabho, so idha usabhoti adhippeto. Idampi hi tassa pariyāyavacanaṃ. Usabhassa idanti āsabhaṃ. Ṭhānanti tassa nisabhabalasamannāgatassa catūhi pādehi pathaviṃ uppīḷetvā acalaṭṭhānaṃ, idaṃ pana āsabhaṃ viyāti āsabhaṃ. Yatheva hi nisabhasaṅkhāto usabho usabhabalena samannāgato catūhi pādehi pathaviṃ uppīḷetvā acalaṭṭhānena tiṭṭhati, evaṃ tathāgatopi hi dasabalasamannāgato catuvesārajjapādehi aṭṭhaparisapathaviṃ uppīḷetvā sadevake loke kenaci appadhaṃsiyo acalena ṭhānena tiṭṭhati, tañcesa paṭijānāti upagacchati na paccakkhāti attani āropeti, tena vuttaṃ ‘‘āsabhaṃ ṭhānaṃ paṭijānātī’’ti (vibha. 760).
“于众中”指在八种众会之中。“作狮子吼”指作最胜吼、无畏吼,或作与狮子吼相似的吼声。此义应依《狮子吼经》来说明。又或,正如狮子因能忍耐、能摧伏而名为“狮子”,如来亦因能忍耐世间法、能摧破外道之说而名为“狮子”,并发出如此吼声。显示巴利原文
Parisāsūti aṭṭhasu parisāsu. Sīhanādaṃ nadatīti seṭṭhanādaṃ abhītanādaṃ, sīhanādasadisaṃ vā nādaṃ nadati. Ayamattho sīhanādasuttena dīpetabbo. Yathā vā sīho sahanato ca hananato ca ‘‘sīho’’ti vuccati, evaṃ tathāgatopi lokadhammānaṃ sahanato, parappavādānañca hananato ‘‘sīho’’ti vuccati, tassa nādaṃ nadati.
“梵轮”等词中,“梵”意为最上、清净。“轮”字,在“诸比丘,有此四轮……”等处,见于“成就”义;在“足底生轮……”等处,见于“相”义;在“如轮随运载者之足”处,见于“车辋”义;在“四轮九门”处,见于“威仪”义;在“于一切众生中转轮”处,见于“布施”义;在“天界轮宝出现”处,见于“宝轮”义;在“贪求之人,轮旋于头顶”处,见于“胸轮”义;在“乃至以利刃为缘之轮”处,见于“武器轮”义;在“雷轮”处,见于“雷电圜”义;在“我所转之轮”处,见于“法轮”义。而此处则指法轮转动。显示巴利原文
Brahmacakkantiādīsu brahmanti uttamaṃ visuddhaṃ. Cakka-saddo panāyaṃ ‘‘cattārimāni, bhikkhave, cakkāni, yehi samannāgatānaṃ devamanussāna’’ntiādīsu (a. ni. 4.31) sampattiyaṃ dissati. ‘‘Pādatalesu cakkāni jātānī’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.35; 3.204; ma. ni. 2.386) lakkhaṇe. ‘‘Cakkaṃva vahato pada’’nti (dha. pa. 1) ettha rathaṅge. ‘‘Catucakkaṃ navadvāra’’nti (saṃ. ni. 1.29) ettha iriyāpathe. ‘‘Cakkaṃ pavattaya sabbapāṇina’’nti (jā. 1.7.149) ettha dāne. ‘‘Dibbaṃ cakkaratanaṃ pāturahosī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.85) ettha ratanacakke. ‘‘Icchāhatassa posassa, cakkaṃ bhamati matthake’’ti (jā. 1.1.104; 1.5.103) ettha uracakke. ‘‘Khurapariyantena cepi cakkenā’’ti (dī. ni. 1.166) ettha paharaṇacakke. ‘‘Asanicakka’’nti (dī. ni. 3.61; saṃ. ni. 2.162) ettha asanimaṇḍale. ‘‘Mayā pavattitaṃ cakka’’nti (su. ni. 562) ettha dhammacakke. Idha pana dhammacakke pavattati.
法轮又有两种:证悟智与教说智。其中,由般若所成、能为自己带来圣果的出世间智,是为证悟智;由悲悯所成、能为声闻带来圣果的欲界智,是为教说智。然而,这两种智皆为他人所不共,唯是诸佛亲生的智慧。他转动、生起、阐明、令广布此轮,这便是‘转法轮’的含义。显示巴利原文
Dhammacakkañca duvidhaṃ hoti paṭivedhañāṇañca desanāñāṇañca. Tattha paññāpabhāvitaṃ attano ariyaphalāvahaṃ lokuttaraṃ paṭivedhañāṇaṃ, karuṇāpabhāvitaṃ sāvakānaṃ ariyaphalāvahaṃ kāmāvacaraṃ desanāñāṇaṃ, ubhayampi panetaṃ aññehi asādhāraṇaṃ buddhānaññeva orasañāṇaṃ, taṃ pavatteti uppādeti vibhāveti vitthārikaṃ karotīti attho.
现在,为了详细解释最初所列举的十种智,即‘如来力’,而说‘何等为十?于此,如来……’等语。其中,‘处与非处’即是‘因与非因’。所谓‘因’,因为果依止于彼,以其为缘而生起、转起,故称之为‘处’;‘非处与非非处’即是‘非因与非非因’。‘如实了知’即是以此智如实地了知。此‘处非处智’即是如来的如来力,这便是‘如来力’的含义。如此,以下各处亦应如此连结理解。那么,世尊如何如实了知‘处为处、非处为非处’呢?他如是了知:‘此非处,无有是处:即,具见者不可能将任何行法执为常……不可能将任何法执为我;不可能夺取母亲的生命;不可能夺取父亲的生命……不可能夺取阿罗汉的生命;不可能以嗔心出如来身血;不可能破僧;不可能指认他师;不可能生起第八有。此为非处,无有是处。然而,凡夫可能造作此一切事,此为处,有是处。’同样,他如是了知:‘于一世界界中,不可能有两位阿罗汉、正自觉者不先不后同时出现;不可能有两位转轮王出现。此为非处,无有是处;然而,唯独有一位出现,此为处,有是处。’同样,他如是了知:‘身恶行等三种恶行,产生可爱异熟;善行,产生不可爱异熟。此为非处,无有是处;而与此相显示巴利原文
Idāni yāni dasa ñāṇāni ādito ‘‘tathāgatabalānī’’ti nikkhittāni, tāni vitthāretuṃ ‘‘katamāni dasa? Idha tathāgato’’tiādimāha. Tattha ṭhānañca ṭhānatoti kāraṇañca kāraṇato. Kāraṇaṃ hi yasmā tattha phalaṃ tiṭṭhati tadāyattavuttitāya uppajjati ceva pavattati ca, tasmā ṭhānanti vuccati. Aṭṭhānañca aṭṭhānatoti akāraṇañca akāraṇato. Yampīti yena ñāṇena yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, idampi ṭhānāṭhānañāṇaṃ tathāgatassa tathāgatabalaṃ nāma hotīti attho. Evaṃ uparipi sabbattha yojanā veditabbā. Kathaṃ panettha bhagavā ṭhānañca ṭhānato, aṭṭhānañca aṭṭhānato yathābhūtaṃ pajānātīti? Aṭṭhānametaṃ anavakāso, yaṃ diṭṭhisampanno puggalo kañci saṅkhāraṃ niccato upagaccheyya…pe… kañci dhammaṃ attato upagaccheyya, mātaraṃ jīvitā voropeyya, pitaraṃ…pe… arahantaṃ jīvitā voropeyya, paduṭṭhacittena tathāgatassa lohitaṃ uppādeyya, saṅghaṃ bhindeyya, aññaṃ satthāraṃ uddiseyya, aṭṭhamaṃ bhavaṃ nibbatteyya, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, puthujjano panetaṃ sabbaṃ kareyyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjatīti pajānāti, tathā yaṃ ekissā lokadhātuyā dve arahanto sammāsambuddhā apubbaṃ acarimaṃ uppajjeyyuṃ, tathā dve rājāno cakkavattī uppajjeyyuṃ, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, eko pana uppajjati, ṭhānametaṃ vijjatīti pajānāti, tathā yaṃ kāyaduccaritādīnaṃ tiṇṇaṃ duccaritānaṃ iṭṭho vipāko, sucaritānañca aniṭṭho vipāko nibbatteyyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, tabbiparīto pana nesaṃ vipāko nibbatteyyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjatīti, ye ye dhammā yesaṃ yesaṃ dhammānaṃ hetū paccayā uppādāya, taṃ taṃ ṭhānaṃ, itare aṭṭhānanti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ettha panāyaṃ saṅkhepato aṭṭhakathāvinicchayo. ‘‘Sukhato upagaccheyyā’’ti idaṃ ‘‘ekantasukhī attā’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 3.27) diṭṭhivipallāsavasena sukhato gāhaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, saññācittavipallāsavasena pana ariyasāvakopi kilesapariḷāhābhibhūto mattahatthiparitāsito viya, sucikāmo gūthakūpaṃ viya kañci saṅkhāraṃ sukhato upagacchati, attato upagamanavāre kasiṇādipaṇṇattiyā, nibbānassa ca saṅgaṇhanatthaṃ ‘‘saṅkhāra’’nti avatvā ‘‘kañci dhamma’’nti vuttaṃ.
关于‘母亲’等语,虽然圣弟子即使面临斩首,也不至于为了一只小虫而造杀生,或在偷盗等任何会堕入恶趣的恶行上,即使于未来世也不可能造作,但在此举出五无间业,是为了显示凡夫状态的极大过患。因为凡夫状态实为可责,他甚至会造下无间业。在此,只有人杀死了作为人的生母或生父,即使其处于转生之相,夺走其生命,该业才成为无间业。但若畜生杀死了作为畜生的母亲或父亲,或自己作为畜生杀死人的父母,或杀死了畜生的父母,则不属无间业;然而该业是重业,无间业则如影随形,紧随不舍。杀死作为人的阿拉汉,也才成为无间业。若在他还是凡夫时曾遭受殴打,后来他证得阿拉汉果,因该伤病而死,那么打人者便成为杀阿拉汉者;但杀死非人(夜叉)的阿拉汉则不构成。杀死其他圣者,即使是人,也没有无间业,然而其业等同无间业。若布施给凡夫的物品,在他证果后受用,那也只是布施给凡夫的;杀死其他圣者则无无间业,然其业为重业。在此应知‘羊’等四例:以‘我要杀羊’之意,却误杀了躺着的母亲、父亲或阿拉汉,则触证无间业;以杀羊之意,或是以杀母等之意而杀了羊,则不触证无间业;以杀母等之意,杀死了他们,则触证无间业。盗贼四例等,亦同此理。显示巴利原文
Mātarantiādīsu kiñcāpi ariyasāvako sīsacchedaṃ pāpuṇantopi kunthakipillikaṃ upādāya pāṇātipātaṃ, adinnādānādīsu vā yaṃkiñci duccaritaṃ apāyahetubhūtaṃ kātuṃ bhavantarepi na sakkoti, puthujjanabhāvassa pana mahāsāvajjatādassanatthamettha pañcānantariyāneva uddhaṭāni. Sāvajjo hi puthujjanabhāvo, yatra hi nāma ānantariyānipi karissatīti. Ettha ca manussabhūtasseva manussabhūtaṃ janikaṃ mātaraṃ, pitaraṃ vā api parivattaliṅgaṃ jīvitā voropentassa kammaṃ ānantariyaṃ hoti. Tiracchānabhūtaṃ pana mātaraṃ, pitaraṃ vā sayaṃ vā tiracchānabhūto manussabhūtaṃ, tiracchānabhūtaṃ vā jīvitā voropento ānantariyaṃ na phusati, kammaṃ pana bhāriyaṃ, ānantariyaṃ āhacceva tiṭṭhati. Arahantampi manussabhūtameva ghātento ānantariyaṃ phusati. Tassa ca puthujjanakāle pahāraṃ datvā arahattaṃ patvā tasmiṃ teneva rogena matepi arahantaghātako hoti, na yakkhabhūtaṃ arahantaṃ, sesaariyapuggale vā manussabhūtepi ghātento, kammaṃ pana ānantariyasadisaṃ hoti. Yaṃ pana puthujjanakāle dinnaṃ dānaṃ arahattaṃ patvā paribhuñjati, puthujjanasseva taṃ dinnaṃ hoti, sesaariyapuggale mārentassa ānantariyaṃ natthi, kammaṃ pana garukaṃ hoti. Ettha ca eḷakādicatukkaṃ veditabbaṃ – ‘‘eḷakaṃ māremī’’ti hi abhisandhinā eḷakaṭṭhāne nipannaṃ mātaraṃ, pitaraṃ, arahantaṃ vā mārento ānantariyaṃ phusati, eḷakābhisandhinā vā mātādiabhisandhinā vā eḷakaṃ mārento ānantariyaṃ na phusati, mātādiabhisandhinā te eva mārento phusateva. Esa nayo coracatukkādīsupi.
关于出佛身血:由于如来身不可毁坏,即使他人生起嗔心加害,亦不会有皮肤割裂或流血之事。然而,如提婆达多掷石,石碎后以碎片击中佛身,于体内某处引出如小蝇所吮般少许不匀之血,造此事者即成无间业。若耆婆以柔软之心为佛排出恶血、令得舒适,则非无间业,反而生福。世尊般涅槃后,破坏塔、砍伐菩提树、损毁舍利,虽不构成无间业,其业却与无间业相等。然而,若菩提树枝条妨碍塔,或妨碍有舍利安置之佛像,则可截断其枝;若妨碍塔地,则可破其地面而去;若妨碍菩提树根,则可截断其根取去。即使鸟栖于枝条,在塔上排泄粪便,亦宜截断其枝。因身塔较受用塔更为殊胜。若妨碍未安置舍利的像堂或菩提堂,则不宜截断其枝;但若为吸取养分之枝条,或枝条有腐烂处,则宜截断,如护理身体一般,如此唯生福德。显示巴利原文
Lohituppāde tathāgatassa abhejjakāyatāya kuddhacittassa parassa upakkamena cammacchedo, lohitapaggharaṇaṃ vā natthi, devadattena pana paviddhasilāto bhijjitvā gatasakkhalikappahārena viya sarīrassa antoyeva ekasmiṃ ṭhāne yathā khuddikamakkhikāpivanamattampi lohitaṃ visamaṃ samosarati, tathā karontassa ānantariyaṃ hoti, na pana jīvakasseva muducittena duṭṭhalohitaṃ nīharitvā phāsukaṃ karontassa , puññameva panassa hoti, parinibbute bhagavati cetiyaṃ bhindantassa, bodhiṃ chindantassa, dhātūsu upakkamantassa ca ānantariyaṃ na hoti, kammaṃ pana ānantariyasadisaṃ hoti. Bodhirukkhassa pana thūpaṃ vā sadhātukaṃ paṭimaṃ vā bādhayamānaṃ sākhaṃ, cetiyavatthuṃ bhinditvā gacchantaṃ bodhimūlañca chinditvā harituṃ vaṭṭati. Sacepi sākhāya nilīnā sakuṇā cetiye vaccaṃ pātenti, chindituṃ vaṭṭati. Paribhogacetiyato hi sarīracetiyameva mahantataraṃ. Dhātunidhānarahitaṃ paṭimāgharaṃ vā bodhigharaṃ vā bādhentaṃ sākhaṃ chindituṃ na vaṭṭati, ojoharaṇasākhaṃ, panassa pūtiṭṭhānaṃ vā chindituṃ vaṭṭati, sarīrapaṭijaggane viya puññameva hoti.
关于破僧:于同一界内同住僧团中,一方另取别众而分立,以五种方式分裂僧团者,即成破僧及无间业。如经中所说:“优波离,以五种行相,僧团破裂。何等为五?依业,依诵,依说,依告示,依取筹。”其中,“依业”指于白、白二、白四等羯磨中,依任一种羯磨而行。“依诵”指依诵巴帝摩卡而行。“依说”指通过宣说,以种种理由显示“非法是法、法是非法”等十八种破僧事。“依告示”指以“你们岂不知我等多闻等德行?如我之人,如何会执取非律、违逆师教?何以不惧恶趣?”等言词,于耳边作口业分裂而告示。“依取筹”指以如是宣说与告示坚固其心,成不退转,而后说“取此筹”而行取筹。显示巴利原文
Saṅghabhede samānasaṃvāsasīmāya samānasaṃvāsake saṅghe ekato ṭhite visuṃ vaggasaṅghaṃ gahetvā pañcahi kāraṇehi saṅghaṃ bhindantassa saṅghabhedo hoti ānantariyakammañca. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ ‘‘pañcahi, upāli, ākārehi saṅgho bhijjati. Katamehi pañcahi? Kammena uddesena voharanto anussāvanena salākaggāhenā’’ti (pari. 458). Tattha kammenāti apalokanādīsu catūsu aññatarena kammena. Uddesenāti pātimokkhuddesena. Voharanto kathayanto tāhi tāhi upapattīhi ‘‘adhammaṃ dhammo’’tiādīni aṭṭhārasa bhedakaravatthūni dīpento. Anussāvanenāti ‘‘nanu tumhe jānātha mayhaṃ bahussutādibhāvaṃ, kathaṃ hi nāma mādiso uddhammaṃ ubbinayaṃ satthusāsanaṃ gāheyya, kimahaṃ apāyato na bhāyāmī’’tiādinā nayena kaṇṇamūle vacībhedaṃ katvā anussāvanena. Salākaggāhenāti evaṃ vohārānussāvanehi tesaṃ cittaṃ upatthambhetvā anivattidhammaṃ katvā ‘‘gaṇhatha imaṃ salāka’’nti salākaggāhena.
在此,唯羯磨或诵作为构成破僧的准据,说、告示与取筹仅是前方便。纵使后者已完成,僧团仍未破裂。只有当以说与告示令四位或四位以上比丘取筹,执取别众,另行作羯磨或诵戒时,此时方名僧团破裂。若以不破和合为先,心存和合想而作,则既无破僧,亦无无间业;不足此数(少于九人)而作者,同样如此。如经中所说:“优波离,一方有四人,一方有四人,第九人告示……”云云。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca kammameva uddeso vā pamāṇaṃ, vohārānussāvanasalākaggāhā pana pubbabhāgā. Tesu nipphannesupi abhinnova hoti saṅgho. Yadā pana vohārānussāvanehi cattāro vā atireke vā bhikkhū salākaṃ gāhetvā vaggaṃ saṅghaṃ gahetvā visuṃ kammaṃ vā uddesaṃ vā karoti, tadā saṅgho bhinno nāma hoti. Abhedapurekkhārassa pana samaggasaññāya vaṭṭati. Samaggasaññāya hi karontassa neva bhedo hoti, na ānantariyaṃ, tathā tato ūnaparisāya karontassa. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ ‘‘ekato, upāli, cattāro honti ekato cattāro, navamo anussāvetī’’tiādi (cūḷava. 351).
在这五种无间业中,破僧是语业,其余是身业,这一切皆由身门与语门生起。破僧若以手势进行分裂,也从身门生起;在此,破僧持续一劫。唯有在劫坏时,方能从破僧业中解脱;其余诸业则无此定则。造作这五种业的人中,唯破僧者在地狱受报;其余的则归入“有业无业报”等类别中。若无破僧业,则有出佛身血;若无出佛身血,则有杀阿拉汉;若无杀阿拉汉,则有杀母或杀父;此理同样适用于具戒胜者。其中前四者是一切在家与出家者所共通的;而破僧则仅限于正常比丘,不与其他人共通;因为比丘尼也不能破僧,更不用说其余人了。应知这五种无间业皆与苦受相应,以嗔为根。显示巴利原文
Imesu pana pañcasu ānantariyesu saṅghabhedo vacīkammaṃ, sesāni kāyakammāni, sabbāneva kho tāni kāyadvāratopi vacīdvāratopi samuṭṭhahanti. Saṅghabhedopi hi hatthamuddāya bhedaṃ karontassa kāyadvāratopi samuṭṭhāti, saṅghabhedo cettha kappaṭṭhitiyo. Kappavināse eva hi saṅghabhedato muccati, sesānaṃ pana tathā niyamo natthi. Yena ca pañcapetāni kammāni katāni honti, tassa saṅghabhedova niraye vipaccati, sesāni ‘‘ahosi kammaṃ nāhosi kammavipāko’’ti evamādīsu saṅkhyaṃ gacchanti. Saṅghabhedābhāve lohituppādo, tadabhāve arahantaghāto , tadabhāve mātughāto, pitughāto vā, tasmimpi sīlasampannatare. Purimāni cettha cattāri sabbesaṃ gahaṭṭhapabbajitānaṃ sādhāraṇāni, saṅghabhedo pana pakatattassa bhikkhunova, asādhāraṇo aññesaṃ, bhikkhunīpi hi saṅghaṃ na bhindati, pageva itare. Pañcapi cetāni dukkhavedanāsampayuttāni, dosamūlāni cāti veditabbāni.
“应生第八有”:在此,圣弟子对于第八有的执取由什么决定?由内观决定。若其内观锐利,仅生起一次有便证得阿罗汉,名为“一种子”。若其内观较钝,则于第二……乃至第六有证阿罗汉,名为“家家”。若其内观极为迟钝,则不超越第七有,于彼处决定证阿罗汉,名为“七返极”。即使他在第七有中入睡时,有霹雳落在头顶或山巅坠落,也会在那一刻证阿罗汉而入般涅槃。正是就最高限度不超越第七有而言,才说“决定以正觉为归宿”。显示巴利原文
Aṭṭhamaṃ bhavaṃ nibbatteyyāti ettha ariyasāvakassa aṭṭhamabhavāgahaṇaṃ kena niyāmitanti? Vipassanāya. Yassa hi sā tikkhā, so ekaṃ eva bhavaṃ nibbattitvā arahattaṃ patvā ekabījī nāma hoti. Yassa mandā, so dutiye…pe… chaṭṭhe vā bhave arahattaṃ patvā kolaṃkolo nāma hoti. Yassa pana atimandā, so sattamaṃ bhavaṃ nātikkamati, tattha niyamena arahattaṃ pāpuṇitvā sattakkhattuparamo nāma hoti. Sacepi hissa sattame bhave niddaṃ okkantassa matthake asani vā pabbatakūṭo vā pateyya, tasmimpi kāle arahattaṃ patvāva parinibbāti. Uttamakoṭiyā hi sattamabhavānatikkamanaññeva sandhāyeva ‘‘niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’ti (ma. ni. 1.66; 2.169; saṃ. ni. 5.998) vuttoti.
在一个世界系统中,不可能出现两位阿罗汉正自觉者。在称为一万轮围的诞生田中,一个世界界即是一个教令领域,因为在教令领域中绝无佛陀出生的可能。此处并未禁止二佛出生,而是仅在诞生田中作了禁止。除了这个轮围,其他轮围中佛陀不出生,因为成佛之因、无始以来的佛传承等具有这样的性质。正因如此,众生不能无余涅槃。如果一切轮围中都有佛出生,一切众生应该早已无余涅槃,但事实并非如此,故应知:在无始的佛传承中,具备劫初资粮者的居所——唯有这个轮围中,佛才出生。即使在此,佛也极为稀有;因其稀有,所以无数劫中才无佛出世。若佛容易遇到,在一个住劫的无数大劫中,可能有六十四佛出生,因为中间劫可以有佛间隔。而在贤劫中,仅有五佛出生。佛在这里尚且如此稀有,怎会在其他轮围中出生?佛的稀有是因缘稀有,因此佛只生于这个轮围。即便在此,也非生于天界或梵界,唯生于人间。因为只有在此,僧宝——三种正法的承载者——才完全显现,其他界中则绝无可能。显示巴利原文
Ekissā lokadhātuyā dve arahanto sammāsambuddhātiādīsu dasasahassacakkavāḷasaṅkhātaṃ jātikhettaṃ ekā lokadhātu nāma āṇāvisayakhettesu buddhuppattisaṅkāya evābhāvato. Tattha dvinnaṃ buddhānaṃ uppattipaṭisedhaṃ akatvā jātikhette eva kato. Ṭhapetvā imaṃ cakkavāḷaṃ aññasmiṃ cakkavāḷe buddhā na uppajjanti buddhattahetūnaṃ anādibuddhaparamparādīnaṃ tathābhāvā. Tato eva hi sattā niravasesato nibbutiṃ na pāpuṇanti. Yadi hi sabbacakkavāḷesu buddhā uppajjeyyuṃ, sabbe sattā ito pubbe niravasesato nibbutiṃ pāpuṇeyyuṃ, na ca taṃ atthi, tasmā anādibuddhaparamparāya vivaṭṭūpanissayasampannānaṃ nivāsabhūte imasmiṃ cakkavāḷe eva uppajjantīti veditabbā. Te cetthāpi dullabhā, tesaṃ dullabhattā evettha kappānaṃ asaṅkhyeyyampi buddhuppādarahitaṃ hoti. Yadi ca te sulabhā bhaveyyuṃ, ekasmiṃ vivaṭṭaṭṭhāyiasaṅkhyeyye catusaṭṭhibuddhānampi uppajjituṃ sakkā bhaveyya antarakappassa buddhantarattā. Bhaddakappesu cettha pañca buddhā eva uppajjanti. Kathaṃ panetthāpi dullabhatarā cakkavāḷantaresu uppajjeyyuṃ, buddhānañca dullabhatā kāraṇadullabhatāya, tasmā imasmiññeva cakkavāḷe buddhā uppajjanti? Etthāpi na devabrahmalokesu, manussaloke eva pana uppajjanti ettheva sabbaso tividhasaddhammādhārassa saṅgharatanassa pātubhāvato, itaralokesu niravasesato pakārāsambhavato ca.
若佛陀生于天界等处,人们因畏惧甚至不敢近前,何况听法、出家等事。正因如此,我们的菩萨以自身色身威德等成就,为消除众人心中“此非凡人”的疑惑,示现仰卧等次第成长,并娶妻成家等。如此示现后,虽后出家,于王舍城入城乞食,坐于般度婆山旁受用食物时,频毗娑罗王亦是从各方面审察其为人后,方敢近前,否则便不能。佛陀为度脱世间而出世,非为自身受供养等,故应知唯生于人间。即使在人间,也唯在此赡部洲洲;即使在赡部洲洲,也唯在此中部地区。不仅佛陀,独觉佛、上首弟子、大弟子、转轮王及其他有大福德的众生,亦唯生于此。显示巴利原文
Yadi hi buddhā devalokādīsu uppajjeyyuṃ, manussā bhayena upasaṅkamitumeva na sakkonti, pageva dhammasavanapabbajjādiṃ kātuṃ, teneva amhākaṃ bodhisatto attano rūpakāyānubhāvādisampattiyā uppannaamanussasaṅkākutūhalaṃ janaṃ nijjhāpetuṃ uttānaseyyakādiniyāmena vaḍḍhitvā dārapariggahādiṃ akāsi, evaṃ katvā pabbajitampi naṃ rājagahe piṇḍāya pavisitvā paṇḍavapabbatapasse nisīditvā piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjantaṃ bimbisāro nānappakārato manussabhāvaṃ vicinitvāva upasaṅkamituṃ visahi, no aññathā. Lokanitthāraṇatthāya hi buddhā uppajjanti, na attano sakkārādiatthāya, tasmā manussesu eva uppajjantīti veditabbo. Tatthāpi imasmiṃ jambudīpe eva, tatthāpi imasmiṃ majjhimapadese eva. Na kevalañca buddhāva, paccekabuddhā, aggasāvakamahāsāvakā ca cakkavattiādayo ca aññepi puññavantasattā ettheva uppajjanti.
所谓“非前非后”,此处指:从入母胎结生之前称为“前”,从舍利消失之后称为“后”,二者中间则称为“非前非后”。于此中间,禁止其他佛陀出世;但舍利消失之后,则不禁止其他佛陀出世。虽不禁止,但应知须历经中间劫,方得出世。显示巴利原文
Apubbaṃ acarimanti ettha mātukucchismiṃ paṭisandhiggahaṇato pure pubbaṃ nāma, dhātuantaradhānato pacchā carimaṃ nāma, ubhinnamantarā apubbaṃ acarimaṃ nāma. Etthantare aññassa buddhassa uppatti nivāritā, dhātuantaradhāne pana jāte aññassa uppatti na nivāritā. Kiñcāpi na nivāritā, antarakappaṃ pana khepetvāva uppajjantīti veditabbaṃ.
有五种消失:证得消失、行道消失、教法消失、形相消失、舍利消失。其中,证得指道果、神通与无碍解。它衰退时,从无碍解开始衰退。从般涅槃后,唯有一千年能证得无碍解;此后,神通亦不能证得,成为干观漏尽者,然后是不来者,然后是一来者,然后是须陀洹。即使他们尚住于世,证得亦已消失;待最后一位须陀洹命终时,证得即名为消失。此为证得消失。显示巴利原文
Pañca hi antaradhānāni nāma adhigamaantaradhānaṃ paṭipattiantaradhānaṃ pariyattiantaradhānaṃ liṅgaantaradhānaṃ dhātuantaradhānanti. Tattha adhigamoti maggaphalābhiññāpaṭisambhidāyo, so parihāyamāno paṭisambhidāto paṭṭhāya parihāyati. Parinibbānato hi vassasahassameva paṭisambhidā nibbattetuṃ sakkonti, tato paraṃ abhiññā, tāpi nibbattetuṃ asakkontā sukkhavipassakakhīṇāsavā honti, tato anāgāmino, tato sakadāgāmino, sotāpannā ca honti, tesu dharantesupi adhigamo anantarahitova hoti, pacchimakassa pana sotāpannassa jīvitakkhayena adhigamo antarahito nāma hoti. Idaṃ adhigamaantaradhānaṃ.
此后,他们无法证得道果,便认为“如今我们已无圣法证悟”,于是在禅那与内观上放弃努力,懈怠放逸,仅守护四遍净戒,彼此之间不举罪、不提醒,成为无悔者。从此,他们开始违犯小小戒,继而违犯重罪,仅守护波罗夷。纵使他们尚住于世,行道却已消失;最后一位比丘因戒坏或命终,行道即名为消失。这是行道消失。显示巴利原文
Tato maggaphalāni nibbattetuṃ asakkontā ‘‘natthi dāni no ariyadhammapaṭivedho’’ti jhānavipassanāsu vosānaṃ āpajjitvā kosajjabahulā catupārisuddhisīlamattaṃ rakkhanto aññamaññaṃ na codenti, na sārenti, akukkuccakā honti, tato paṭṭhāya khuddānukhuddakāni maddanti, tato garukāpattiṃ āpajjanti, pārājikamattameva rakkhanti, tesu dharantesupi paṭipatti anantarahitāva hoti, pacchimakassa pana bhikkhuno sīlabhedena vā jīvitakkhayena vā paṭipatti antarahitā nāma hoti. Idaṃ paṭipattiantaradhānaṃ nāma.
教理,即包含义注的三藏佛语。随着时间流逝,由于非法之人、争斗时代的国王等导致庄稼歉收等状况,施主们日渐穷困,比丘们因资具匮乏而苦恼,无力摄受弟子。于是义注失传,仅凭巴利原文持守教理,继而无法整体持守巴利原文。首先失传的是阿毗达摩藏,且从顶部开始。即首先《大论》失传,随后《双论》《论事》《人施设论》《界论》《分别论》《法集论》依次失传。接着从顶部开始,经藏失传:首先《增支部》从十一集至一集失传;然后《相应部》从顶部开始,《大品》首先失传,接着《六处品》《蕴品》《因缘品》《有偈品》失传。如此,《中部》《长部》等也从顶部开始失传。此后,仅存律藏,它也从《附随》开始直到《大分别》失传,然后仅持守从《布萨犍度》开始的论母。那时,只要四句偈还在人间流传,教理便未消失;一旦四句偈消失,教理即名为消失。这称为教理消失。显示巴利原文
Pariyattīti sāṭṭhakathaṃ tepiṭakaṃ buddhavacanaṃ, gacchante gacchante kāle adhammikehi kaliyugarājādīhi vipannasassādisampattitāya paccayadāyakā duggatā honti, bhikkhū ca paccayehi kilamantā antevāsike gahetuṃ na sakkonti. Tato aṭṭhakathā parihāyati, pāḷivaseneva pariyattiṃ dhārenti, tato pāḷiṃ sakalaṃ dhāretuṃ na sakkonti, paṭhamaṃ abhidhammapiṭakaṃ parihāyati, tañcassa parihāyanaṃ matthakato paṭhāya. Paṭhamameva hi mahāpakaraṇaṃ parihāyati, tato yamakaṃ kathāvatthu puggalapaññatti dhātukathā vibhaṅgo dhammasaṅgaho ca anukkamena parihāyanti, tato matthakato paṭṭhāya suttantapiṭakaṃ parihāyati, paṭhamaṃ hi aṅguttaranikāyo ekādasakanipātato paṭṭhāya yāvaekakanipātā parihāyati, tato matthakato paṭṭhāya saṃyuttanikāyo, paṭhamaṃ hi mahāvaggo parihāyati, tato saḷāyatanavaggo khandhakavaggo nidānavaggo sagāthāvaggoti, evaṃ majjhimanikāyadīghanikāyādayo ca matthakato paṭṭhāya parihāyanti, tato vinayapiṭakameva tiṭṭhati, tampi parivārato paṭṭhāya yāva mahāvibhaṅgā parihāyati, tato uposathakkhandhakato mātikāmattameva dhārenti, tadāpi yāva catuppadikāpi gāthā manussesu pavattati, tāva pariyatti anantarahitāva hoti, tāya antarahitāya pariyatti antarahitā nāma hoti. Idaṃ pariyattiantaradhānaṃ nāma.
随着时间流逝,持钵、持衣等威仪不再庄严。他们如同尼乾陀等外道,将葫芦钵等夹在腋下、或悬挂、或吊在网袋中而行。染衣也不如法,染成骨白色而穿着。继而连染色、缝褶也不做了,只如遍行外道一般,剪去边缘,仅披着袈裟片。到了衰微之时,他们将小块袈裟布系在手上或颈上,从事耕作等,养妻育儿。那时,施主们以僧团为所缘而施予他们。世尊正是针对此而说:‘阿难,未来世将有种姓者,颈系袈裟,戒行败坏,恶法缠身。人们将以僧团为所缘,向这些破戒者布施。阿难,即便如此,我仍说那以僧团为所缘的布施,其功德不可计数、不可测量。’此后,人们说:‘这是无用的布片,我们要它何用?’便剪断那块袈裟布,弃于林中。此时,便称为‘形相消失’。这即是形相消失。显示巴利原文
Gacchante gacchante kāle pattacīvaraggahaṇādiākappaṃ na pāsādikaṃ hoti, nigaṇṭhādayo viya alābupattādiṃ aggabāhāya pakkhipitvāpi olambitvāpi sikkāya olaggetvāpi vicaranti, cīvararajanampi na sāruppaṃ, oṭṭhaṭṭhikavaṇṇaṃ katvā dhārenti, tato rajanampi ovaṭṭikavijjhanampi na hoti, dasā chetvā paribbājakā viya kāsāvamattameva dhārenti, tato parikkhīṇe kāle khuddakakāsāvakhaṇḍaṃ hatthe vā gīvāya vā bandhitvā kasikammādīni katvā dārabharaṇādiṃ karonti, tadā dakkhiṇaṃ dento jano saṅghaṃ uddissa etesaṃ deti, idaṃ sandhāya bhagavatā vuttaṃ ‘‘bhavissanti kho panānanda, anāgatamaddhānaṃ gotrabhuno kāsāvakaṇṭhā dussīlā pāpadhammā, tesu dussīlesu saṅghaṃ uddissa dānaṃ dassanti, tadāpahaṃ, ānanda, saṅghagataṃ dakkhiṇaṃ asaṅkhyeyyaṃ appameyyaṃ vadāmī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.380). Tato ‘‘papañco esa, kiṃ iminā amhāka’’nti taṃ kāsāvakhaṇḍaṃ chinditvā araññe khipanti, etasmiṃ kāle liṅgaṃ antarahitaṃ nāma hoti. Idaṃ liṅgaantaradhānaṃ nāma.
此后,于各处未得恭敬供养的舍利,将凭借诸佛的决意力,前往可获恭敬供养之处。若于一切处皆不得供养,所有舍利便将尽赴大菩提道场。纵使芥子许的舍利,亦不会于半途消失。他们将在菩提道场上,显现结跏趺坐的佛身庄严,并示现双神变。随后,烈火从舍利身中生起,令彼身归于无相。那时,一万世界中的诸天,一如在般涅槃日那般悲泣,礼敬供养后离去。这便称为舍利消失。显示巴利原文
Tato tattha tattha sakkārasammānaṃ alabhamānā dhātuyo buddhānaṃ adhiṭṭhānabalena sakkārasammānalabbhamānakaṭṭhānaṃ gamissanti, tato sabbattha alabhamānā sabbadhātuyo mahābodhimaṇḍameva gamissanti. Sāsapamattāpi hi dhātu na antarā nassissati, tā pana bodhimaṇḍe pallaṅkena nisinnabuddhasarīrasiriṃ, yamakapāṭihāriyañca dassessanti, tato dhātusarīrato tejo samuṭṭhāya taṃ sarīraṃ apaṇṇattikabhāvaṃ gameti, tadā dasasahassacakkavāḷe devatā parinibbānadivase viya paridevitvā pūjāsakkāraṃ katvā pakkamanti. Idaṃ dhātuantaradhānaṃ nāma.
于此五种消失中,教理的消失乃是根本。教理存在时,通达等便不谓之消失;教理不存在时,则谓之消失。譬如,为辨识宝瓶而镌刻于石板之上的文字尚存时,宝瓶不名为消失;一旦文字消失,宝瓶便名为消失。应如此理解此义。如所说:显示巴利原文
Imassa pañcavidhassa antaradhānassa pariyattiantaradhānameva mūlaṃ. Pariyattiyaṃ hi sati paṭivedhādayopi naṭṭhā nāma na honti, asati naṭṭhāti. Yathā ca nidhikumbhiyā jānanatthāya pāsāṇapiṭṭhe upanibaddhaakkharesu dharantesu nidhikumbhi naṭṭhā nāma na hoti, akkharesu pana naṭṭhesu naṭṭhā, evaṃsampadamidaṃ veditabbaṃ. Yathāha –
只要诸经典尚存,
只要律还在彰显,
他们便会得见光明,
犹如太阳升起之时。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yāva tiṭṭhanti suttantā, Vinayo yāva dippati; Tāva dakkhanti ālokaṃ, Sūriye abbhuṭṭhite yathā. ‘‘Suttantesu asantesu, Pamuṭṭhe vinayamhi ca; Tamo bhavissati loke, Sūriye atthaṅgate yathā. ‘‘Suttante rakkhite sante, Paṭipatti hoti rakkhitā; Paṭipattiyaṃ ṭhito dhīro, Yogakkhemā na dhaṃsatī’’ti; (A. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.130; sārattha. ṭī. pācittiya 3.438);
如是,在这五种消失中,应当了知:界消失之后,便是最后一种。显示巴利原文
Evamimesu pañcasu antaradhānesu dhātuantaradhānato pacchā carimaṃ nāmāti veditabbaṃ.
然而,为何两位正自觉者不会不先不后、同时出现?因为这并无利益。确实,若一位正自觉者对无边世界中的一切众生有足够的缘,他能在同一刹那示现神通、宣说一切随顺的教法而度化他们,更何况在不同刹那?因此,在同一时期有多位正自觉者出现,实属无益。应知这种无益,是由于无有惊奇、不恭敬、争论等过患,以及大地不能承载两位佛陀而崩裂等过患的缘故。至于转轮王,在同一轮围世界中,两位不会同时出现,仅有一位出现。但在不同的轮围世界中,应知有多位同时出现。此处‘于一世界’应理解为‘于一轮围世界’。而此处‘无前无后’,应知是指轮宝出现与消失之间的中间时段。轮宝的消失,是在转轮王命终或出家后的第七日发生。且应知,由于他的威力,两位不能在同一处同时出现。其余则容易了知。处非处智力为第一。显示巴利原文
Kasmā pana dve sammāsambuddhā apubbaṃ acarimaṃ na uppajjantīti? Niratthakatova. Ekova hi sammāsambuddho anantesu cakkavāḷesu sabbasattānampi yadi upanissayo bhaveyya, ekakkhaṇe sapāṭihāriyaṃ sabbānukūlaṃ dhammaṃ desetvā te vinetuṃ sakkoti, kimaṅgaṃ pana nānakkhaṇesu, tasmā ekasmiṃ kāle anekesaṃ sammāsambuddhānaṃ uppatti niratthikāva. Anatthakatā pana anacchariyaagāravavivādādidosato ceva mahāpathaviyā dvinnaṃ buddhānaṃ dhāraṇe asamatthatāya vikiraṇādidosato ca veditabbā. Cakkavattino pana ekasmiṃ cakkavāḷe dve ekato na uppajjanti, ekova uppajjati. Nānācakkavāḷesu pana bahūpi ekato uppajjantīti veditabbā. Ettha hi ‘‘ekissā lokadhātuyā’’ti etassa ekasmiṃ cakkavāḷeti attho gahetabbo. Apubbaṃ acarimañcettha cakkaratanapātubhāvaantaradhānānaṃ vemajjhaṃ veditabbaṃ. Antaradhānañcassa cakkavattino kālakiriyato, pabbajjāto vā sattame divase hoti, tassa ca ānubhāvena dvinnaṃ ekattha sahaanuppatti ca veditabbā. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva. Ṭhānāṭhānañāṇabalaṃ paṭhamaṃ.
第二,关于业的取受,即指受持并造作的善与不善业,或者业本身即是业的取受。以处与因的方式,即从缘的角度以及称为因的原因角度来观照。其中,趣、依报、时节、加行是异熟的缘,业则是因。由此两者,如实了知业异熟。如何了知?世尊洞知:‘某些人的众多恶业,由于趣、依报、时节、加行的圆满而被阻碍,不会成熟;若遇到这些方面的缺失,便会成熟。某些人的众多善业,由于这些方面的缺失而被阻碍,不会成熟;若遇到这些方面的圆满,便会成熟。’显示巴利原文
Dutiye kammasamādānānanti samādiyitvā katānaṃ kusalākusalānaṃ, kammameva vā kammasamādānaṃ. Ṭhānaso hetusoti paccayato ceva hetusaṅkhātakāraṇato ca . Tattha gatiupadhikālapayogā vipākassa paccayā, kammaṃ hetu. Tadubhayato kammavipākaṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Kathaṃ? Bhagavā hi ‘‘ekaccassa bahūni pāpakammāni gatiupadhikālapayogānaṃ sampattiyā paṭibāhitāni na vipaccanti, tesaṃ vipattiṃ āgamma vipaccanti, ekaccassa bahūni kalyāṇakammāni tesaṃ vipattiyā paṭibāhitāni na vipaccanti, tesaṃ sampattiṃ āgamma vipaccantī’’ti pajānāti.
其中,趣的缺失是指四恶趣。趣的圆满是指人趣和天趣。依报是指自体。它的圆满称为依报圆满,不圆满则称为依报缺失。时节的圆满是指善王、善人时节所摄的圆满时节,其相反即称为时节缺失。对于种种业,正加行即是加行的圆满,邪加行则是加行的缺失。于此,有些人因善业而生于天趣等诸趣,依此趣的圆满,只有善业成熟。而那些被此趣的圆满所阻碍的不善业,则不能在那里成熟。那些不善业,在生于地狱等恶趣时,依此趣的缺失,便随意成熟。而那些被此趣的缺失所阻碍的善业,则不能在那里成熟。有些人具有可爱、端严的身相,即使身为奴仆或出身低贱,依此依报的圆满,只有善业成熟。因为对于这样的美貌者,人们认为‘此人不相应于染污业’,便会安置于大臣等高位,甚至将貌美的旃陀罗女安置于王后等位。而那些被此依报的圆满所阻碍的不善业,则不能成熟。那些不善业,当处于依报缺失时,便随意成熟。因为即使生于王族等中,若相貌丑陋,也会被安置于低位。有些人在初劫之人、或转轮王、或佛陀、或善王善人的圆满时节出生,依此时节的圆满,只有善业成熟,不善业则不成熟。显示巴利原文
Tattha gativipattīti cattāro apāyā. Gatisampattīti manussadevagatiyo. Upadhīti attabhāvo . Tassa samiddhi sampatti nāma, asamiddhi vipatti nāma. Kālasampattīti surājasumanussakālasaṅkhāto sampannakālo, tappaṭipakkho kālavipatti nāma. Tassa tassa pana kammassa sammāpayogo payogasampatti, micchāpayogo payogavipatti nāma. Tattha hi ekaccassa kusalakammena devagatiādīsu gatiyaṃ nibbattassa taṃ gatisampattiṃ āgamma kusalāni eva vipaccanti. Tāya pana gatisampattiyā paṭibāhitāni akusalāni tattha vipaccituṃ na sakkonti. Tāni puna nirayādīsu apāyesu nibbattassa taṃ gativipattiṃ āgamma yathāsukhaṃ vipaccanti. Tāya pana gativipattiyā paṭibāhitāni kusalāni tattha vipaccituṃ na sakkonti. Ekaccassa dassanīyenābhirūpena kāyena samannāgatassa yadipi so dāso vā hoti hīnajacco vā, taṃ upadhisampattiṃ āgamma kusalāni evassa vipaccanti. Tādisaṃ hi surūpaṃ ‘‘ayaṃ kiliṭṭhakammassa nānucchaviko’’ti uccesu amaccādiṭṭhānesu ṭhapenti, caṇḍālimpi surūpaṃ aggamahesiādiṭṭhānesu ṭhapenti. Tāya pana upadhisampattiyā paṭibāhitāni akusalānassa vipaccituṃ na sakkonti. Tāni pana upadhivipattiyaṃ ca ṭhitassa yathāsukhaṃ vipaccanti. Rājakulādīsu hi uppannampi durūpaṃ hīnesu ṭhapenti. Ekaccassa pana paṭhamakappikānaṃ vā cakkavattirañño vā buddhānaṃ vā surājasumanussānaṃ sampanne kāle nibbattassa taṃ kālasampattiṃ āgamma kusalāni eva vipaccanti, na akusalāni. Tāni puna durājadumanussānaṃ vipanne kāle taṃ kālavipattiṃ āgamma vipaccanti, na pana kusalāni tāya kālavipattiyā paṭibāhitattā. Ekaccassa pana sīlasaṃyamādianavajjapayogena ceva sāvajjena vā anavajjena vā desakālānusārena āyudhasippādipayogasāmatthiyena ca samannāgatassa taṃ payogasampattiṃ āgamma kusalāni eva vipaccanti, na akusalāni. Tāni puna yathāvuttaviparītapayogavipattiṃ āgamma vipaccanti, na pana kusalāni tāya paṭibāhitattā. Yuddhādīsu hi pāṇātipātādiakusalaṃ karontāpi taṃtaṃāyudhasippādipayogasampattiṃ nissāyeva senāpatiṭṭhānādimahāsampattiṃ labhanti, na pana taṃ akusalaṃ nissāya. Yathā dānaveyyāvaccādīsu kusalaṃ karontāpi adhimattavāyāmādipayogavipattiṃ nissāya anayabyasanampi pāpuṇanti, na pana taṃ kusalaṃ nissāya. Evametāhi catūhi sampattīhi, vipattīhi ca kusalākusalānaṃ vipaccanāvipaccanavibhāgaṃ bhagavā yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Ayaṃ tāvettha vibhaṅganayena dutiyabalassa vibhāvanā.
再则,他还有:显示巴利原文
Aparena cassa –
过去有业,过去有异熟;过去有业,过去无异熟;过去有业,现有异熟;过去有业,现无异熟;过去有业,未来有异熟;过去有业,未来无异熟;现有业,现有异熟;现有业,现无异熟;现有业,未来有异熟;现有业,未来无异熟;未来有业,未来有异熟;未来有业,未来无异熟。显示巴利原文
‘‘Ahosi kammaṃ ahosi kammavipāko, ahosi kammaṃ nāhosi kammavipāko, ahosi kammaṃ atthi kammavipāko, ahosi kammaṃ natthi kammavipāko, ahosi kammaṃ bhavissati kammavipāko, ahosi kammaṃ na bhavissati kammavipāko, atthi kammaṃ natthi kammavipāko, atthi kammaṃ natthi kammavipāko, atthi kammaṃ bhavissati kammavipāko, atthi kammaṃ na bhavissati kammavipāko, bhavissati kammaṃ bhavissati kammavipāko , bhavissati kammaṃ na bhavissati kammavipāko’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.234) –
亦应依照《无碍解道》中所说的方法予以阐明。其中,过去自体中所累积的业,依因缘于彼处即感得了异熟。对此,说第一句:“过去有业,过去有异熟”。然而,在过去诸业中,于众多现法受业等当中,某一现法受业获得缘而感得异熟,其余则无异熟;某一次生受业牵引结生;某一无间业感得地狱结生,其余则无异熟;于八等至中,依其一而生于梵天界,其余则无异熟。对此,说第二句:“过去有业,过去无异熟”。过去业于现在感得异熟,针对此说第三句。依前述方式而不成熟者,针对此说第四句。于未来将显现异熟者,针对此说第五句。不成熟者,针对此说第六句。现在所累积的业于现在即感得异熟,针对此说第七句。不成熟者,针对此说第八句。依此方法,其余诸句的义理亦应了知。这便是如来依这些一切方式,如实了知过去、未来、现在诸业及其异熟之间关系的智慧。此为第二力。显示巴利原文
Iminā paṭisambhidāyaṃ vuttenāpi nayena vibhāvanā veditabbā. Tattha yaṃ atītattabhāve āyūhitaṃ kammaṃ vuttaṃ, hetupaccayaṃ āgamma tattheva vipākaṃ adāsi. Idaṃ sandhāya ‘‘ahosi kammaṃ ahosi kammavipāko’’ti paṭhamaṃ padaṃ vuttaṃ. Yaṃ atītesu pana diṭṭhadhammavedanīyādīsu bahūsu ekaṃ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ laddhapaccayaṃ vipākaṃ deti, sesāni avipākāni. Ekaṃ upapajjavedanīyaṃ pana paṭisandhiṃ ākaḍḍhati, ekaṃ ānantariyaṃ nirayapaṭisandhiṃ deti, sesāni avipākāni. Aṭṭhasu samāpattīsu ekāya brahmaloke nibbattati, sesā avipākā. Idaṃ sandhāya ‘‘ahosi kammaṃ nāhosi kammavipāko’’ti dutiyaṃ padaṃ vuttaṃ. Yaṃ atītaṃ kammaṃ etarahi vipākaṃ deti, idaṃ sandhāya tatiyaṃ. Yaṃ purimanayena na vipaccati, idaṃ sandhāya catutthaṃ. Yaṃ anāgate vipākaṃ dassati, idaṃ sandhāya pañcamaṃ. Yaṃ na vipaccati, idaṃ sandhāya chaṭṭhaṃ. Yaṃ etarahi āyūhitaṃ kammaṃ etaraheva vipākaṃ deti, idaṃ sandhāya sattamaṃ. Yaṃ na vipaccati, idaṃ sandhāya aṭṭhamaṃ. Iminā nayena sesapadānampi attho daṭṭhabbo. Idaṃ tathāgatassāti idaṃ sabbehi etehi pakārehi atītānāgatapaccuppannānaṃ kammantaravipākantarānaṃ yathābhūtato jānanañāṇanti attho. Dutiyabalaṃ.
第三力:于“一切趣向之道”——即趣向一切趣与不趣向一切趣之道。“道”即道路。他如实了知:即使众多人共同造作同一不善业(如杀生等),此人的思将趣向地狱,此人的思将趣向畜生趣,此人的思将趣向饿鬼趣;在地狱等趣中,此思又会在如是如是之处显现如是如是的果报;此思不能牵引某人的结生,对于由其他业给予结生者,此思便成为微弱的依报。或者,当众多人共同行布施等善业,或修习观禅时,此人的思将趣向人趣,此人的思将趣向天趣,在那里也同样显现如是如是的果报;又或者,此人的观禅将成就一道、二道、三道或四道,或伴随四无碍解等,而另一人的观禅则不能成就任何证悟。以如此种种无量方式,如实了知于同一事中所生起的善与不善,即所谓“一切趣向之道”,无有颠倒。此为第三力。显示巴利原文
Tatiye sabbatthagāmininti sabbagatigāminiñca agatigāminiñca. Paṭipadanti maggaṃ. Yathābhūtaṃ pajānātīti bahūsupi manussesu pāṇātipātādīsu ekameva akusalaṃ ekato karontesu imassa cetanā nirayagāminī bhavissati, imassa tiracchānayonigāminī, imassa pettivisayagāminī, nirayādīsupi panesā evarūpe evarūpe ṭhāne evañcevañca vipākaṃ dassati, imassa paṭisandhiṃ ākaḍḍhituṃ na sakkoti, aññena kammena dinnapaṭisandhikassa dubbalaṃ upadhivepakkaṃ bhavissati. Bahūsu vā ekato dānādikusalaṃ, vipassanaṃ vā paṭṭhapentesu imassa cetanā manussagatigāminī bhavissati, imassa devagatigāminī, tatthāpi evañcevañca vipākaṃ dassati, imassa vā vipassanā ekaṃ maggaṃ dve vā tayo vā cattāro vā paṭisambhidādisahite vā rahite vā nipphādessati, imassa na kañci paṭivedhaṃ sādhessatītiādinā anantehi ākārehi ekavatthusmimpi uppannaṃ kusalākusalasaṅkhātaṃ sabbatthagāminipaṭipadaṃ aviparītato pajānātīti. Tatiyabalaṃ.
第四力:于“种种界”——由眼界等或欲界等而有多界。“种种界”是指这些界因各自特征不同而有种种差别之界。“世间”即蕴、处、界之世间。他如实了知:依于蕴、处、界分别等中所说的方法,无颠倒地了知那些界无量差别的种种性。不仅如此,如来不仅了知执取行世间之种种性,亦确然了知非执取行世间之种种性,后者是独觉等所不能通达的。他们仅能部分了知执取世间之种种性,对非执取世间则全然不知,唯有一切知佛以此为所缘境。如此,因某界增盛,树木、灌木、藤蔓等,其根、干、枝、皮、叶、花、果等的形状、颜色、气味、味道、滋味,以及依处与时,皆有无量差别之种种性;地、山等亦有种种性。能以无量方式了知此者,唯佛能之,余者不能。此为第四力。显示巴利原文
Catutthe anekadhātunti cakkhudhātuādīhi, kāmadhātuādīhi vā bahudhātuṃ. Nānādhātunti tāsaññeva dhātūnaṃ vilakkhaṇattā nānappakāraṃ dhātuṃ. Lokanti khandhāyatanadhātulokaṃ. Yathābhūtaṃ pajānātīti tāsaṃ tāsaṃ dhātūnaṃ khandhāyatanadhātuvibhaṅgādīsu vuttanayena anantappabhedaṃ nānattaṃ aviparītato pajānāti. Na kevalañca tathāgato upādinnakasaṅkhāralokasseva nānattaṃ pajānāti, atha kho anupādinnakasaṅkhāralokassāpi paccekabuddhādīhi paṭivijjhituṃ asakkuṇeyyaṃ nānattaṃ pajānātiyeva. Tehi upādinnakalokassāpi nānattaṃ ekadesatova jānanti, anupādinnassa pana neva jānanti, sabbaññubuddhassevetaṃ visayo. Evaṃ hi imāya nāma dhātuyā ussannāya imesaṃ rukkhagacchalatādīnaṃ, khandhadaṇḍavallitacapattapupphaphalādino saṇṭhānavaṇṇagandharasaojāhi, desakālehi ca anantappabhedaṃ nānattaṃ, pathavīpabbatādīnañca nānattaṃ hotīti anantehi ākārehi jānituṃ sakkoti, nāññeti. Catutthabalaṃ.
第五力:于“种种胜解”——即由劣等胜解等而有种种胜解的状态。他如实了知:于三世中,劣胜解者唯亲近劣胜解者,殊胜胜解者唯亲近殊胜胜解者。其中,无信者亲近无信者,恶戒者亲近恶戒者,邪见者亲近邪见者;有信者亲近有信者,具足戒、闻、施、慧等者亦各各亲近同类。以种种方式了知:具足信、戒等者,即使对自己那些缺乏这些品质的阿阇梨、和尚也不亲近,对方亦不亲近他们,唯有同类者相互亲近。此为第五力。显示巴利原文
Pañcame nānādhimuttikanti hīnādīhi adhimuttīhi nānādhimuttikabhāvaṃ. Yathābhūtaṃ pajānātīti tīsupi kālesu hīnādhimuttikā hīnādhimuttike eva sevanti, paṇītādhimuttikā ca paṇītādhimuttike. Tatthāpi assaddhā assaddhe, dussīlā dussīle, micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhike, saddhā saddhe, sīlasutacāgapaññādisampannā ca te te eva sevantīti nānappakārato jānāti. Saddhāsīlādisampannā hi tabbirahite attano ācariyupajjhāyepi na sevanti, tepi itare, attanā attanā pana sadise eva sevantīti. Pañcamabalaṃ.
第六力:“于其他众生”,即主要的众生。“于其他补特伽罗”,即较他们低劣的众生。这两个词实为同一义,为应化机而分作两种表述。“根之上下”,即信等诸根的胜劣与增减之义。如实了知:依一切众生的阿赖耶、随眠、行、胜解等,以一切方式了知信等诸根的利钝。其中,“阿赖耶”即住处,是众生心相续常居之处。阿赖耶有二种:流转阿赖耶与还灭阿赖耶。其中,依常见、断见而转起的一切见趣,名为流转阿赖耶。从把握有缘的名色开始,一切观智与道智,名为还灭阿赖耶。道智亦依“诸比丘,此十圣住,为圣者所曾住”等语而称为阿赖耶。世尊了知众生此阿赖耶时,即便在二见智不转起的刹那,亦能了知。世尊如实了知:此人唯胜解欲贪等烦恼,即了知“这是流转阿赖耶”;此人乐出离等,即了知“这是还灭阿赖耶”,在其修习出离等时便能了知;此人乐欲等,即了知“这是流转阿赖耶”。对于随眠、行等的了知,亦同此理。其中,随眠有欲贪随眠等七种。“行”即由三门所造作的世间善恶。“胜解”即意乐。如是,此处阿赖耶随眠智与根上下智,二智合一,成为一力智。此为第六力。显示巴利原文
Chaṭṭhe parasattānanti padhānasattānaṃ. Parapuggalānanti tato paresaṃ hīnasattānaṃ. Ekatthameva vā etaṃ padadvayaṃ veneyyavasena dvidhā vuttaṃ. Indriyaparopariyattanti saddhādīnaṃ indriyānaṃ parabhāvañca aparabhāvañca, vuddhiñca hāniñcāti attho. Yathābhūtanti sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ āsayānusayacaritādhimuttiādīhi saddhādi tikkhindriyamudindriyataṃ sabbākārato jānāti. Tattha āsayoti nivāsaṭṭhānaṃ, yattha sattānaṃ cittasantānaṃ niccaṃ nivasati. So duvidho vaṭṭāsayo vivaṭṭāsayo ca. Tattha sassatucchedavasena pavattaṃ sabbaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ vaṭṭāsayo nāma. Sappaccayanāmarūpapariggahato paṭṭhāya sabbaṃ vipassanāñāṇaṃ, maggañāṇañca vivaṭṭāsayo nāma. Maggañāṇampi hi ‘‘dasayime, bhikkhave, ariyāvāsā, yadariyā āvasiṃsū’’tiādivacanato (a. ni. 10.19) āsayova. Imaṃ pana bhagavā sattānaṃ āsayaṃ jānanto ubhinnaṃ diṭṭhiñāṇānaṃ appavattikkhaṇepi jānāti eva. Kāmarāgādikilesādhimuttaññeva hi puggalaṃ bhagavā tatheva jānāti. ‘‘Ayaṃ nekkhammādiabhirato vivaṭṭāsayo’’ti nekkhammādiṃ sevantaññeva jānāti, ‘‘ayaṃ kāmādiabhirato vaṭṭāsayo’’ti anusayacaritādijānanepi eseva nayo. Tattha anusayo kāmarāgānusayādito sattavidho. Caritanti tīhi dvārehi abhisaṅkhatalokiyakusalākusalaṃ. Adhimuttīti ajjhāsayo. Evamettha āsayānusayañāṇaṃ, indriyaparopariyattañāṇañcāti dve ñāṇāni ekato hutvā ekaṃ balañāṇaṃ nāma jātanti. Chaṭṭhabalaṃ.
第七力:“于禅那、解脱、定、等至”,即初禅等四禅、“有色观诸色”等八解脱、有寻有伺等三定、初禅等至等九次第等至。“杂染”即退分法。“清净”即胜分法。“出起”即由此因从禅那等而出起。彼因有二种:清净与有分。下地善巧之禅那,由自身清净而成为上地禅那的近因,故称为“出起”;而从各各定中唯依有分而出起,故有分亦为出起。从灭尽定则唯出起于果等至。这就是所谓教外的出起。世尊如实以一切方式了知这一切。此为第七力。显示巴利原文
Sattame jhānavimokkhasamādhisamāpattīnanti paṭhamādīnaṃ catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ, ‘‘rūpī rūpāni passatī’’tiādīnaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ vimokkhānaṃ, savitakkasavicārādīnaṃ tiṇṇaṃ samādhīnaṃ, paṭhamajjhānasamāpattiādīnaṃ navannaṃ anupubbasamāpattīnaṃ. Saṃkilesanti hānabhāgiyadhammaṃ. Vodānanti visesabhāgiyaṃ dhammaṃ. Vuṭṭhānanti yena kāraṇena jhānādīhi vuṭṭhahanti, taṃ kāraṇaṃ. Taṃ pana duvidhaṃ vodānampi bhavaṅgampi. Heṭṭhimaṃ hi paguṇaṃ jhānaṃ attano vodānavasena uparimassa jhānassa padaṭṭhānato ‘‘vuṭṭhāna’’nti vuccati, tamhā tamhā pana samādhimhā bhavaṅgavaseneva vuṭṭhānato bhavaṅgampi. Nirodhato pana phalasamāpattiyāva vuṭṭhahanti. Idaṃ pāḷimuttakavuṭṭhānaṃ nāma, taṃ sabbaṃ bhagavā yathābhūtaṃ sabbākārena pajānāti. Sattamabalaṃ.
第八力:“宿住随念”,即随念过去所住之蕴。以名、姓、容貌、饮食、苦乐等,于处处有中存在的无量方式,如实了知。此为第八力。显示巴利原文
Aṭṭhame pubbenivāsānussatīti pubbenivutthakkhandhānussaraṇaṃ, taṃ nāmagottavaṇṇāhārasukhadukkhādīhi tattha tattha bhave vijjamānehi anantehi ākārehi yathābhūtaṃ pajānātīti. Aṭṭhamabalaṃ.
第九力:了知众生之死与生。他以天眼智,依色相把握,见随业往生之有情正在死、正在生,或胜或劣、或美或丑,于无量差别中,以一切方式了知。此为第九力。显示巴利原文
Navame cutūpapātanti cutiñca upapātañca, taṃ cavamānaupapajjamānahīnapaṇītasuvaṇṇadubbaṇṇādito anantapabhede yathākammūpage satte dibbacakkhuñāṇena vaṇṇāyatanaggahaṇamukhena disvā sabbākārato pajānātīti. Navamabalaṃ.
第十力:了知漏尽。即诸漏灭尽——涅槃,由阿罗汉道智通达四圣谛而了知。此为第十力。显示巴利原文
Dasame āsavānaṃ khayanti āsavanirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ, taṃ arahattamaggañāṇena catusaccapaṭivedhato pajānātīti. Dasamabalaṃ.
“这些”,即前文所说“如来的十种如来力”,此是确认。因为,他心智等,声闻等虽亦随分具有,然仅知各自一分,非以一切方式了知。然于诸佛,如同一切知智,于一切法中,于各自领域,于一切处,以一切方式,于一刹那无碍而转,故称“如来力”。若尔,此唯是一切知智之分门别类,为何又别别称为“十力智”耶?以其所缘、作用、地有差别故。于十力智中:第一力唯知因与非因,第二力唯知业与异熟之差别,第三力唯知业之分别,第四力唯知种种差别之因,第五力唯知有情之意乐胜解,第六力唯知诸根利钝,第七力唯知他们与禅那等相应之杂染清净,第八力唯知过去所住蕴之相续,第九力唯知有情之死与结生,第十力唯知谛之分别,而非其余。显示巴利原文
Imānīti yāni heṭṭhā ‘‘tathāgatassa dasa tathāgatabalānī’’ti avoca, imāni tānīti appanaṃ karoti. Yasmā cetopariyañāṇādīni sāvakādīnampi yathārahaṃ vijjamānānipi savisayaṃ kiñcideva jānanti, na ca sabbākārato. Buddhānaṃ pana sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ viya sabbadhammesu yathāsakaṃ visaye sabbattha sabbākārato ekakkhaṇe appaṭihataṃ pavattati, tasmā ‘‘tathāgatabalānī’’ti vuccanti. Yadi evaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇassevāyaṃ pabhedo hoti, kasmā pana ‘‘dasabalañāṇānī’’ti visuṃ vibhattānīti? Visayakiccabhūmibhedato nesaṃ aññattā. Dasabalañāṇesu hi paṭhamaṃ kāraṇākāraṇameva jānāti, dutiyaṃ kammantaravipākantarameva jānāti, tatiyaṃ kammaparicchedameva, catutthaṃ nānattakāraṇameva, pañcamaṃ sattānaṃ ajjhāsayādhimuttimeva, chaṭṭhaṃ indriyānaṃ tikkhamudubhāvameva, sattamaṃ jhānādīhi saddhiṃ tesaṃ saṃkilesādimeva, aṭṭhamaṃ pubbenivutthakkhandhasantatimeva, navamaṃ sattānaṃ cutipaṭisandhimeva, dasamaṃ saccaparicchedameva, nāññaṃ.
然而,一切知智则在一刹那中以一切方式了知这些十力智所应知的以及更超胜的一切过去等分类,但它并不具有十力智的全部作用。因为,它不能作为禅那而入定,不能作为神通而施展变化,不能作为道而断除烦恼。然而,十力智则能随其所应地做到这一切。其中,依次而言,前七智属于欲界,其后二智属于色界,最后一智属于出世间;而一切知智只属于欲界。因此,由所缘、作用、地的差别,十力智与一切知智是不同的。这是依词义所作的抉择。至于依法的分类等,一切的抉择应从一种分类开始,依此处所说的方法来理解,因为这里没有如经分别等那样种种的分别方式,在此后的分别中也没有。显示巴利原文
Sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ pana etehi jānitabbañca tato uttariñca sabbaṃ atītādibhedaṃ ekakkhaṇe sabbākārato jānāti, etesaṃ pana kiccaṃ na sabbaṃ karoti. Taṃ hi jhānaṃ hutvā appetuṃ, iddhi hutvā vikubbituṃ, maggo hutvā kilese khepetuṃ na sakkoti. Dasabalañāṇāni pana taṃ sabbaṃ yathārahaṃ kātuṃ sakkonti. Tesu ca paṭipāṭiyā satta ñāṇāni kāmāvacarāni, tato dve rūpāvacarāni, avasāne ekaṃ lokuttaraṃ. Sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ pana kāmāvacaramevāti evaṃ visayakiccabhūmibhedato aññameva dasabalañāṇaṃ. Aññaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇanti. Ayaṃ tāva padatthānusārato vinicchayo. Dhammabhedādito pana sabbopi vinicchayo ekavidhakoṭṭhāsato paṭṭhāya ettha vuttānusāratova ñātabbo, suttantabhājanīyādayo hi vibhaṅganayabhedā ettha, ito paresu ca vibhaṅgesu natthīti.
小事分别论母释义显示巴利原文
Khuddakavatthuvibhaṅgamātikatthavaṇṇanā
对于《小事分别》的论母,这是与安立分界相结合的义理抉择。论母中,首先安立了“生慢”等七十三种单一法,然后安立了“忿与恨”等十八种二法、“不善根”等三十五种三法、“漏”等十四种四法、“下分结”等十五种五法、“诤论根”等十四种六法、“随眠”等七种七法、“烦恼事”等八种八法、“嫌恨事”等九种九法、“烦恼事”等七种十法,以及依六种十八法而依次安立的一百零八种渴爱行,最后安立了如《梵网经》中所开示的六十二种邪见。应知,这一切总共安立了一百六十三种烦恼法。这是安立分界。显示巴利原文
Khuddakavatthuvibhaṅgamātikāya panāyaṃ nikkhepaparicchedena saddhiṃ atthato vinicchayo. Mātikāya hi ādito tāva – jātimadotiādayo tesattati ekakā nikkhittā, tato kodho ca upanāho cātiādayo aṭṭhārasa dukā, akusalamūlādayo pañcatiṃsa tikā, āsavacatukkādayo cuddasa catukkā, orambhāgiyasaṃyojanādayo pannarasa pañcakā, vivādamūlādayo cuddasa chakkā, anusayādayo satta sattakā, kilesavatthuādayo aṭṭha aṭṭhakā, āghātavatthuādayo nava navakā, kilesavatthuādayo satta dasakā, channaṃ aṭṭhārasakānaṃ vasena aṭṭhasatataṇhāvicaritāni ca yathākkamaṃ nikkhipitvā ante dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni brahmajālasutte atidassitānīti sabbānipi tesaṭṭhiadhikāni aṭṭhakilesasatāni nikkhittānīti veditabbāni. Ayaṃ tāva nikkhepaparicchedo.
在义理上,所谓“生慢”等,即依出身高贵,如说“我是刹帝利等四种姓中的最胜种姓者,这些人不是最胜种姓者”,这样以自赞毁他的方式生起的、带有陶醉行相的慢,名为生慢。其余词句也依此类推。其中,依日种、迦叶种等最胜种姓而生起的,为种姓慢。依无病、青春、以“我长寿安乐而活,并将长寿安乐而活”这样的寿命,以及多利养,依次说为无病慢等。依善妙殊胜的资具利得,以及恭敬、礼拜等尊重行为,人们以我为首而询问,围绕而行,由这样的随从、大眷属、清净眷属,依次应知为恭敬慢等。虽然财富已包含在利得中,但这里的利得应理解为储存的财物;也有人说“也可以依食物、饮料、衣服、装饰品、花鬘、香等受用物的圆满来说”。依身体容貌和功德容貌,为容貌慢。依多闻、辩才,或依“我知佛种姓、王种姓、地方种姓、村落种姓、昼夜分界、星宿时辰的配合”这样的知旧,依次应知为多闻慢等。依乞食者、不受轻视者、威仪庄严者、大神通者,依次为乞食慢等。虽然名声已包含在眷属中,但依眷属的随顺自在而广布,或依称扬名声,为名声慢。依清净戒、近行定与安止定、工巧技艺、身体的挺拔显示巴利原文
Atthato pana ‘‘jātimado’’tiādīsu jātiuccākulīnataṃ nissāya ‘‘khattiyādīnaṃ catunnampi vaṇṇānaṃ ahaṃ uttamajātiko, ime na uttamajātikā’’ti evaṃ attukkaṃsanaparavambhanavasena uppanno majjanākārappavatto māno jātimado nāma. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Tattha ādiccagottakassapagottādiuttamagottaṃ nissāya gottamado. Nirābādhataṃ, yobbaññaṃ, ‘‘ciraṃ sukhaṃ jīviṃ jīvāmi jīvissāmī’’ti evaṃ jīvitaṃ, bahulābhañca nissāya yathākkamaṃ ārogyamadādayo vuttā. Sukatapaṇītapaccayalābhaṃ, mānanavandanādigarukāraṃ maññeva pamukhaṃ katvā pañhaṃ pucchanti, parivāretvā gacchantīti evaṃ purekkhāraṃ, mahāparivāraṃ, suciparivārañca nissāya yathākkamaṃ sakkāramadādayo ca veditabbā. Bhogo pana kiñcāpi lābhaggahaṇeneva gahito, nihitadhanavasena panettha lābho veditabbo, ‘‘annapānavatthābharaṇamālāgandhādiupabhogasamiddhivasenāpi vattuṃ vaṭṭatī’’tipi vadanti. Sarīravaṇṇaṃ, guṇavaṇṇañca nissāya vaṇṇamado. Bāhusaccaṃ, paṭibhānaṃ, ‘‘vaṇṇaṃ buddhavaṃsaṃ rājavaṃsaṃ janapadavaṃsaṃ gāmavaṃsaṃ rattindivaparicchedaṃ nakkhattamuhuttayogaṃ jānāmī’’ti evaṃ rattaññutaṃ vā nissāya yathākkamaṃ sutamadādayo ca veditabbā. Jātipiṇḍapātikataṃ, anavaññātataṃ, iriyāpathapāsādikataṃ, mahiddhikatañca nissāya yathākkamaṃ piṇḍapātikamadādayo. Kiñcāpi parivāra-ggahaṇena yaso gahito. Parivārassa pana savasavattakabhāvena patthaṭataṃ kittiyasaññeva vā nissāya yasamado. Parisuddhasīlaṃ , upacārappanājhānaṃ, sippakosallaṃ, sarīrassa ārohasampadaṃ, pariṇāhasampadaṃ, anūnaniddosaaṅgapaccaṅgatāya sarīrapāripūriñca nissāya sīlamadādayo veditabbā.
以此分位说明了有依处的慢之后,现在为说明无依处、通称的慢而说‘mada’。在‘pamāda’等中,针对五种欲功德,心的驰散放逸——那是善行修习与恶行修习之因,以放逸行相生起的不善心,名为放逸,以失念为相。犹如食风者一般,对父母也不肯低头的、称为僵硬之慢,名为‘thambha’,以心的膨胀为相。见到他人的家宅、资具等成就,或智慧的成就后,生起欲求倍复超过他们的不善心,名为‘sārambha’。即使为了学习,也不应以这种争胜心来掌握经典,那只会成为不善。它以行为上的争胜为相。显示巴利原文
Iminā ettakena ṭhānena savatthukaṃ mānaṃ dassetvā idāni avatthukameva sāmaññato mānaṃ dassento ‘‘mado’’ti āha. Pamādotiādīsu pañcakāmaguṇesu cittavossaggasaṅkhāto sucaritāsevanāya, duccaritasevanāya ca hetubhūto pamajjanākārappavatto akusalacittuppādo pamādo nāma, svāyaṃ sativossaggalakkhaṇo. Vātabharitabhattā viya mātāpitūsupi anoṇatabhāvasaṅkhāto kakkhaḷamāno thambho nāma, svāyaṃ cittassa uddhumātabhāvalakkhaṇo. Aññesaṃ gehādiupakaraṇasampadaṃ, vijjāsampadaṃ vā disvā taddiguṇasamārambhanavasappavatto akusalacittuppādo sārambho nāma. Ganthopi hi sārambhavasena uggahetuṃ na vaṭṭati, akusalameva hoti. Svāyaṃ karaṇuttariyalakkhaṇo.
于种种境随处生欲者,是为‘atriccha’(贪得无厌之人),其性即为‘atricchatā’(贪得无厌性)。同样地,于‘mahicchatā’等中亦当如是知义。其中,对所得的任何事物都不满足,转起希求更多、更多的贪,是‘atricchatā’。由此,自己所得的即使殊胜也看似低劣,他人所得的即使低劣也看似殊胜。此以希求更多利得为相。以显扬现有功德而转起,并对由此而生的即使极广大事物也不满足,生起如是行相的贪,是‘mahicchatā’。具足此贪者,于资具难以满足,犹如火之于燃料,海之于水。而对现前功德的推崇,以及在受取、受用时的不知限量,是‘mahicchatā’之相。显示巴利原文
Atra atra visaye icchā assāti atriccho, puggalo, tassa bhāvo atricchatā. Evaṃ mahicchatādīsupi attho veditabbo. Tattha yaṃ yaṃ laddhaṃ, tena tena asantussitvā aparassa aparassa patthanāvasena pavatto lobho atricchatā. Yāya attanā laddhaṃ paṇītampi lāmakaṃ viya khāyati, parena laddhaṃ lāmakampi paṇītaṃ viya khāyati. Sāyaṃ aparāparalābhapatthanālakkhaṇā. Santaguṇavibhāvanāvasappavatto ceva taduppannehi atimahantehipi vatthūhi asantussanākārappavatto ca lobho mahicchatā. Yāya samannāgato puggalo paccayehi duppūro aggi viya upādānena, samuddo viya ca udakena. Yā cāyaṃ santaguṇasambhāvanatā, paṭiggahaṇe ca paribhoge ca amattaññutā, etaṃ mahicchatālakkhaṇaṃ.
而对于尚未具备的信、戒等,以及道、果等世间、出世间的功德,以显扬而转起,并对由此而生的、极广大之资具亦不满足而生起行相的贪,即是‘pāpicchatā’。对不存在的功德之推崇,以及在受取、受用时的不知限量,是‘pāpicchatā’之相。显示巴利原文
Asantānaṃ pana saddhāsīlānaṃ, maggaphalādīnañca lokiyalokuttarānaṃ guṇānaṃ vibhāvanāvasappavatto ceva taduppannehi atimahantehipi paccayehi asantussanākārappavatto ca lobho pāpicchatā. Yā cāyaṃ asantaguṇasambhāvanatā, paṭiggahaṇe ca paribhoge ca amattaññutā etaṃ pāpicchatālakkhaṇaṃ.
“Siṅga”:以刺穿之义而为角,这是对称为俗家状态的烦恼之角所作的名称;就实质而言,它正是指以装扮、修饰等作用而转起的贪。“Tintiṇa”:即相互讥嫌,就实质而言,它是指在住处,如同狗一般彼此计较“这是你的东西,这是我的东西”,以这种讥嫌的行相而转起的嗔。“Cāpalya”:即轻浮,这是依钵、衣等资具以及以装饰、庄严、摆弄自身的方式而转起的贪;具足它的人即使年纪大了,也如同年轻人一般。“Asabhāgavutti”:即不相顺的行为、不相顺的做法,这是以对可尊敬者也不尊重而持对立态度的行相所转起的嗔;具足它的人,即使面对生病的父母、亲教师、和尚等也不去探望,与他们因利养、恭敬之故而起争执,对他们不生起惭与愧,对塔庙等也不生起恭敬心。“Arati”:即对边远的卧坐之处、对止与观不感到喜悦、心生厌烦,如此转起的不善心生起。“Tandī”:即懈怠。“Vijambhitā”:即身体的弯曲等行相之躁动、打呵欠。“Bhattasammada”:即因饮食所致之昏沉而使身体不适合作业。“Cetaso ca līnattaṃ”:即心的萎缩。然而就其本质而言,这一切都是以惛沉与睡眠之力所显现的心的病态。显示巴利原文
Siṅganti vijjhanaṭṭhena siṅgaṃ, nāgarikabhāvasaṅkhātassa kilesasiṅgassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ, taṃ atthato siṅgārakaraṇavasappavatto lobhova. Tintiṇanti khīyanaṃ, taṃ atthato nivāsaṭṭhāne sunakhānaṃ viya aññamaññaṃ sattānaṃ ‘‘tava santakaṃ, mama santaka’’nti khiyyanākārappavatto dosova. Cāpalyanti capalatā, taṃ pattacīvarādiparikkhārānaṃ, attabhāvassa ca maṇḍanavibhūsanakeḷāyanavasappavatto rāgova, yena samannāgato jiṇṇopi daharo viya hoti. Asabhāgavuttīti visabhāgavutti visabhāgakiriyā, sā garuṭṭhāniyesupi anādaravasena vipaccanīkaggāhitāvasappavatto dosova , yāya samannāgato gilānepi mātāpituācariyupajjhāyādike na oloketi, tehi saddhiṃ lābhasakkārakāraṇā kalahaṃ karoti, tesu hirottappaṃ, cetiyādīsu cittīkārañca na paccupaṭṭhapeti. Aratīti pantesu senāsanesu, samathavipassanāsu ca anabhiramaṇā ukkaṇṭhitatā, sā tathāpavatto akusalacittuppādo. Tandīti ālasyaṃ. Vijambhitāti kāyassa ānamanādiākārena phandanā vijambhanā. Bhattasammadoti bhattamucchāya kāyassa akammaññatā. Cetaso ca līnattanti cittasaṅkoco. Atthato panetāni sabbānipi thinamiddhavasena cittassa gilānākārova.
在“诡诈”等之中,依止于利养、恭敬与名声的恶欲者,以种种手段令人感觉奇特,名为“诡诈”。它分为三种:资具受用所摄、周边饶舌所摄、威仪安立所摄。其中,有人被以衣等资具邀请时,虽确有需要,却依于恶欲而加以拒绝;当他知道那些居士对自己有稳固的信心后,他们又以种种方法呈上殊胜的衣等,心里想着:“啊,这位尊者真是少欲,什么都不肯接受,若是他能接受少许,我们便能得大利益。”此时,他只是为了表达摄受他们之意而接受,并由此以后,乃至以车乘的量呈上供养之因,这种令人感觉奇特的行为,即名为资具受用所摄的诡诈。又,正是那恶欲者,说出“能穿这样衣的人,真是大威德沙门”等语,以暗示证得上人法的话语,这般那般地令人感觉奇特,即名为周边饶舌所摄的诡诈。又,正是那恶欲者,为了让人生起“此人乃得定者”的想法,故意安立行、住等威仪,以此令人感觉奇特,即名为威仪安立所摄的诡诈。显示巴利原文
Kuhanātiādīsu lābhasakkārasilokasannissitassa pāpicchassa tena tena upāyena vimhāpanā kuhanā nāma. Sā tividhā paccayapaṭisevanasāmantajappanairiyāpathasaṇṭhāpanavasena. Tattha cīvarādīhi nimantitassa tadatthikasseva sato pāpicchataṃ nissāya paṭikkhipanena, te ca gahapatike attani suppatiṭṭhitasaddhe ñatvā puna tesaṃ ‘‘aho ayyo appiccho na kiñci paṭiggaṇhituṃ icchati, suladdhaṃ vata no assa, sace appamattakaṃ kiñci paṭiggaṇheyyā’’ti nānāvidhehi upāyehi paṇītāni cīvarādīni upanāmentānaṃ tadanuggahakāmataññeva āvikatvā paṭiggahaṇena ca tato pabhuti api sakaṭabhārehi upanāmanahetubhūtaṃ vimhāpanaṃ paccayapaṭisevanasaṅkhātā kuhanā nāma. Pāpicchasseva pana sato ‘‘yo evarūpaṃ cīvaraṃ dhāreti, so samaṇo mahesakkho’’tiādinā uttarimanussadhammādhigamaparidīpanavācāya tathā tathā vimhāpanaṃ sāmantajappanasaṅkhātā kuhanā nāma. Pāpicchasseva pana sato samāhitasseva sambhāvanādhippāyakatena paṇidhāya saṇṭhapitena gamanādiiriyāpathena vimhāpanaṃ iriyāpathasaṇṭhapanasaṅkhātā kuhanā nāma.
而通过“奉承”等词,正是显示了与前述因缘相关的言语。顺情说爱语、谄媚、犹如未煮透的绿豆般虚伪、如抱孩童般的怀抱,即名为奉承。其中,奉承即是舔舐。顺情说爱语,即不顾是否合乎真实、是否合乎法,而一再地说出讨人喜欢的话。谄媚,即低劣的行径,把自己置于低下之处而行事。犹如未煮透的绿豆般虚伪,即如同未煮透的绿豆一样,具足内容空洞的言语。如抱孩童般的怀抱,即如同将孩童抱在怀中等,对待被怀抱者的行为。如此,这一切在作用上的差别,都名为“奉承”。而能令他人施与资具的暗示性身业与语业,名为“作相”,也就是所谓“作亲厚之语的身表业”。以辱骂、轻蔑、指责等方式,让施主害怕遭到毁谤,如此压迫他人,名为“压榨”。因为这就像用竹篾压榨机压榨竹片一般,以此来压榨他人的德行;又像为了寻香而捣碎香料一样,压碎、研磨他人的德行而寻求利养,故名为“压榨”。在一家所得的利养,为了通过布施而在他处获得利养,即以利养追求利养,名为“以利养贪求利养”。应知这五种诡诈等,正是如此这般地生起,这一切都是贪等不善心的生起。至于“我更优胜”等十二种慢,依下文《结缚论》中所说,即可轻易了知。其中,最初的三种慢是不依他人,仅依生、显示巴利原文
Ālapanātiādinā pana vuttapaccayapaṭisaṃyuttā vācāyeva dassitā. Anuppiyabhāṇitā, cāṭukamyatā, muggasūpyatā, pāribhaṭayatā ca ālapanā nāma. Tattha ālapanātiāditova lapanā. Anuppiyabhāṇitāti saccānurūpaṃ, dhammānurūpaṃ vā anapaloketvā punappunaṃ piyabhaṇanaṃ. Cāṭukamyatāti nīcavuttitā, attānaṃ heṭṭhato ṭhapetvā pavattanaṃ. Muggasūpyatāti muggasūpasadisatā, apakkamuggasadisena appasaccena samannāgatavacanatā. Pāribhaṭayatāti kuladārakānaṃ aṅkena pariharaṇādikaṃ paribhaṭassa kiccaṃ. Evamayaṃ sabbopi kiriyābhedo ‘‘lapanā’’tveva vuccati. Paresaṃ pana paccayadānasaññājanakaṃ kāyavacīkammaṃ nemittikatā nāma, yā ‘‘parikathobhāsanimittakamma’’nti vuccati. Akkosanavambhanagarahaṇādīhi yathā dāyako avaṇṇaṃ bhāyati, evaṃ taṃ nippīḷanaṃ nippesikatā nāma. Ayaṃ hi yasmā veḷupesikāya viya abbhaṅgaṃ imāya parassa guṇaṃ nippeseti nipuñchati, yasmā vā gandhajātaṃ pisitvā gandhamagganā viya paraguṇe nippisitvā vicuṇṇetvā esā lābhamagganā hoti, tasmā ‘‘nippesikatā’’ti vuccati. Ekasmiṃ pana kule laddhāmisaṃ aññattha dānavasena lābhena lābhassa patthanā lābhena lābhaṃ nijigīsanā nāma. Ime ca kuhanādayo pañcapi tathā tathā pavattā lobhādiakusalacittuppādāti veditabbā. ‘‘Seyyohamasmī’’tiādayo dvādasa mānā heṭṭhā saṃyojanagocchake vuttānusārena suviññeyyāva. Tattha ca ādito tayo mānā puggalaṃ anissāya jātigottarūpabhogasippasutādimānavatthuvaseneva kathitā, tato paraṃ pana nava mānā seyyasadisahīnapuggale nissāya kathitā.
如此以这十二词说明了有所依的慢之后,现在为显示无所依的慢,故说“慢”等。接着,在“过慢”等当中,以“在生等方面无人与我同等”而超越、依此计度而转起的慢,名为过慢。若生起“这些人以前与我同等,现在我为最胜,他们低劣于我”的慢,则如重担一般,称为慢过慢。以轻蔑自己而转起的慢,名为卑慢,这与认为“我是低劣者”的心相似。在未证得的圣法上生起“我已证得”的慢,便是增上慢。然而,这样的增上慢不会在入流者等圣弟子中生起,譬如不会以“我是一来者”等形式出现,因为他们曾省察道、果、涅槃所断的烦恼与残余的烦恼,于圣德的通达全无疑惑。破戒者根本不会生起此慢;持戒但已舍弃业处者也不会生起;只有戒行清净并且获得了清净止、获得了清净观,或止观兼具的人,才会生起此慢。其中,兼得止观的人,因烦恼已极远去、诸行已善调伏,便以增上慢安住于阿罗汉位;其余的人应知安住于入流者等位。于五蕴上以“我存在”等而转起的慢,名为我慢。凭借残害他人的恶业处、技艺处、明处等,以“我更为优胜”等自负而转起的慢,名为邪慢。显示巴利原文
Evametehi dvādasahi padehi savatthuke māne kathetvā idāni avatthukaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘māno’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tato paraṃ atimānotiādīsu ‘‘jātiādīhi mayā sadiso natthī’’ti atikkamitvā maññanāvasena pavatto māno atimāno nāma. ‘‘Ime mayā pubbe sadisā, idāni ahaṃ seṭṭho, ime hīnatarā’’ti uppanno māno bhārātibhāro viya mānātimāno nāma. Attānaṃ pana avamaññanāvasena pavatto māno omāno nāma, so ‘‘hīnohamasmī’’ti pavattahīnamānasadisova. Anadhigatesu ariyadhammesu ‘‘adhigatā mayā’’ti uppanno māno adhikamānattā adhimāno nāma, ayaṃ pana sotāpannādiariyasāvakānaṃ ‘‘ahaṃ sakadāgāmī’’tiādinā na uppajjati tesaṃ maggaphalanibbānapahīnakilesāvasiṭṭhakilesapaccavekkhaṇena ariyaguṇapaṭivedhe nikkaṅkhattā. Dussīlassa pana na uppajjateva, sīlavatopi pariccattakammaṭṭhānassa na uppajjati, parisuddhasīlasseva pana suddhasamathalābhino, suddhavipassanālābhino, tadubhayalābhino vā uppajjati. Tesu tadubhayalābhī arahatte eva adhimaññitvā patiṭṭhāti suvikkhambhitakilesattā, parimadditasaṅkhārattā ca, itare sotāpannādīsupīti veditabbā. Pañcasu pana khandhesu ‘‘ahamasmī’’tiādinā pavatto māno asmimāno nāma. Pāpakena pana parūpaghātakena kammāyatanasippāyatanavijjāṭṭhānādinā attānaṃ seyyādito jappanavasena pavatto māno micchāmāno nāma.
在“亲属寻”等当中,以“我的亲属安乐度日、具足顺缘”等,依止在家之爱而缘亲属所生起的寻,称为亲属寻;然而,以“亲属已逝尽,我们亦归灭,具足信与净信”等依止出离的亲属寻,则不属此列。国土寻也是如此,它转起时可知为“我们的国土丰足安乐”等。为达不死的寻,或不死的寻,此处合称为不死寻。其中,若有人以蹲踞等苦行煎熬自身,心中转起“我于来世将获安乐、证得不死”,这便是为达不死之寻。若依邪见者于片面不满足,以“亦非如此对我,亦非那样对我,亦非不那样对我”等,如同要捉不死的鱼却无从捉摸一般而转起,这便是不死寻。此二种寻合为一类,于此处即称为不死寻。显示巴利原文
Ñātivitakkotiādīsu ‘‘mayhaṃ ñātakā sukhajīvino sampattiyuttā’’ti evaṃ gehasitapemena ñātake uddissa uppanno vitakko ñātivitakko nāma, ‘‘ñātakā khayaṃ gatā vayaṃ gatā saddhā pasannā’’tiādinā pana nekkhammasito ñātivitakko nāma na hoti. Evaṃ janapadavitakkepi, tassa pana ‘‘amhākaṃ janapado subhikkho sundaro’’tiādinā pavattiākāro veditabbo. Amaratthāya vitakko, amaro vā vitakkoti amaravitakko. Tattha yo ukkuṭikappadhānādīhi dukkhe nijjiṇṇe samparāye attā sukhī amaro hotīti evaṃ pavatto, so amaratthāya vitakko nāma. Yo pana diṭṭhigatikassa ekasmiṃ pakkhe asaṇṭhahitvā ‘‘evampi me no, tathāpi me no, aññathāpi me no’’tiādinā amaramaccho viya gahetuṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya pavatto, so amaro vitakko nāma. Taṃ duvidhampi ekato katvā idha ‘‘amaravitakko’’ti vutto.
而以不适当的悲愍,与在家人同悲同喜等方式,相应于依止在家之爱的悲愍他人之寻,名为(悲愍寻)。以利养、恭敬、名声作为所缘,相应于依止在家之爱的寻,名为利养恭敬名声寻,其转起之相应了知为“啊!愿我得利养等”。生起“啊!愿他人不轻视我”之依止在家之寻,名为不轻蔑寻。为一(第一品毕)。显示巴利原文
Anuddayatā patirūpakena pana gihīhi sahasokisahananditādivasena gehasitapemena yutto parānuddayatāpaṭisaṃyutto vitakko nāma. Lābhena ceva sakkārena ca kittisaddena ca saddhiṃ ārammaṇakaraṇavasena yutto gehasito vitakko lābhasakkārasilokapaṭisaṃyutto vitakko nāma, tassa pana ‘‘aho vata me lābhādayo uppajjeyyu’’ntiādinā pavattiākāro veditabbo. ‘‘Aho vata maṃ pare na avajāneyyu’’nti uppanno gehasito vitakko anavaññattipaṭisaṃyutto vitakko nāma. Ekakaṃ.
于二法等中,除下文已说的嗔等之外,仅就其余各项作解说。其中,于二法,先就‘怨恨’等而言:前阶段的嗔,以‘我被辱骂’等数数串习,后时于怨恨心中更为坚固地结缚,名为怨恨。具此怨恨者,无法舍弃怨恨,犹如涂满灰汁的粗布,纵加清洗,其心亦不得清净,这就是怨恨结缚的相。显示巴利原文
Dukādīsu kodhādayo heṭṭhā vuttatthe vajjetvā avasesānaññeva vaṇṇanā hoti. Tattha dukesu tāva upanāhotiādīsu pubbabhāge kodho ‘‘akkocchima’’ntiādinā āsevanena aparakāle veracitte daḷhataraṃ ābaddho upanāho nāma, yena samannāgato veraṃ nissajjituṃ na sakkoti vasātelamakkhitapilotikā viya, sodhiyamānampissa cittaṃ na parisujjhati, svāyaṃ verupanibandhanalakkhaṇo.
毁坏他人功德,并以嗔心加以涂抹,由此转起的嗔,名为覆恼。此覆恼首先如粪便般染污自心,以及染污抓取粪便的手,之后于他人即被称为‘覆恼’;其相即以涂抹他人功德为特征。排挤,即强令等同,是指展示他人功德后,再以己之功德令其等同。如此转起的贪,即是执取轭的相。显示巴利原文
Paraguṇaṃ pana vināsetvā tattha dosamakkhanavasena pavatto kodho makkho nāma. Ayaṃ hi paṭhamataraṃ attano cittaṃ gūtho viya gūthaggāhakaṃ hatthaṃ makkheti, pacchā paranti ‘‘makkho’’ti vutto, svāyaṃ paraguṇamakkhanalakkhaṇo. Paḷāsetīti paḷāso, parassa guṇe dassetvā attano guṇehi same karotīti attho. Tathāpavatto lobho, svāyaṃ yugaggāhalakkhaṇo.
对于三门中存在的过失,将其覆藏,如同遮蔽双眼的幻术,故名‘谄’。其特相是隐藏已生之过失。狡诈的状态或行为,称为‘诡诈’,即伪诈。其特相是展示不存在的功德。显示巴利原文
Dvārattayepi vijjamānasseva dosassa paṭicchādanato cakkhumohanamāyā viyāti māyā, sā katadosapaṭicchādanalakkhaṇā. Saṭhassa bhāvo, kammaṃ vā sāṭheyyaṃ, kerāṭiyaṃ, taṃ avijjamānaguṇappakāsanalakkhaṇaṃ.
不正直等,应知是依前文所述正直等的对立不善法而说的。在“内结”等中,“内”指欲有,于此以结缚众生之方式现行的五下分结,称为内结。“外”指色有与无色有,于此以结缚方式现行的五上分结,称为外结。因为在欲有中,众生有种种执著,而在其他有中则不然,故应知欲有为内,其余为外。二法。显示巴利原文
Anajjavādayo heṭṭhā vuttaajjavādipaṭipakkhaakusalavasena veditabbā. Ajjhattasaṃyojanantiādīsu ajjhattanti kāmabhavo, tattha satte bandhanavasena pavattāni pañcorambhāgiyasaṃyojanāni ajjhattasaṃyojanaṃ nāma. Bahiddhāti rūpārūpabhavo. Tattha bandhanavasena pavattāni pañca uddhambhāgiyasaṃyojanāni bahiddhāsaṃyojanaṃ nāma. Kāmabhave hi sattānaṃ ālayo bahuko, na itaresu, tasmā so ajjhattaṃ itare ca bahiddhāti veditabbā. Dukaṃ.
在三法聚中,贪等三者为三不善根。与欲、嗔、害相应的三种思惟,名为三不善思惟。这些思惟又以想为首而成为三不善想。从自性意义上说,也称为三不善界。身、语、意之恶行,名为三恶行;它们可依通过三门而现行的杀生等,或依一切不善法来结合说明。依经典的说法,除见漏之外的欲漏等三者,名为三漏。有身见、疑、戒禁取,名为三结。显示巴利原文
Tikesu pana lobhādīni tīṇi akusalamūlāni nāma. Kāmabyāpādavihiṃsāsampayuttā vitakkā tayo akusalavitakkā nāma. Te eva saññāsīsena tisso akusalasaññā. Sabhāvaṭṭhena tisso akusaladhātuyoti ca vuccanti. Kāyavacīmanoduccaritāni tīṇi duccaritāni nāma, tāni dvārattayappavattānaṃ pāṇātipātādīnaṃ, sabbākusalānaṃ vā vasena yojetabbāni. Suttantapariyāyena pana diṭṭhāsavavajjitā kāmāsavādayo tayo āsavā nāma. Sakkāyadiṭṭhivicikicchāsīlabbataparāmāsā tīṇi saṃyojanāni nāma.
欲爱、有爱、无有爱,名为三爱。其中,与常见相应的贪为有爱,与断见相应的贪为无有爱,其余一切爱则为欲爱。或者可以这样理解:与欲界相应的贪为欲爱,与色界、无色界相应的贪为有爱,与断见相应的为无有爱。此外,欲爱、色爱、无色爱是另外三种爱;色爱、无色爱、灭爱又是另外三种爱,其中灭爱即与断见相应者。欲求、有求、梵行求,名为三求。其中,梵行求是指对被称为常见、断见的梵行的寻求。“我胜”慢、“我等”慢、“我劣”慢,如此所说的慢类,名为三慢类。由于慢以“胜”等方式进行比较、构想,故称为“慢类”。缘于生、老、死而生起的怖畏,名为三怖畏。依“关于过去时”等所说的三类,即对佛陀等生起疑惑、犹豫而产生的三种无明,名为三暗。在以疑为首的诸法中,于其分别中所述与之相应的无明,也因其覆蔽性,应知为暗。显示巴利原文
Kāmataṇhā bhavataṇhā vibhavataṇhā ca tisso taṇhā nāma. Tattha sassatadiṭṭhisahagato rāgo bhavataṇhā, ucchedadiṭṭhisahagato rāgo vibhavataṇhā, avasesā pana sabbāpi taṇhā kāmataṇhā. Kāmadhātupaṭisaṃyutto vā rāgo kāmataṇhā, rūpārūpadhātupaṭisaṃyutto bhavataṇhā, ucchedadiṭṭhisahagato vibhavataṇhāti veditabbā. Kāmataṇhā rūpataṇhā arūpataṇhā ca aparāpi tisso taṇhā nāma. Rūpataṇhā arūpataṇhā nirodhataṇhā ca puna aparāpi tisso taṇhā nāma. Tattha nirodhataṇhāti ucchedadiṭṭhisahagato. Kāmesanā bhavesanā brahmacariyesanā ca tisso esanā nāma. Tattha brahmacariyesanāti sassatucchedadiṭṭhisaṅkhātabrahmacariyassa gavesanā. ‘‘Seyyohamasmīti vidhā, sadisohamasmīti vidhā, hīnohamasmīti vidhā’’ti evaṃ vuttamānavidhā tisso vidhā nāma. Māno hi seyyādivasena vidahanato maññanato ‘‘vidhā’’ti vuccati. Jātijarāmaraṇāni paṭicca uppannāni bhayāni tīṇi bhayāni nāma. ‘‘Atītaṃ vā addhānaṃ ārabbhā’’tiādinā vuttāni tīṇi, buddhādīsu kaṅkhanavicikicchanavasena pavattā tisso avijjā tīṇi tamāni nāma. Vicikicchāsīsena tassa vibhaṅge taṃsampayuttā avijjāva vuttā, tassā eva paṭicchādakattenapi tamabhāvatoti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
任何有情的乐等感受生起,如果认为这一切都只是由宿世所作之因造成的,这是第一种邪见处;认为是由自在天化现之因造成的,这是第二种;认为无因无缘,这是第三种。这就叫做三种邪见处。在这三种邪见中,持第一种论点的人,否定了善、不善、造作、时节、心、食等种种缘,以及趣、依、善知识亲近、听闻正法等一切缘与缘生法,唯独承认宿业的果报;其余两种则完全否认这些因缘,分别执自在天因和无因。对于这三类论点,应当从无实义等方面,如理地了知它们的过失。然而,担心导致篇幅冗长,这里就不展开详细论述了。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ kiñci pana sattassa sukhādikaṃ uppajjati, taṃ sabbaṃ pubbekatahetūti ekaṃ titthāyatanaṃ, issaranimmānahetūti dutiyaṃ, ahetuappaccayāti tatiyanti imāni tīṇi titthāyatanāni nāma. Tattha paṭhamavādī kusalākusalakiriyautucittāhārādikaṃ, gatiupadhiādikaṃ, sappurisūpanissayasaddhammassavanādikañca sabbaṃ paccayapaccayuppannaṃ paṭikkhipitvā ekaṃ kammavipākameva sampaṭicchati, itare pana dvepi sabbaṃ hetuṃ paṭikkhipitvā issarahetukaṃ, ahetukañca sampaṭicchanti, tesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ vādānaṃ vaseneva payojanābhāvādito yathānurūpaṃ doso ñātabbo. Ganthavitthārabhayena panettha na vitthārayimha.
贪、嗔、痴这三者,从造成障碍的意义上说,名为‘物’。正是它们,在烦恼的意义上称为‘垢’,在造成染污的意义上称为‘秽’,因为能导致人绊倒,也称为‘不平’。杀生等身、语、意三种不平的行径,是另外三种不平。贪、嗔、痴,从能烧灼的意义上说,是三种火;从粗劣无味的意义上说,也称为‘浊’。杀生等构成的身、语、意三种浊,又是另外三种浊。在受用欲乐时,以为其中有乐味、有真实,由此生起了‘于欲中本无过患’的常见,这名为乐味见。以二十种事相为体的我见,由于恒常追逐附着于‘我’,故名为随我见。在这种执见中,诸如‘认为色即是我,或我拥有色,或色在我之中,或我在色之中’,对于色蕴如此生起四种见。对于受、想、行、识等其余诸蕴,也是如此,应当了知共有二十种事。显示巴利原文
Rāgadosamohā pana tayo palibodhaṭṭhena kiñcanā nāma. Te eva hi kilesaṭṭhena aṅgaṇāni, malīnabhāvakaraṇaṭṭhena malāni, pakkhalanapātahetuto visamāni ca honti. Pāṇātipātādīni kāyavacīmanovisamāni aparānipi tīṇi visamāni nāma. Rāgadosamohā anudahanaṭṭhena tayo aggī, kasaṭanirojaṭṭhena kasāvā ca honti. Pāṇātipātādīni kāyakasāvādayo pana aparepi tayo kasāvā nāma. Assādadiṭṭhittike kāmaparibhoge ‘‘natthi kāmesu doso’’ti evaṃ pavattā sassatadiṭṭhi assādadiṭṭhi nāma. Vīsativatthukā pana attadiṭṭhi attānaṃ anugatattā attānudiṭṭhi nāma. Tassā pana ‘‘rūpaṃ attato samanupassati, rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ, attani vā rūpaṃ, rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ samanupassatī’’ti evaṃ rūpakkhandhe catasso diṭṭhiyo. Evaṃ sesakkhandhesupīti vīsativatthukatā veditabbā.
在这当中,以‘色是我’等方式,对五蕴产生执取为‘我’而转起的五种见,是断见;其余以五蕴为‘我所’等转起的见,则应知为常见。依‘没有布施的果报’等论点转起的,名为无有见,也就是邪见,意思是卑劣之见。在无喜悦的三法中,用手、土块、棍棒等伤害有情,名为害。通过身、语、意三门转起的不善法,名为非法行。在难调伏的三法中,那些欲想、嗔想和害想,因缘于种种不同的所缘而生起,且体性各异,因此名为种种想。在掉举的三法中,懈怠的状态名为懒惰,也就是放逸。在不尊重的三法中,以不接受教诫的方式所生起的忿怒与对抗,名为不尊重。在不信的三法中,以不信三宝和因果业报的方式生起的不善法,名为不信。依于五种悭吝,而不懂得说出一句‘给予’的话,就名为不慷慨。显示巴利原文
Tattha ca rūpaṃ attatodiādinā pañcakkhandhe attato gahaṇavasena pavattā pañca ucchedadiṭṭhiyo, sesā pana sassatadiṭṭhiyoti veditabbā. ‘‘Natthi dinna’’ntiādinayappavattā pana natthikadiṭṭhi micchādiṭṭhi nāma, lāmakadiṭṭhīti attho. Aratittike pāṇileḍḍudaṇḍādīhi sattānaṃ vihiṃsanā vihesā nāma. Dvārattayappavattaakusaladhammassa cariyā adhammacariyā nāma. Dovacassatātike sāva kāmabyāpādavihiṃsāsaññā nānārammaṇesu pavattito, nānābhūtattā ca nānattasaññā nāma. Uddhaccattike kusītassa bhāvo kosajjaṃ, pamādova. Anādariyattike ovādassa anādiyanavasappavatto kodho anādariyaṃ nāma. Assaddhiyattike ratanattayakammaphalānaṃ asaddahanavasappavattā akusaladhammā assaddhiyaṃ nāma. Pañcavidhamacchariyavasena ‘‘dehī’’ti vacanassa ajānanā avadaññutā nāma.
在掉举三法中,于意门所摄的六根中,不防护根门名为无律仪。身语的违犯名为恶戒。在圣者三法中,于见佛、见独觉佛、见声闻及承事等无意愿,名为不欲见圣者。于三十七菩提分正法的听闻、受持等无意愿,名为不欲闻正法。对他人的过失进行指摘、寻求瑕疵,这称为指摘,即指摘心。在失念三法中,掉举名为心的散乱。在不如理作意三法中,以‘无常为常’等方式,或从与真实相反的立场,生起名为不如理作意的转向心,此即不如理作意。邪见、邪思惟等八种邪道名为邪路,随顺邪道名为行邪路。昏沉与睡眠名为心的萎靡。三法。显示巴利原文
Uddhaccattike manacchaṭṭhesu indriyesu aguttadvāratā asaṃvaro nāma. Kāyikavācasikavītikkamo dussīlyaṃ nāma. Ariyattike buddhapaccekabuddhasāvakānaṃ dassanopāsanādīsu anicchā ariyānaṃ adassanakamyatā nāma. Bodhipakkhikasaddhammassa savanadhāraṇādīsu anicchā saddhammaṃ asotukamyatā nāma. Parassa dosāropane randhagavesitāsaṅkhāto upārambhova upārambhacittatā nāma. Muṭṭhassaccattike uddhaccaṃ cetaso vikkhepo nāma. Ayonisomanasikārattike ‘‘anicce nicca’’ntiādinā, saccapaṭipakkhavasena vā anupāyamanasikārasaṅkhātaṃ āvajjanacittaṃ ayonisomanasikāro nāma. Micchādiṭṭhimicchāsaṅkappādayo aṭṭha micchāmaggā kummaggo nāma, micchāmaggassa āsevanā kummaggasevanā nāma. Thinamiddhaṃ cetaso ca līnattaṃ nāma. Tikaṃ.
在四法中,对于衣等四种资具,生起‘我将在何处得到可意的’这样的渴爱,名为四种渴爱之生起。圣者不依此而行,故称为非行处,即欲、嗔、痴、怖。这些即是行不应行之道、作不应作之事,名为四种行非行处。其中,欲是指偏袒的贪爱。怖是指如此生起的嗔。于无常等中,生起‘常、乐、我、净’之想,这四种是颠倒,因为以颠倒而执取法故;或者说依此而住、依此而入,故名为四种颠倒。这些依想颠倒、心颠倒、见颠倒的差别,各各成三,共为十二种。其中,对于无常作常想、对于无我作我想,有想、心、见颠倒共六种;对于苦作乐想、对于不净作净想,有见颠倒两种,此八种由入流道断除。对于不净作净想,有想、心颠倒两种,由阿那含道断除;对于苦作乐想,有想、心颠倒两种,由阿罗汉道断除。应当如此了知。显示巴利原文
Catukkesu cīvarādīsu catūsu paccayesu ‘‘kattha manāpaṃ labhissāmī’’ti taṇhāya uppādo cattāro taṇhuppādā nāma. Na gacchanti etāhi ariyāti agatiyo, chandadosamohabhayā. Tā hi agantabbamaggagamanāni akattabbakaraṇāni cattāri agatigamanāni nāma. Tattha chandoti pakkhapātarāgo. Bhayanti tathāpavatto doso. Aniccādīsu ‘‘niccaṃ sukhaṃ attā subha’’nti evaṃ pavattā cattāro vipariyāsā viparītato dhamme esanato. Tesu vā āsanato pavisanato cattāro vipariyāsā nāma. Te saññācittadiṭṭhivipariyāsavasena paccekaṃ tayo tayo hutvā dvādasa honti. Tesu anicce niccaṃ, anattani attāti saññācittadiṭṭhivipariyāsā cha, dukkhe sukhaṃ, asubhe subhanti diṭṭhivipariyāsā dve cāti aṭṭha sotāpattimaggena pahīyanti, asubhe subhanti saññācittavipariyāsā dve anāgāmimaggena, dukkhe sukhanti saññācittavipariyāsā dve arahattamaggenāti veditabbā.
于未见说见、于未闻说闻、于未觉说觉、于未识说识,如此生起者,名为四种非圣者之语。复次,于见等中,说未见、未闻、未觉、未识,如此生起者,另有四种非圣者之语。这些与前合共,亦称为八种非圣者之语。杀生、不与取、欲邪行、妄语,名为四种恶行。妄语等语恶行,另有四种语恶行。生、老、病、死的恐怖,名为四种怖。国王、盗贼、火、水的恐怖为四种;入海者所遭遇的波浪、鳄鱼、漩涡、凶鱼的恐怖亦为四种;自谴、他谴、刑罚、恶趣的恐怖为四种——这些以及其他三种四类,都名为四种怖。其中,凶鱼即凶暴的鱼。当知所有这些怖畏都属于嗔恚心。对于一切苦乐等,认为自作、他作、俱作、无因生,如此生起的,这四种名为邪见。四法。显示巴利原文
Adiṭṭhe diṭṭhaṃ, asute sutaṃ, amute mutaṃ, aviññāte viññātanti evaṃ pavattā cattāro anariyavohārā nāma. Diṭṭhādīsu pana adiṭṭhaṃ asutaṃ amutaṃ aviññātanti evaṃ pavattā aparepi cattāro anariyavohārā nāma. Ime ca purimehi saddhiṃ aṭṭha anariyavohārātipi vuccanti. Pāṇātipātaadinnādānakāmesumicchācāramusāvādā cattāri duccaritāni nāma. Musāvādādivacīduccaritāni aparānipi cattāri vacīduccaritāni nāma. Jātijarābyādhimaraṇabhayāni cattāri bhayāni nāma. Rājacoraaggiudakabhayāni cattāri, samuddaṃ orohantassa pana uppajjanakāni ūmikumbhīlaāvaṭṭasusukābhayāni ca cattāri, attānuvādaparānuvādadaṇḍaduggatibhayāni cattāri cāti imāni vā aparāni tīṇi catukkāni cattāri bhayāni nāma. Tattha susukāti caṇḍamacchā. Sabbānipi cetāni bhayāni paṭighacittānīti veditabbāni. Sabbaṃ sukhadukkhādikaṃ sayaṃkataṃ paraṃkataṃ ubhayakataṃ adhiccasamuppannanti evaṃ uppajjamānā imā catasso diṭṭhiyo nāma. Catukkaṃ.
五法中,所言五下分结等,“下”指欲界,因其在下故;于彼令结生故,依附于彼下者,即有身见、疑、戒禁取、欲贪、瞋恚,此五种名为五下分结。“上”指色界、无色界,因在上故;依前述方式依附于彼者,即色贪、无色贪、慢、掉举、无明,此五种名为五上分结。贪、瞋、痴、慢、见,此五种因粘著之义,名为五种系缚。这五种因渗入之义及刺入之义,名为五种箭。于佛、法、僧、学处有疑四种,及对同梵行者有忿怒心,此五种令心成僵硬、如垃圾、如树桩之状态,名为五种心荒芜。于欲未离贪,于身……乃至……于色……乃至……饱食已,随顺卧乐、触乐、睡眠乐而住;为求生某天众而修梵行——如此生起的五种法,因系缚心、如握于拳中而执取,名为五种心系缚。其中,“身”指内身,“色”指外色。有想之我、无想之我、非想非非想之我、存在之我断灭、或证得现法涅槃——如此生起者,名为五种邪见。五法。显示巴利原文
Pañcakesu pañcorambhāgiyātiādīsu oraṃ vuccati kāmadhātu heṭṭhābhāvato, tattha upapattinipphādanato taṃ oraṃ bhajantīti sakkāyadiṭṭhivicikicchāsīlabbataparāmāsakāmarāgapaṭighā pañca orambhāgiyasaṃyojanāni nāma. Uddhanti rūpārūpadhātu uparibhāvato, taṃ vuttanayena bhajantīti rūparāgaarūparāgamānauddhaccaavijjā pañca uddhambhāgiyasaṃyojanāni nāma. Rāgadosamohamānadiṭṭhiyo pañca lagganaṭṭhena saṅgā nāma. Te eva pañca anupavisanaṭṭhena, tudanaṭṭhena ca pañca sallā nāma. Satthudhammasaṅghasikkhāsu kaṅkhanāni cattāri, sabrahmacārīsu kupitacittatā cāti ime pañca cittassa thaddhakacavarakhāṇukabhāvakaraṇattā cetokhilā nāma. Kāmesu avītarāgo. Kāye…pe… rūpe…pe… yāvadatthaṃ bhuñjitvā seyyasukhaṃ passasukhaṃ middhasukhaṃ anuyutto viharati, aññataraṃ devanikāyaṃ paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṃ caratīti evaṃ pavattā pañca dhammā cittaṃ bandhitvā muṭṭhiyaṃ katvā viya gahaṇato cetasovinibandhā nāma. Tattha kāyeti ajjhattike kāye, rūpeti bahiddhārūpe. Saññī attā, asaññī attā, nevasaññīnāsaññī attā, saṃvijjamāno pana attā ucchijjati, diṭṭhadhammanibbānaṃ vā pāpuṇātīti evaṃ pavattā pañca diṭṭhiyo nāma.
杀生等,以饮酒为最后,此五种因造作怨敌之义,名为五种怨。亲属、财富、疾病、戒、见之毁败,名为五种毁败。其中,毁败即与毁灭俱生,由此生起的不善。为众人所不喜、多怨敌、多过失、迷乱而死、堕恶趣——此五种是不忍的过患,亦即不堪忍的过失。活命之怖、恶名之怖、于众中畏怯之怖、死之怖、恶趣之怖,这些名为五种怖。以饱食五欲功德,及以初禅等四禅,以此五种理由,声称“我证得最上现法涅槃”——如此生起的论说,名为五种现法涅槃论。五法。显示巴利原文
Pāṇātipātādimajjapānapariyosānā pañca verakaraṇaṭṭhena verā nāma. Ñātibhogarogasīladiṭṭhibyasanāni pañca byasanā nāma. Tattha byasanāti vināsasahajātā, tato uppannā akusalā . Bahujanassa appiyatā, verabahulatā, vajjabahulatā, sammūḷhamaraṇaṃ, apāyagamananti ime pañca akkhantiyā ādīnavā, anadhivāsanāya dosāti attho. Ājīvakabhayaṃ asilokabhayaṃ parisasārajjabhayaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ duggatibhayanti imāni pañca bhayāni nāma. Yāvadatthaṃ pañcakāmaguṇaparibhogena ceva paṭhamajjhānādīhi catūhi jhānehi cāti pañcahi kāraṇehi attā paramadiṭṭhadhammanibbānappatto hotīti pavattā vādā pañca diṭṭhadhammanibbānavādā nāma. Pañcakaṃ.
六法中,忿、覆、嫉、诳、恶欲、执取己见,这六种是争论的根源。对可爱之色等六种所缘生起的欲贪,这六种称为依于居家的欲贪法。对不可爱之六种所缘生起的瞋恚,称为六种对立事。对立本身即是事,故名对立事。对六种所缘的渴爱,称为六种渴爱身。对师、法、僧、学处、不放逸、接待不恭敬,称为六种不恭敬。乐于作业、乐于谈论、睡眠、交际、戏论,这六种称为退堕法,意思是导致退堕。其中,在见、闻、交谈、受用、身触这五种中投入专注,称为乐于交际。在渴爱、慢、见之戏论中投入专注,应知为乐于戏论。乐于作业、乐于谈论、乐于睡眠、乐于交际这四种,加上难教诲、恶友这两种,这些是另外六种退堕法。显示巴利原文
Chakkesu pana kodho makkho issā sāṭheyyaṃ pāpicchatā sandiṭṭhiparāmāsitāti imāni cha vivādamūlāni. Manāpiyesu rūpādīsu chasu ārammaṇesu chandarāgoti ime cha chandarāgā gehasitā dhammā nāma. Amanāpiyesu chasu ārammaṇesu paṭigho cha virodhavatthūni nāma. Virodho eva vatthu virodhavatthu. Chasu ārammaṇesu taṇhāva cha taṇhākāyā nāma. Satthudhammasaṅghasikkhāsu, appamāde, paṭisanthāre ca agāravā cha agāravā nāma. Kammārāmatā, bhassaniddāsaṅgaṇikasaṃsaggapapañcārāmatā ca cha parihāniyā dhammā nāma, parihānikarāti attho. Tattha savanadassanasamullapanaparibhogakāyasaṃsaggesu pañcasu yuttapayuttatā saṃsaggārāmatā. Taṇhāmānadiṭṭhipapañcesu yuttapayuttatā papañcārāmatāti veditabbaṃ. Kammabhassaniddāsaṅgaṇikārāmatā cattāro, dovacassatā, pāpamittatā dve cāti ime aparepi cha parihāniyā dhammā nāma.
在能生喜悦的色等六所缘中,生起的与居家喜悦相应的伺察,称为喜悦随察,应理解为寻等心所及与之相应者。其余两种也以此类推。然而,此处与无明俱行的感受之舍,应知为舍,亦称为“无明舍”。于可意、不可意、中性六所缘,次第生起的感受,以“六种居家喜悦”等六组三法而说。“我有我”“我没有我”“我以我认知我”“我以我认知非我”“我以非我认知我”“此我为作者、受者、常、恒”,如此生起的六种是邪见。其中,“有”为常见,“没有”为断见。将五蕴执为“我”,以想蕴认知其余诸蕴的方式,生起“我以我认知我”之见;将想蕴执为“我”、其余执为“非我”,生起“我以我认知非我”之见;将想蕴执为“非我”、其余执为“我”,应知生起“我以非我认知我”之见。六法组。显示巴利原文
Somanassaṭṭhāniyesu rūpādīsu chasu ārammaṇesu uppannā gehasitasomanassasampayuttā vicārā somanassupavicārā nāma, vitakkādayo dhammā, taṃsampayuttā cāti gahetabbā. Esa nayo itaradvayepi. Aññāṇasahitā panettha vedanupekkhā upekkhāti veditabbā, yā ‘‘aññāṇupekkhā’’tipi vuccati. Iṭṭhāniṭṭhamajjhattesu chasu ārammaṇesu yathākkamaṃ uppannā vedanā ‘‘cha gehasitāni somanassānī’’tiādinā chakkattayena vuttā. ‘‘Atthi me attā’’ti vā, ‘‘natthi me attā’’ti vā, ‘‘attanā vā attānaṃ sañjānāmī’’ti vā, ‘‘attanā vā anattānaṃ sañjānāmī’’ti vā, ‘‘attanā vā attānaṃ sañjānāmī’’ti vā, ‘‘so me ayaṃ attā kārako vedako nicco dhuvo’’ti evaṃ uppajjamānā imā cha diṭṭhiyo nāma. Tattha atthīti sassatadiṭṭhi. Natthīti ucchedadiṭṭhi. Pañcapi khandhe ‘‘attā’’ti gahetvā saññākkhandhena sesānaṃ jānanavasena attanā vā attānaṃ sañjānāmīti diṭṭhi, saññākkhandhaṃ pana ‘‘attā’’ti, itare ca ‘‘anattā’’ti gahetvā attanā vā anattānaṃ sañjānāmīti diṭṭhi, saññākkhandhaṃ pana ‘‘anattā’’ti, itare ca ‘‘attā’’ti gahetvā anattanā vā attānaṃ sañjānāmīti diṭṭhi ca veditabbā. Chakkaṃ.
在七法中,欲贪、嗔恚、慢、见、疑、有贪、无明,此七者因强有力之义及未断除之义,在心相续中随逐而眠,故称随眠。正是此七者,于轮回中结缚故,为结缚;应知由现行而缠缚故,为缠缚。无信、无惭、无愧、寡闻、懈怠、失念、劣慧,此七者是不善者、不善士之法,亦即不善、低劣之法,故称非法。杀生等身语恶行,是七种恶行。慢、过慢、慢过慢、卑慢、增上慢、我慢、邪慢,此七种称为慢。“由父母所生的我,于人间断灭;在六欲天中,以段食为食的天我断灭;在色界中,意所成的色我断灭;在四无色有中,四种无色我各各断灭、坏灭,死后不存在”,如此生起的七种断见,称为七种见。其中,前三种见是执色蕴为我而生起的断见,其余四种应知是执无色蕴而生起的。七法组。显示巴利原文
Sattakesu pana kāmarāgapaṭighamānadiṭṭhivicikicchābhavarāgaavijjā satta thāmagataṭṭhena, appahīnaṭṭhena ca cittasantāne anu anu sayanato anusayā nāma. Te eva satte vaṭṭasmiṃ saṃyojanato saṃyojanāni. Samudācāravasena pariyuṭṭhānato pariyuṭṭhānāti veditabbā. Assaddhiyaṃ ahirikaṃ anottappaṃ appassutatā kosajjaṃ muṭṭhassaccaṃ duppaññatāti ime satta asataṃ asappurisānaṃ, asantā vā lāmakā dhammāti asaddhammā nāma. Pāṇātipātādayo kāyavacīduccaritāni satta duccaritāni nāma. Māno atimāno mānātimāno omāno adhimāno asmimāno micchāmānoti ime satta mānā nāma. ‘‘Manussaloke mātāpettikasambhavo attā ucchijjati, tathā chasu devalokesu dibbo kabaḷīkārabhakkho attā, rūpaloke rūpī manomayo attā, catūsu arūpabhavesu catubbidho arūpī attā tattha tattha ucchijjati vinassati na hoti paraṃ maraṇā’’ti evaṃ pavattā satta ucchedadiṭṭhiyo satta diṭṭhiyo nāma. Ettha ca ādito tisso diṭṭhiyo rūpakkhandhaṃ attato gahetvā pavattā ucchedadiṭṭhiyo, sesā catasso arūpakkhandheti ñātabbā. Sattakaṃ.
在八法中,贪、嗔、痴、慢、见、疑、昏沉、掉举,此八种称为烦恼事。“我应作任何业”为一项,同样“我已作”“我应行路”“已行”“我食少”“我食饱”“我生病”“我病愈不久”各为一项,此八种称为懈怠事,意思是懈怠者生起懈怠的因由。于得、不得、称、讥、誉、毁、乐、苦中,依次以贪与嗔而心受冲击,称为于八世间法中心受冲击。下由两个四法组所说者,称为八种非圣言。邪见、邪思惟等,称为八种邪性。比丘有犯戒被举罪时,以“我不记得”推脱为一项;以“你是愚者”等反斥举罪者为一项;同样以“你也犯此”反控举罪者为一项;以其他事搪塞为一项;在僧团中挥手喧哗为一项;以沉默恼害为一项;不顾僧团及举罪者而离去为一项;因害怕被举罪而舍戒为一项,此八种称为人过失。“无想之我是色、无色、亦色亦无色、非色非无色、有边、无边、亦有边亦无边、非有边非无边”,如此生起的八种称为无想论。“非想非非想之我是色、无色”等,如此生起的八种称为非想非非想论。八法组。显示巴利原文
Aṭṭhakesu pana lobho doso moho māno diṭṭhi vicikicchā thinaṃ uddhaccañcāti aṭṭha kilesavatthūni nāma. ‘‘Yaṃ kiñci kammaṃ kattabbaṃ me’’ti ekaṃ, tathā ‘‘kataṃ me’’ti, ‘‘maggo me gantabbo’’ti, ‘‘gato’’ti, ‘‘appakaṃ me bhutta’’nti, ‘‘subhutta’’nti, ‘‘ābādho me uppanno’’ti, ‘‘aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā’’ti ekanti imāni aṭṭha kusītavatthūni nāma, kusītassa kosajjakāraṇānīti attho. Lābhe alābhe ca yase ayase ca pasaṃsāya nindāya ca sukhe dukkhe ca yathākkamaṃ rāgadosehi cittassa paṭihananaṃ aṭṭhasu lokadhammesu cittassa paṭighāto nāma. Heṭṭhā dvīhi catukkehi vuttā aṭṭha anariyavohārā nāma. Micchādiṭṭhimicchāsaṅkappādayo aṭṭha micchattā nāma. Bhikkhūhi vijjamānāya āpattiyā codiyamānassa ‘‘na sarāmī’’ti nibbeṭhanaṃ ekaṃ, ‘‘tvaṃ bālo’’tiādinā codakapaṭippharaṇaṃ ekaṃ, tathā ‘‘tuvaṃ cetamāpanno’’ti codakassa paccāropanaṃ, aññenaññaṃ paṭicaraṇaṃ, saṅghe bāhāvikkhepabhaṇanaṃ, tuṇhībhāvena viheṭhanaṃ, saṅghaṃ, codakañca anādiyitvā pakkamanaṃ, codanābhayā sikkhāpaccakkhānanti ime aṭṭha purisadosā nāma. Asaññī attā rūpī, arūpī , rūpī ca arūpī ca, nevarūpīnārūpī, antavā, anantavā, antavā ca anantavā ca, nevantavānānantavāti evaṃ pavattā aṭṭha asaññīvādā nāma. Nevasaññīnāsaññī attā rūpī arūpītiādinā pavattā aṭṭha nevasaññīnāsaññīvādā nāma. Aṭṭhakaṃ.
于九法中,依“他曾对我不利,正在对我不利,将对我不利;他曾对我喜爱者不利,正在对我喜爱者不利,将对我喜爱者不利;他曾对我厌恶者有利,正在对我厌恶者有利,将对我厌恶者有利”而生起的九种嗔恚,即名九嗔恚事。忿、覆、嫉、悭、谄、诳、妄语、恶欲、邪见,这些名为九种人垢。“于胜者计我胜”等九种,名为九种慢。“缘于渴爱而有寻求,缘于寻求而有得,缘于得而有决断,缘于决断而有欲贪,缘于欲贪而有执取,如是而有摄受、悭、守护,因守护而有执杖、执刀、斗诤、纷争、口角等众多恶不善法”,如是所说,这些名为九种渴爱根本法。其中,决断者:于智决断、渴爱决断、见决断、寻思决断四种决断中,此处意指寻思决断——因为得到利养后,依“这是为了色所缘,这是为了声所缘”等方式,唯以寻思而作决断。欲贪是微弱的贪,执取是强力的确定。摄受应知为依于渴爱与见而作摄受。“我是”“我是”“此是我”“我将是”“我将是有色”“我将是无色”“我将是有想”“我将是无想”“我将是非想非非想”,如是所说,这些以动摇义而名为九种动。这些即以妄想义而名为妄想。显示巴利原文
Navakesu pana ‘‘anatthaṃ me acari, carati, carissati, piyassa me anatthaṃ acari, carati, carissati, appiyassa me atthaṃ acari, carati, carissatī’’ti evaṃ pavattā nava āghātā eva āghātavatthūni nāma. Kodho makkho issā macchariyaṃ māyā sāṭheyyaṃ musāvādo pāpicchatā micchādiṭṭhīti imāni nava purisamalāni nāma. ‘‘Seyyassa seyyohamasmī’’tiādayo navavidhā mānā nāma. ‘‘Taṇhaṃ paṭicca pariyesanā, pariyesanaṃ paṭicca lābho, taṃ paṭicca vinicchayo, taṃ paṭicca chandarāgo, taṃ paṭicca ajjhosānaṃ, tathā pariggaho, macchariyaṃ, ārakkho, ārakkhādhikaraṇaṃ daṇḍādānasatthādānakalahaviggahavivādādianeke pāpakā dhammā’’ti evaṃ vuttā ime nava taṇhāmūlakā dhammā nāma. Tattha vinicchayoti ñāṇataṇhādiṭṭhivitakkavasena catūsu vinicchayesu vitakkavinicchayo idha adhippeto. Lābhaṃ hi labhitvā ‘‘idaṃ rūpārammaṇatthāya, idaṃ saddārammaṇādiatthāyā’’ti evaṃ vitakkeneva vinicchayo. Chandarāgo dubbalarāgo, ajjhosānanti balavasanniṭṭhānaṃ. Pariggahoti taṇhādiṭṭhivasena pariggahakaraṇanti veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Asmī’’ti, ‘‘ahamasmī’’ti, ‘‘ayamahamasmī’’ti, ‘‘bhavissa’’nti, ‘‘rūpī bhavissa’’nti, ‘‘arūpī bhavissa’’nti, ‘‘saññī bhavissa’’nti, ‘‘asaññī bhavissa’’nti, ‘‘nevasaññīnāsaññī bhavissa’’nti evaṃ vuttāni imāni nava calanaṭṭhena iñjitāni nāma. Imāneva maññanaṭṭhena maññitāni, vipphandanato vipphanditāni, papañcanato papañcitāni, tāneva tehi tehi kāraṇehi saṅkhatattā saṅkhatāni ca nāma honti. Sabbehi tehi pañcahi navakehi māno eva kathito. Sopi hi ‘‘asmī’’tiādīhi saññīhi ca ākārehi diṭṭhi viya pavattatīti. Navakaṃ.
于十法中,贪、瞋、痴、慢、见、疑、昏沉、掉举、无惭、无愧——这十种烦恼即名烦恼事。“他曾对我不利”等九种,与于无因处生起的嗔恚合为十种嗔恚事。杀生等十种,名为十不善业道。欲贪结、瞋恚结、慢结、见结、疑结、戒禁取结、有贪结、嫉结、悭结、无明结,这些名为十种结。邪见、邪思惟等八种,与邪智、邪解脱合为十种邪性。其中,邪智者,即依于恶行中思惟方便而生起,以及作恶后以“我作得好”的方式观察而生起的痴。邪解脱者,即于实未解脱而计为解脱之想。以“无布施、无供养”等十种行相生起的无见,名为十事邪见。“世间是常,或无常,或有边,或无边,或命即是身,或命异身异,或如来死后有,或如来死后无,或如来死后亦有亦无,或如来死后非有非无”——如是生起的,名为十事边执见。其中,世间者,指蕴等;有边,是就狭小的遍处禅那而说;无边,应理解为广大。如来者,指有情。此为十法组。显示巴利原文
Dasakesu pana lobho doso moho māno diṭṭhi vicikicchā thinaṃ uddhaccaṃ ahirikaṃ anottappanti ime dasa kilesā eva kilesavatthūni nāma. ‘‘Anatthaṃ me acarī’’tiādayo nava khāṇukaṇṭakādīsu aṭṭhānaāghātena saddhiṃ dasa āghātavatthūni nāma. Pāṇātipātādayo dasa akusalakammapathā nāma. Kāmarāgasaṃyojanaṃ paṭighamānadiṭṭhivicikicchāsīlabbataparāmāsabhavarāgaissāmacchariyaavijjāsaṃyojananti imāni dasa saṃyojanāni nāma. Micchādiṭṭhimicchāsaṅkappādayo aṭṭha, micchāñāṇamicchāvimuttīhi saddhiṃ dasa micchattā nāma. Tattha micchāñāṇanti pāpakiriyāsu upāyacintāvasena ceva pāpakaṃ katvā ‘‘sukataṃ mayā’’ti paccavekkhaṇavasena ca pavatto moho. Micchāvimuttīti avimuttasseva sato vimuttasaññitā. ‘‘Natthi dinnaṃ, natthi yiṭṭha’’ntiādīhi dasahi ākārehi pavattaṃ natthikadassanaṃ dasavatthukā micchādiṭṭhi nāma. ‘‘Sassato loko, tathā asassato, antavā, anantavā, taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīra’’nti vā, ‘‘aññaṃ jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīra’’nti vā, ‘‘hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā’’ti vā, ‘‘na hoti…pe… hoti ca na hoti ca, neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā’’ti vā evaṃ pavattā dasavatthukā antaggāhikā diṭṭhi nāma. Tattha lokoti khandhādayo, ‘‘antavā’’ti idaṃ parittaṃ kasiṇajjhānaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. ‘‘Anantavā’’ti idaṃ vipulanti gahetabbaṃ. Tathāgatoti satto. Dasakaṃ.
于十八法中,渴爱行处者,即渴爱之现行、渴爱之转起。依内者,即依于内的五蕴——此处的属格是用于受格的意义。其中,“我是”“我是如此”“我是这样”“我是别样”“我将是如此”“我将是如此样”“我将是这样”“我将是别样”“如此我是”“乐我是”“如此我可能是”“如此样我可能是”“这样我可能是”“别样我可能是”“如此我或许可能是”“如此样我或许可能是”“这样我或许可能是”“别样我或许可能是”——如是所说,这些名为依内的十八种渴爱行处。显示巴利原文
Aṭṭhārasakesu taṇhāvicaritānīti taṇhāsamudācārā taṇhāpavattiyo. Ajjhattikassupādāyāti ajjhattikaṃ khandhapañcakaṃ upādāya. Idaṃ hi upayogatthe sāmivacanaṃ. Tattha ‘‘asmīti hoti, itthasmīti hoti, evasmīti hoti, aññathāsmīti hoti, tathā bhavissanti, itthaṃ bhavissanti, evaṃ bhavissanti, aññathā bhavissanti hoti, tathā asmīti, sātasmīti hoti, tathā siyanti, itthaṃ siyanti, evaṃ siyanti, aññathā siyanti hoti, tathā apāhaṃ siyanti, apāhaṃ itthaṃ siyanti, apāhaṃ evaṃ siyanti, apāhaṃ aññatā siyanti hotī’’ti evaṃ vuttāni imāni ajjhattikassupādāya aṭṭhārasa taṇhāvicaritāni nāma.
其中,“我是”指对于内在的五蕴,从总体上执取“我是”之时。然而,当有了这种执取后,便又分为“不比较”与“比较”两种执取。其中,不比较,即不与其他行相比较、不接近,唯以自性为所缘,而执持“我是如此”。其意是依渴爱、慢、见而执取“于刹帝利等众中,我即此种”。比较的执取又分两种:相等与不相等。其中,相等的执取即“我是这样”,其意是:犹如这些刹帝利、婆罗门等,或天、人、有色、无色等,我正是如此。“我是别样”则是不相等的执取,其意是:如同这些刹帝利等,我与之有别,或低劣,或殊胜。这四种是依现在而说的渴爱活动,而“我将是”等四种则是依未来而说,其义应如前述四句之理而了知。其中,“我是”等二句是依常见与断见而说,因为此中“我是”为常见,“乐”为“沉没”,即无常;其后“我可能是”等四句是依疑惑寻思而说;“我或许可能是”等四句,应视为以“啊,但愿我存在!”的方式生起的希愿构想而说。这是第一组十八爱行。显示巴利原文
Tattha asmīti hotīti ajjhattikesu khandhapañcakesu samūhato ‘‘ahamasmī’’ti gahaṇe satīti attho. Evaṃ pana gahaṇe sati tato paraṃ anupanidhāya, upanidhāya vāti dvidhā gahaṇaṃ hoti. Tattha anupanidhāyāti aññaṃ ākāraṃ anupanidhāya anupagamma sakabhāvamevārammaṇaṃ katvā itthasmīti hoti. Tassa ‘‘khattiyādīsu idaṃpakāro aha’’nti taṇhāmānadiṭṭhivasena gahaṇaṃ hotīti attho. Upanidhāya gahaṇaṃ pana duvidhaṃ hoti samato ca asamato ca. Tattha samato gahaṇaṃ evasmīti idaṃ, tassa yathā ayaṃ khattiyo, brāhmaṇādayo vā devamanussarūpīarūpiādayo vā, evamahamasmīti attho. Aññathāsmīti idaṃ pana asamato gahaṇaṃ, tassa yathā ime khattiyādayo, tato aññathā ahaṃ hīno vā adhiko vāti attho. Imāni tāva paccuppannavasena cattāri taṇhāvicaritāni, bhavissantiādīni pana cattāri anāgatavasena vuttāni. Tesaṃ purimacatukke vuttanayavasena attho veditabbo. Tattha asmītiādidvayaṃ sassatucchedaggāhavasena vuttaṃ. Tattha hi asmīti sassataṃ, sīdatīti sātaṃ, asassataṃ, ito parāni siyantiādīni cattāri saṃsayaparivitakkavasena vuttāni. Apāhaṃ siyantiādīni cattāri ‘‘api nāmāhaṃ bhaveyya’’nti evaṃ pavattapatthanākappanavasena vuttānīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Aṭṭhārasakaṃ paṭhamaṃ.
第二种,执取外境,即执取外在的五蕴。其中,依前文所述的方式——即“以此,我成为这样”、“以此,我成为那样”、“以此,我成为别样”、“以此,我成为其他样”等——当知于执取外境时,有十八种渴爱活动。此处仅以“以此”一词与前文有别。其中,“以此”的意思是:以这一外在的色……乃至……识。其中,外在的色应理解为伞、刀、扇、食物、饮料、钱财、谷物等资具;受等应理解为奴婢、亲属、随从、象、马等资具。对于这些外在的色等,应知与“成为这样”、“成为那样”等结合于一切情形。这便是第二种十八类。显示巴利原文
Dutiye bāhirassupādāyāti bāhiraṃ khandhapañcakaṃ upādāya. Tattha ‘‘iminā asmīti hoti, iminā itthasmīti hoti, iminā evasmīti hoti, iminā aññathāsmīti hotī’’tiādinā anantare vuttanayena bāhirassupādāya aṭṭhārasa taṇhāvicaritānīti veditabbāni. ‘‘Iminā’’ti padamattameva hettha purimehi viseso. Tattha imināti iminā bāhirena rūpena vā…pe… viññāṇena vāti attho. Tattha ca chattakhaggabījaniannapānadhanadhaññādiupakaraṇavasena bāhiraṃ rūpaṃ veditabbaṃ. Dāsadāsiñātiparijanahatthiassādiupakaraṇavasena vedanādayo veditabbā. Imehi bāhirehi rūpādīhi ‘‘itthasmīti evasmī’’tiādinā sabbattha yojanā veditabbā. Aṭṭhārasakaṃ dutiyaṃ.
然而,在其他情况下,如“将其合为一处”等语,即将那两种十八类合在一处,便成为三十六种渴爱活动。如此,每一个有情在过去时,依两种十八类而有三十六种;同样,在未来时也有三十六种。于现在时,对一个有情,依其所得也有那三十六种;依一切有情而言,于现在时也有三十六种。如此,依照上述方式,将这一切合在一起,一切有情于三时中,依六种十八类,共有一百零八种渴爱活动,这便是其义。在“有一百零八种渴爱活动”中,也应如此理解其义。显示巴利原文
Itaresu pana tadekajjhaṃ abhisaṃyūhitvātiādīsu tadubhayaṃ aṭṭhārasakaṃ ekato yojetvā chattiṃsataṇhāvicaritāni honti, evaṃ ekekassa puggalassa atītakāle dvinnaṃ aṭṭhārasakānaṃ vasena chattiṃsa, tathā anāgate chattiṃsa honti. Paccuppanne pana ekassa yathālābhavasena tānipi labbhanti, sabbasattānaṃ vasena paccuppannepi chattiṃsa labbhanti. Iti evaṃ vuttena pakārena taṃ sabbaṃ ekato katvā sabbasattānaṃ kālattayepi channaṃ aṭṭhārasakānaṃ vasena aṭṭhasataṃ taṇhāvicaritāni hontīti attho. Aṭṭhataṇhāvicaritasataṃ hotīti etthāpi evameva attho daṭṭhabbo.
在“以及那些”等句中,其义为:此处当说的六十二种邪见,是导师在名为《梵网》的长部初经中亲自宣说的。因为在《梵网》中,四种常见论、四种一分常见论、四种有边无边论、四种诡辩论、两种无因生论、十六种有想论、八种无想论、八种非想非非想论、七种断灭论、五种现法涅槃论——这六十二种邪见,连同其因缘,以种种方式被宣说开来,应依彼处所说的方法来了解其分别。以上是此处依词义随释的决断,而此中其余的决断,依词义中所说的随释,即可善巧了知。显示巴利原文
Yāni cātiādīsu yāni cettha dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni vattabbāni, tāni brahmajālanāmake dīghanikāyassa paṭhamasuttante (dī. ni. 1.29 ādayo) satthārā sayaṃ āhacca bhāsitānīti attho. Brahmajāle hi cattāro sassatavādā, cattāro ekaccasassatikā, cattāro antānantikā, cattāro amarāvikkhepikā, dve adhiccasamuppannikā, soḷasa saññīvādā, aṭṭha asaññīvādā , aṭṭha nevasaññīnāsaññīvādā, satta ucchedavādā, pañca diṭṭhadhammanibbānavādāti imāni dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni sanidānāni nānānayato vuttāni, tattha vuttanayeneva nesaṃ vibhāgo veditabbo. Ayaṃ tāvettha padatthānusārato vinicchayo, sesopettha vinicchayo padatthe vuttānusāratova suviññeyyoti.
《法心分别》母题义释显示巴利原文
Dhammahadayavibhaṅgamātikatthavaṇṇanā
至于《法心分别论》论母中依词义等的决断,前文已说。然而,由于世尊为了显示那些在下文中以种种方式已分别的蕴、处等十二种法聚,又再以十种方式——如一切摄、四地生起、所属等——通过显示前所未有之理、被称为一切法要义的“法心”来显露其分别,所以此分别论方被宣说。因此,这里的决断也依分别论的方法。在分别论中,首先安立了带有提问的十二句论母,如“有多少蕴?”等,随后依前文所说,从四地共通的角度,分别了名为“一切摄”的章节。其中,七种触等应依七识界来了知。显示巴利原文
Dhammahadayavibhaṅgamātikāya pana padatthādito vinicchayo pubbe vuttova. Yasmā pana bhagavatā heṭṭhā nānānayato vibhattānaññeva khandhāyatanādīnaṃ dvādasannaṃ dhammakoṭṭhāsānaṃ puna sabbasaṅgāhikacatubhūmuppattitappariyāpannatādīhi dasahi vārehi apubbanayasahassavibhāvakehi sabbadhammādhippāyasaṅkhātehi dhammahadayehi vibhāgadassanatthamevāyaṃ vibhaṅgo vutto, tasmā vibhaṅganayato cettha vinicchayo hoti. Vibhaṅge hi paṭhamaṃ ‘‘kati khandhā’’tiādinā sapucchakaṃ dvādasapadikaṃ mātikaṃ nikkhipitvā heṭṭhā vuttānusāreneva catubhūmakasāmaññato sabbasaṅgāhikavāro nāma vibhatto, tattha satta phassādayo sattannaṃ viññāṇadhātūnaṃ vasena veditabbā.
第二种章节,则是为了显示那些法在四地中,以四种分组的生起与不生起情况而展开的。其中,于第一分组,首先——显示巴利原文
Dutiyo pana vāro tesaṃ catūsu bhūmīsu catūhi koṭṭhāsehi uppattānuppattidassanavasena pavatto. Tattha paṭhamakoṭṭhāse tāva –
于欲界中,有几蕴?……乃至……有几心?于欲界中,有五蕴、十二处、十八界、三谛、二十二根、九因、四食、七触、受、想、思、心。显示巴利原文
‘‘Kāmadhātuyā kati khandhā…pe… kati cittāni? Kāmadhātuyā pañcakkhandhā, dvādasāyatanāni, aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo, tīṇi saccāni, bāvīsatindriyāni, nava hetū, cattāro āhārā, satta phassā, vedanā, saññā, cetanā, cittānī’’ti –
安立论母之后,便作分别。于此,由于四地诸法大多生起于欲界有情,而非唯属欲界所摄,故此处以“五蕴”等所说,亦涵盖四地之法。此处所指的是于彼处生起的法,并非仅属彼地所摄。于色界等,其理亦同。显示巴利原文
Mātikaṃ nikkhipitvā vibhattā. Tattha yasmā catubhūmakāpi dhammā yebhuyyena kāmāvacarasattānaṃ uppajjanti , na kāmāvacarāva. Tenettha ‘‘pañcakkhandhā’’tiādinā catubhūmakāpi vuttā. Tatthuppajjanakadhammā hettha adhippetā, na taṃbhūmipariyāpannāva. Rūpadhātuādīsupi eseva nayo.
此处说“三谛”,是因灭谛离于方所,不可在任何方所指陈,故除外而言。因为需诸因缘的法,住于作为其依止因缘的方所;无因者则无所依止。又或如有时被认知的法,由时间上的决定性,正显其有为性;否则若于余时亦存,则有过常之失;若于今时亦无,则有过断之失。如此,当知他们法于某些方所得以认知。然而,“无为法不遍一切处,或有为法不可能不遍一切处”,此说并不合理。是故,当知无为法正是超越方所与时间的。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca tīṇi saccānīti idaṃ nirodhasaccassa desavinimuttatāya katthaci dese aniddisitabbato taṃ vajjetvā vuttaṃ. Kāraṇasāpekkhā hi dhammā attano nissayakāraṇabhūtaṃ desaṃ samāvasanti akāraṇassa anissayattā, yathā vā kadāci upalabbhamānā dhammā kālaniyatatāya attano saṅkhatattaṃva sūcenti. Aññathā itarakālesupi bhāvassa ca pasaṅgato, etarahipi vā abhāvassa, evaṃ kvaci dese upalabbhamānāpīti gahetabbaṃ. Sabbadesaabyāpitā pana asaṅkhatassa, saṅkhatassa vā asambhavato eva nopapajjati, tasmā desakālavinimuttameva asaṅkhatanti gahetabbaṃ.
其次,于第二部分中:显示巴利原文
Dutiyakoṭṭhāse pana –
“在色界中,有五蕴、六处、九界、三谛、十四根、八因、三食、四触……乃至四心”——显示巴利原文
‘‘Rūpadhātuyā pañcakkhandhā, cha āyatanāni, nava dhātuyo, tīṇi saccāni, cuddasindriyāni, aṭṭha hetū, tayo āhārā, cattāro phassā…pe… cattāri cittānī’’ti –
安立论母之后,即作分别。然而,因为色界的有情没有鼻等根,所以即使有香处等存在,它们也不执行处等的功能;因此将它们除外,而说“六处、九界”等,并非是由于它们本身不存在。可是,有些人说:“在色界,香、味、段食以及大种的触功能并不存在,正因如此,在圣典中未被列出。”为了证明这一点,他们提出许多似是而非的理由,并加以戏论;那只是他们自己的见解,不应采纳。应知:由于香等不可分离、具有触性及界自性,除了鼻等三根、乐与苦二根以及忧根,还有忧因、段食、鼻等三触等之外,得成就有十四根等。显示巴利原文
Mātikaṃ nikkhipitvā vibhattā. Yasmā pana rūpīnaṃ ghānādīnaṃ abhāvena vijjamānānipi gandhāyatanādīni āyatanādikiccaṃ na karonti, tasmā te vajjetvā ‘‘cha āyatanāni, nava dhātuyo’’tiādi vuttaṃ na tesaṃ abhāvā. Keci pana ‘‘rūpaloke gandharasā kabaḷīkāro āhāro ca mahābhūtānañca phoṭṭhabbakiccatā natthi, teneva pāḷiyaṃ na uddhaṭā’’ti vatvā taṃ sādhetuṃ bahuṃ hetupaṭirūpakaṃ vatvā papañcenti, taṃ tesaṃ matimattamevāti na gahetabbaṃ. Gandhādīnaṃ avinibbhogattā, phoṭṭhabbattā, dhātusabhāvattā ca ghānādittayabhāvadvayasukhadukkhadomanassindriyāni, pana domanassahetukabaḷīkārāhāraghānādittayasamphassādīni ca vajjetvā cuddasindriyādibhāvo veditabbo.
第三部分中:显示巴利原文
Tatiyakoṭṭhāse pana –
无色界所摄四蕴、二处、二界、三谛、十一根、八因、三食、一触……乃至……一心,如是说。显示巴利原文
‘‘Arūpadhātuyā cattāro khandhā, dve āyatanāni, dve dhātuyo, tīṇi saccāni, ekādasindriyāni, aṭṭha hetū, tayo āhārā, eko phasso…pe… ekaṃ citta’’nti –
列出论母后,加以分别。此中,由于眼根、耳根及未知当知根等不存在,故应知为十一根。显示巴利原文
Mātikaṃ nikkhipitvā vibhattā. Ettha ca cakkhusotaanaññātaññassāmītindriyānampi abhāvā ekādasindriyāni veditabbāni.
于第四部分中:显示巴利原文
Catutthakoṭṭhāse pana –
“非所摄中,有四蕴、二处、二界、二谛、十二根、六因、三食、一触……乃至……一心”,这是所说。显示巴利原文
‘‘Apariyāpanne cattāro khandhā, dve āyatanāni, dve dhātuyo, dve saccāni, dvādasindriyāni, cha hetū, tayo āhārā, eko phasso…pe… ekaṃ citta’’nti –
列出论母后加以分别。由于依处所或依有情转生而言,并无称为‘非所摄界’者,因此,不说‘非所摄界所摄’,而为了显示涅槃——出世间法,故说‘非所摄中,有四蕴’等语。如是,应以四节了知第二转。显示巴利原文
Mātikaṃ nikkhipitvā vibhattā. Yasmā ca okāsavasena vā sattuppattivasena vā apariyāpannadhātu nāma natthi, tasmā ‘‘apariyāpannadhātuyā’’ti avatvā nibbattitalokuttarameva dassetuṃ ‘‘apariyāpanne cattāro khandhā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Evaṃ catūhi koṭṭhāsehi dutiyo vāro veditabbo.
第三轮——显示巴利原文
Tatiyo pana vāro –
以“色蕴为欲界所摄,四蕴或为欲界所摄,或非欲界所摄”等——显示巴利原文
‘‘Rūpakkhandho kāmadhātupariyāpanno, cattāro khandhā siyā kāmadhātupariyāpannā, siyā na kāmadhātupariyāpannā’’tiādinā –
于四地中,以四节显示各各自地所摄法的方式而转起,此可依前文所述而了知,故不详述。其中,“欲界所摄”者,即因属欲界而含摄于彼中,是欲界的意思。其余各处亦同此理。显示巴利原文
Catūsu bhūmīsu catūhi koṭṭhāsehi taṃtaṃbhūmipariyāpannadhammadassanavasena pavatto, so ca heṭṭhā vuttānusārena sakkā ñātunti na vitthārito. Tattha ca kāmadhātupariyāpannoti kāmāvacarabhāvena tattha antogadho kāmāvacaroti attho. Sesesupi eseva nayo.
第四转,则是于三地中,以四个部分来显示在结生刹那生起法与非生起法的方式而转起。其中,先就第一部分来说——显示巴利原文
Catuttho pana vāro tīsu bhūmīsu catūhi koṭṭhāsehi paṭisandhikkhaṇe uppajjanakānuppajjanakadhammadassanavasena pavatto. Tattha paṭhamakoṭṭhāse tāva –
“于欲界结生刹那,一切有情五蕴显现;有些有情十一处显现;有些有情十处显现;有些有情另十处显现;有些有情九处显现;有些有情七处显现;有些有情十一界……乃至……七界显现。一切有情一谛显现。有些有情十四根显现,有些有情十三根显现,有些有情另十三根显现,有些有情十二根显现,有些有情十根显现,有些有情九根显现,有些有情另九根显现,有些有情八根显现,有些有情另八根显现,有些有情七根显现,有些有情五根显现,有些有情四根显现,有些有情三因显现,有些有情二因显现,有些有情无因显现。一切有情四食显现,一触……乃至……一心显现”——显示巴利原文
‘‘Kāmadhātuyā upapattikkhaṇe sabbesaṃ pañcakkhandhā pātubhavanti, kassaci ekādasāyatanāni pātubhavanti, kassaci dasāyatanāni pātubhavanti, kassaci aparāni dasa, kassaci nava, kassaci satta, kassaci ekādasa dhātuyo…pe… satta dhātuyo. Sabbesaṃ ekaṃ saccaṃ pātubhavati. Kassaci cuddasindriyāni, kassaci terasa, kassaci aparāni terasa, kassaci dvādasa, kassaci dasa, kassaci nava, kassaci aparāni nava, kassaci aṭṭha, kassaci aparāni aṭṭha, kassaci satta , kassaci pañca, kassaci cattārindriyāni pātubhavanti, kassaci tayo hetū pātubhavanti, kassaci dve, kassaci ahetukā pātubhavanti. Sabbesaṃ cattāro āhārā, eko phasso…pe… ekaṃ cittaṃ pātubhavatī’’ti –
列出论母后,便加以分别。其中,在结生刹那,对于欲界的化生者、堕恶趣者、以及诸天和人中根具足者,除声处外,有十一处显现,这些也就是十一界。因为声音在结生时必定不会生起。然而,他们当中的生盲者,则有十处显现;生聋者,有另十种处显现;生盲又生聋者,有九处显现。对于胎生者,依色、香、味、身触、意、法,有七处、七界显现。化生中的三因者,意处等六根、二种性根中的一种、命根、喜根与舍根中的一种、信等五根,共十四根显现;他们中的二因者,除慧根外,有十三根显现;初劫人类中的三因者,除性根外,另有十三根显现;他们中的二因者,有十二根显现。胎生中的三因者,于前述十四根中除去眼等四根,有十根显现;他们中的二因者,有九根显现。化生中的无因而根具足者,于前述十四根中除去信等,另有九根显现;他们中的生盲者,有八根显现;生聋者也是如此;生盲聋者,有七根显现。胎生中的无因者,身、意、性、命、舍根,五根显现;他们中非男非女者,有四根显现。因为在无因心中,虽然有一境性存在,但未达到定根的地位。依意识界,当知‘一触’等。显示巴利原文
Mātikaṃ nikkhipitvā vibhattā. Tattha paṭisandhikkhaṇe kāmāvacarānaṃ opapātikānaṃ, āpāyikānaṃ, devamanussānaṃ paripuṇṇāyatanānaṃ saddāyatanavajjitāni ekādasāyatanāni pātubhavanti, tāneva ekādasa dhātuyo honti. Saddo hi ekantena paṭisandhiyaṃ na uppajjati, tesaññeva pana jaccandhānaṃ dasa, jaccabadhirānaṃ aparāni dasa, jaccandhabadhirānaṃ nava, gabbhaseyyakānaṃ rūpagandharasakāyaphoṭṭhabbamanodhammavasena satta āyatanadhātuyo pātubhavanti. Opapātikānaṃ tihetukānaṃ manacchaṭṭhāni indriyāni, bhāvadvaye ekaṃ, jīvitindriyaṃ, somanassupekkhindriyesu ekaṃ, saddhādīni pañcāti cuddasindriyāni, tesaṃ dvihetukānaṃ paññindriyaṃ vajjetvā terasa, paṭhamakappikānaṃ manussānaṃ tihetukānaṃ bhāvindriyaṃ vajjetvā aparānipi terasa, tesaññeva duhetukānaṃ dvādasa, gabbhaseyyakānaṃ pana tihetukānaṃ purimesu cuddasasu cakkhādīni cattāri vajjetvā dasa, tesaṃ duhetukānaṃ nava, opapātikānaṃ ahetukānaṃ paripuṇṇāyatanānaṃ purimesu cuddasasu saddādīni vajjetvā aparāni nava, tesaññeva jaccandhānaṃ aṭṭha, tathā badhirānaṃ, andhabadhirānaṃ pana satta, gabbhaseyyakānaṃ pana ahetukānaṃ kāyamanobhāvajīvitaupekkhindriyāni pañca, tesaññeva napuṃsakānaṃ cattāri pātubhavanti. Ahetukacittesu hi vijjamānāpi ekaggatā samādhindriyataṃ na gacchati, manoviññāṇadhātuvasena pana ‘‘eko phasso’’tiādayo veditabbā.
第二节中则说:显示巴利原文
Dutiyakoṭṭhāse pana –
在色界结生刹那,除无想有情天外,五蕴显现;五处、五界、一谛、十根、三因、三食、一触……乃至……一心。显示巴利原文
‘‘Rūpadhātuyā upapattikkhaṇe ṭhapetvā asaññasattānaṃ devānaṃ pañcakkhandhā pātubhavanti. Pañcāyatanāni, pañca dhātuyo, ekaṃ saccaṃ, dasindriyāni, tayo hetū, tayo āhārā, eko phasso…pe… ekaṃ citta’’nti –
列出论母后予以分别。其中,依眼、色、耳、意、法,应知有五处、五界。此处不取香、味、触的理由,如前已说。眼根、耳根、意根、命根,喜与舍中任一,信等五根,应知为十根。显示巴利原文
Mātikaṃ nikkhipitvā vibhattā. Tattha cakkhurūpasotamanodhammānaṃ vasena pañcāyatanadhātuyo veditabbā. Etthāpi gandharasaphoṭṭhabbānaṃ aggahaṇe kāraṇaṃ pubbe vuttameva. Cakkhusotamanojīvitindriyāni, somanassupekkhānaṃ aññataraṃ, saddhādīni pañcāti dasindriyāni veditabbāni.
第三节中说:显示巴利原文
Tatiyakoṭṭhāse pana –
于无想有情天结生刹那,一蕴即色蕴显现,二处即色处与法处,二界即色界与法界,一苦谛,一色命根。无想有情天为无因、无食、无触……乃至……无心。显示巴利原文
‘‘Asaññasattānaṃ devānaṃ upapattikkhaṇe eko khandho pātubhavati rūpakkhandho, dve āyatanāni rūpāyatanaṃ dhammāyatanaṃ, dve dhātuyo rūpadhātu dhammadhātu, ekaṃ dukkhasaccaṃ, ekaṃ rūpajīvitindriyaṃ, asaññasattā devā ahetukā, anāhārā, aphassakā…pe… acittakā’’ti –
释义论母已列出。此中,色于他们虽不执行处等作用,然因在有识之色中已被执取,故此处亦被执取。然而,香等于彼处未被执取,故此处亦未被执取,非由不存在故。或者,由于为单居梵天等其余梵天之眼所缘境,故此处亦举出色处。然而,应知无想有情有五处、一食生起。显示巴利原文
Saniddesamātikā nikkhittā. Ettha ca rūpampi kiñcāpi tesaṃ āyatanādikiccaṃ na karoti, saviññāṇakarūpīsu pana gahitattā idhāpi gahitaṃ. Gandhādayo pana tattha na gahitattā idhāpi na gahitā, no avijjamānatāya. Ekatalavāsikānaṃ vā sesabrahmānaṃ cakkhuvisayattā idhāpi rūpāyatanaṃ uddhaṭaṃ, asaññīnaṃ pana pañcāyatanāni, eko āhāro uppajjatīti veditabbaṃ.
第四节显示巴利原文
Catutthakoṭṭhāse –
于无色界结生刹那,有四蕴、二处、二界、一谛、八根、三因、三食、一触……乃至……一心。显示巴利原文
‘‘Arūpadhātuyā upapattikkhaṇe cattāro khandhā, dve āyatanāni, dve dhātuyo, ekaṃ saccaṃ, aṭṭhindriyāni , tayo hetū, tayo āhārā, eko phasso…pe… ekaṃ citta’’nti –
列出论母句之后,加以分别。在此,意根、命根、舍根与信等五根,应知为八根。其余则显而易见。如此,当以四节了知第四转。显示巴利原文
Mātikāpadāni nikkhipitvā vibhattā. Ettha ca manojīvitaupekkhindriyāni, saddhādīni pañcāti aṭṭhindriyāni veditabbāni. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva. Evaṃ catūhi koṭṭhāsehi catuttho vāro veditabbo.
第五轮则将诸法依地之差别,以「欲界法、非欲界法……乃至所摄法」这四对(二法)范畴列出后,依分别的方式进行解说,其义如上所述。显示巴利原文
Pañcamo pana vāro tesaṃ dhammānaṃ bhūmantaravasena ‘‘kāmāvacaradhammā, na kāmāvacarā…pe… pariyāpannā’’ti cattāro duke mātikāvasena nikkhipitvā vibhajanavasena pavatto, so heṭṭhā vuttatthova.
第六轮则在列出假名天、化生天与清净天后,依人趣、天趣中令其生起之业、寿量与显现而说。此处略义如下:众生造作布施、持戒等欲界善业后,便生于人趣中的刹帝利大豪族等家族,以及生于名为四大王天、忉利天、夜摩天、兜率天、化乐天、他化自在天的六欲天中。在那里,始于须弥山与持双山之间的中腹,向下至于地面,横向至于轮围山——此范围内依山、依空、依树、依地而住的四大王天及日月,皆属四大王天。由此以上至于轮围山顶,忉利天等诸天依次向上而住,应如是了知。天界也没有不依轮围山而到达的。显示巴利原文
Chaṭṭho pana vāro sammutidevaupapattidevavisuddhideve niddisitvā manussadevagatīsu uppādakakammaāyuppamāṇadassanavasena vutto. Tatthāyaṃ saṅkhepattho – sattā hi dānasīlādikāmāvacarakusalaṃ katvā manussaloke khattiyamahāsālādikulesu ceva cātumahārājikatāvatiṃsayāmatusitanimmānaratiparanimmitavasavattisaṅkhātesu chasu devalokesu ca uppajjanti, tattha sinerupabbatavemajjhaparibhaṇḍapabbatato paṭṭhāya heṭṭhā yāva bhūmi tiriyaṃ cakkavāḷapabbataṃ āhacca etthantare pabbataākāsarukkhapathavinissitā cātumahārājacandasūriyā sabbe cātumahārājikā. Tato uddhaṃ cakkavāḷapariyantaṃ tāvatiṃsādayo yathākkamaṃ uparūpari ṭhitāti veditabbā. Devalokopi paramparacakkavāḷapabbataṃ appatto nāma natthi.
若修习下品初禅,则生于梵众天;修习中品,则生于梵辅天;修习上品,则生于大梵天。此三种人皆共住于初禅地之同一层。然其差别在于寿量、光芒等,乃至上地亦然。显示巴利原文
Paṭhamajjhānaṃ pana parittaṃ bhāvetvā brahmapārisajjesu uppajjanti, majjhimaṃ bhāvetvā brahmapurohitesu, paṇītaṃ bhāvetvā mahābrahmesu, ime tayopi janā paṭhamajjhānabhūmiyaṃ ekatale vasanti. Āyuābhādibhedena panesaṃ bhedo, evaṃ uparipi.
在四分法中,此为第二禅;在五分法中,则为第二禅与第三禅。修习其下品、中品、上品后,分别生于少光天、无量光天、光音天。修习第三禅的下品等后,生于少净天、无量净天、遍净天。修习第四禅后,由于所缘、作意、欲、胜解等差别,或生于无想天,或生于广果天,或生于无烦天、无热天、善见天、善现天、色究竟天,或依次生于空无边处等四处。其中,有外道见心有染污等过患,认为‘依于心而有染污等,苦亦依此而生’,见心之过患后,便生起‘此即现法涅槃’之想。他们为投生彼处而修禅,仅存色身,或立、或坐、或卧,生于彼处后即在该处住立五劫。当如是知。显示巴利原文
Catukkanaye pana dutiyajjhānaṃ, pañcakanaye dutiyatatiyajjhānañca parittaṃ, majjhimaṃ, paṇītañca bhāvetvā parittābhāappamāṇābhāābhassaresu uppajjanti. Tatiyajjhānaṃ parittādivasena bhāvetvā parittasubhaappamāṇasubhasubhakiṇhesu. Catutthajjhānaṃ pana bhāvetvā ārammaṇamanasikārachandādhimuttiādinānattato keci asaññīsu, keci vehapphalesu, keci avihesu, atappesu, sudassesu, sudassīsu, keci akaniṭṭhesu, ākāsānañcāyatanādīsu catūsu ca yathākkamaṃ uppajjanti. Tattha hi ekacce titthiyā ‘‘cittaṃ nissāya rajjanadussanādayo, tannidānāni ca dukkhāni samuppajjantī’’ti citte dosaṃ disvā ‘‘diṭṭhadhammanibbānameta’’nti saññāvirāgaṃ janetvā tatrūpapattiyā jhānaṃ bhāvetvā rūpakāyamattā ṭhitā vā nisinnā vā nipannā vā hutvā nibbattitvā tattheva pañcakappasatāni tiṭṭhantīti veditabbā.
在成就八等至的人中,哪一种禅那会结生?对于熟练者,在一切熟练的定中,他期望结生于何处,便依此期望而结生;若无此期望,则依临死时所入的等至而结生;若仍无此,则以上等至而非想非非想处结生。在无烦天等五净居天中,除了不还者,没有其他众生往生;而不还者还可生于除无想天之外的所有梵天界。一切圣者皆是向上往生,而非向下。因为生于初禅地的不还者,于九梵天中清净后,便安住于最上之广果天而般涅槃,圣者无有向下故不退转。广果天、色究竟天、非想非非想处,是三种最胜之有。生于这三处的不还者,既不上升,亦不下降,即于彼处般涅槃。在人间,有学圣者可以在家居士身终生安住,非有学者则不能,因为他们证得阿罗汉的当日,要么出家,要么般涅槃。在地居天中,漏尽者也可终生安住。在六欲天中,入流者与一来者安住;不还者则于当日便往生色界有,应理解为如同漏尽者一样般涅槃。如是,在这二十七地所摄的人、天、梵天界中所生的众生,于此佛出世时,人间寿量为百岁或更少。恶趣与地居天则无确定的寿量,唯以业为量,他们或七日即死,或住一劫。显示巴利原文
Aṭṭhasamāpattilābhīnaṃ kataraṃ jhānaṃ vipaccatīti? Paguṇaṃ, sabbesu paguṇesu yassa vipākabhūmiṃ pattheti, taṃpatthanāya ca asati yaṃ maraṇasamaye samāpajjati, taṃ, tasmimpi asati uttamavasena nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ vipaccati. Suddhāvāsesu ca avihādīsu anāgāmivajjitā sattā na uppajjanti, anāgāmino pana asaññīvajjitabrahmalokesu sabbattha uppajjituṃ labhanti. Sabbesampi ca ariyānaṃ tatrūpapattito uparūpapattipi, na heṭṭhūpapatti. Te hi paṭhamajjhānabhūmiyaṃ nibbattā anāgāmino nava brahmaloke sodhetvā matthake vehapphalesu ṭhitā parinibbanti, na nivattanti ariyānaṃ heṭṭhūpapattiabhāvā. Vehapphalaakaniṭṭhanevasaññānāsaññāyatanabhavā tayopi seṭṭhabhavā nāma. Imesu tīsu ṭhānesu nibbattā anāgāmino neva uddhaṃ gacchanti, na adho. Tattheva parinibbāyanti . Manussaloke ca sekhā gihibhāve yāvajīvaṃ tiṭṭhanti, na asekhā. Te hi arahattaṃ pattadivase pabbajanti vā, parinibbanti vā. Bhummadevesu pana khīṇāsavāpi yāvajīvaṃ tiṭṭhanti. Chasu kāmāvacaradevesu sotāpannasakadāgāminova tiṭṭhanti, anāgāmino pana tadaheva rūpabhavaṃ gantuṃ vaṭṭati khīṇāsavena parinibbātunti gahetabbaṃ. Evaṃ imāsu sattavīsatiyā bhūmīsu pariyāpannamanussadevabrahmalokesu nibbattasattesu manussānaṃ tāva imasmiṃ buddhuppādeva vassasataṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ, appaṃ vā bhiyyo. Āpāyikānaṃ, bhummadevānañca kadāci āyuparicchedo natthi, kammameva pamāṇaṃ. Te hi sattāhenapi maranti, kappampi tiṭṭhantīti.
四大王天,以人间五十年为一昼夜,以此三十昼夜为一月,以此十二月为一年,依此年数,天寿为五百年。依人间计算,则为九百万年。忉利天,以人间百年为一昼夜,如是推算,天寿为一千年。至于夜摩天等,其年数如其次第,从下而上依次两倍递增,寿量亦当知为两倍、四倍递增。显示巴利原文
Cātumahārājikānaṃ pana mānusakāni paññāsa vassāni ekaṃ rattindivaṃ, tāya rattiyā tiṃsa rattiyo māso, tena māsena dvādasamāsiyo saṃvaccharo, tena saṃvaccharena dibbāni pañcavassasatāni āyuppamāṇaṃ. Tāni manussagaṇanāya navutivassasatasahassāni honti. Tāvatiṃsānaṃ mānusakaṃ vassasataṃ ekaṃ rattindivaṃ katvā evamāgataṃ dibbaṃ vassasahassaṃ. Evaṃ yāmādīnaṃ vassagaṇanañca diguṇaṃ katvā heṭṭhimato diguṇacatugguṇaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ veditabbaṃ.
梵众天寿量为三分之一劫,梵辅天为半劫,大梵天为一劫,少光天为二劫;如此向上每层倍增,可依次类推至遍净天。遍净天寿量为六十四劫,无想天和广果天为五百劫,无烦天为一千劫;如此向上每层倍增,可依次类推至色究竟天。色究竟天寿量为一万六千劫。四无色天的寿量依次为二万劫、四万劫、六万劫、八万四千劫。显示巴利原文
Brahmesu pana brahmapārisajjānaṃ kappassa tatiyo bhāgo āyuppamāṇaṃ, brahmapurohitānaṃ upaḍḍhakappo , mahābrahmānaṃ eko kappo, parittābhānaṃ dve kappāti evaṃ uparūpari diguṇaṃ katvā yāva subhakiṇhā yojetabbaṃ. Subhakiṇhānaṃ hi catusaṭṭhikappaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ, asaññīnaṃ, vehapphalānañca pañcakappasatāni, avihānaṃ kappasahassanti uparūpari diguṇavasena yāva akaniṭṭhā yojetabbaṃ. Akaniṭṭhānaṃ hi soḷasakappasahassāni, arūpānaṃ catunnaṃ yathākkamaṃ vīsati, cattāri, saṭṭhi, caturāsīti kappasahassāni āyuppamāṇanti.
凭善法之力被高高举起,得生欲界、色界之后,
纵使到达有顶,仍会再堕恶趣。
纵使那些长寿的众生,亦因寿命尽故而命终;
没有任何一种存在是恒常的,这是大仙所说。
因此,那些坚毅的智者,审慎、明察、善于思察义理者;
为解脱老死,他们修习无上之道。
修此清净道后,导归趣入涅槃;
遍知一切漏后,无漏般涅槃。
显示巴利原文 Ukkhittā puññatejena, kāmarūpagatiṃ gatā; Bhavaggatampi sampattā, punāgacchanti duggatiṃ. Tāva dīghāyukā sattā, cavanti āyusaṅkhayā; Natthi koci bhavo nicco, iti vuttaṃ mahesinā. Tasmā hi dhīrā nipakā, nipuṇā atthacintakā; Jarāmaraṇamokkhāya, bhāventi maggamuttamaṃ. Bhāvayitvā suciṃ maggaṃ, nibbānogadhagāminaṃ; Sabbāsave pariññāya, parinibbanti anāsavāti. (vibha. 1029);
第七节则是为了阐明诸蕴等的应遍知等义而展开的。在此——显示巴利原文
Sattamo pana vāro tesaṃ khandhādīnaṃ abhiññeyyādibhāvavibhāvanavasena pavatto. Tattha hi –
“色蕴应遍知、应周遍了知,不应断除,不应修习,不应证知。四蕴应遍知、应周遍了知,或应断除,或应修习,或应证知,或不应断除、不应修习、不应证知”等——显示巴利原文
‘‘Rūpakkhandho abhiññeyyo, pariññeyyo, na pahātabbo, na bhāvetabbo, na sacchikātabbo. Cattāro khandhā abhiññeyyā pariññeyyā, siyā pahātabbā, siyā bhāvetabbā, siyā sacchikātabbā, siyā na pahātabbā na bhāvetabbā na sacchikātabbā’’tiādinā –
十二个部分也已详细分析。其中,以把握特相的智慧,诸蕴等一切法应遍知。在知遍知、度遍知、断遍知中,依其适当方式,以任何一种遍知,一切法都应周遍了知。即使出世间法,也仅属于知遍知的范围。不善法则应断除,道应修习,果与涅槃应证知。其中,色蕴依知遍知与度遍知的方式应周遍了知。因为在毗婆舍那的领域中,一切法都依度遍知而应周遍了知。依此方法,于一切处应了知应遍知等义。显示巴利原文
Dvādasapi koṭṭhāsā vitthārato vibhattā. Tattha lakkhaṇapariggāhikāya paññāya khandhādayo sabbe dhammā abhiññeyyā. Ñātatīraṇapahānapariññāsu yathāyogaṃ yāya kāyaci pariññāya vasena sabbepi dhammā pariññeyyā. Lokuttaradhammāpi ñātapariññeyyāva. Akusalā pana pahātabbā. Maggo bhāvetabbo, phalaṃ, nibbānañca sacchikātabbaṃ. Tattha rūpakkhandho ñātatīraṇavasena pariññeyyo. Vipassanāvisaye hi sabbaṃ tīraṇapariññāya pariññeyyanti. Iminā nayena sabbattha abhiññeyyādibhāvo veditabbo.
第八节为阐明它们的有所缘性而展开,第九节为显示它们在所见、所闻、所觉、所识中的归类而展开。第十节则为显示以善三法组等为始、以所缘二法组为终的三法组与二法组之分类而展开,这些也都如前文所说。这是此处的概要,详细内容如前文所说。从最初起,一切处所当知《分别论》的巴利原文及其注释书。显示巴利原文
Aṭṭhamo pana vāro tesaṃ sārammaṇatāvibhāvanavasena pavatto, navamo panesaṃ diṭṭhasutamutaviññātesu saṅgahadassanavasena. Dasamo kusalattikādīhi saraṇadukapariyosānehi tikadukehi vibhāgadassanavasena pavatto, tepi heṭṭhā vuttanayāvāti ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro panettha heṭṭhā vuttoyeva. Ādito paṭṭhāya sabbattha vibhaṅgapāḷiaṭṭhakathāsu (vibha. 978 ādayo; vibha. aṭṭha. 978 ādayo) gahetabboti.